hide results

    FAQ/Walkthrough by ChandooG

    Version: 3rd | Updated: 02/18/05 | Printable Version | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    NOTE : PLEASE READ THIS GUIDE IN ONLY COURIER NEW FONT SIZE 10.
    
    
    
    
                                                                            
                     WELCOME TO MY COMPLETE GUIDE FOR...                    
    
    m#mm   p**q _qmmmmp  mmmmm_    p**=q_     p=ppp
    #   3ظ      3L_     ؆       # F       [_    3  3   L
    __q`M #p_  ؆          љ [ ѿ      3
    #             #؆  L     q L       [   #_    3
    #   _ ____~   ___цņ  L   __F  ____ [        q
        p                          `    
             _                                                             
                           ..              ______                       
                         ,: .            _د      ش؈        
                       .tL,.             q______   ѿ      [          
                     ..LGjLt:      .     ѯ   _ /`   [         
                  .. ;DLtitLGf;:                  q    [               
                   .fDjiitttjGKKt.        m    \    ,, ńq#      
               . .;DLjtjjjjjjfDEt.                                             
                :LDfjtjjjffjjGDD;                                           
              .iDftitttttijjLfGG;                                                
              iGjiiittfj;,LGLfLG;.                                               
            ,f;;iitijLj,.,DDLfGG;                                                
          .tLi;;jtiiti:. :EEfjfL, .                                              
         ;Lf;iiiitLi:    :DGftjL;.                                               
       .tGi;,,ii;;;:  .  .tGfiiji.                                               
      .ff;;,,;iti.::::...:;jji;ti:                                               
      jf;,,,,;ii,.,,,tfjjfit;itiij;   .           WELCOME TO A NEW NIGHTMARE...
     .tj;,,,,,,;ittjtttii;,;,,,,;jft,it.                                         
      it,,::.....:..    .,t;,,,,;;jGGL,.                                         
      ;i,.               :tt,,;,,::tj;,.                                         
      :;.                :ji:,,;,. .i;:.                                         
       :                 :t;,:,;;.  :;:                                          
                         :i;;i;,;.  it:                                          
                        .:i..;i,,.,ft:                                         
                         :;   iijti,:.                                           
                             :tft::.                                             
                           .:,:.                                                 
                         ..   ..   .             .                               
    
                                                                         
    Completion rate 100 % out of 100% so far
                                                                         
    --
                                                                         
    Welcome to my walkthrough of Resident Evil 4 for the Nintendo GameCube
    console. This walkthrough will only cover the GC version  for  now  so
    dont ask me about the ps2 version thats  scheduled  to  come out later
    in 2005 , since we hardly know anything about it as of now.
    
    This walkthrough is brought to you by Adnan Javed,  better  known  as 
    ChandooG on the GameFAQ's message boards and as A-J among his friends 
    and many many forums. So far this is for the Nintendo  version of the 
    game only, and if the game is ever ported to any other console I shall 
    add information about them as required.
    
    This walkthrough by all means is not complete and I will most definitely
    by adding tons and tons of stuff to it in the coming days, like I said
    above right now im just in a hurry to make a place holder  for  myself
    and thus im uploading an incomplete version of the walkthrough for now.
    
    ENJOY !
    
    
    
    
     Overview  :
    
    
                          Resident Evil 4 / Biohazard 4
                                 FAQ / Walkthrough
                                   By Adnan Javed
                                      Alias AJ
                       ChandooG on gamefaqs.com message boards
                            Returnofthemaniac(AT)hotmail.com
                                  adnanj(AT)gmail.com
                               Updated on Feb/7/2005
                              Original ver Jan/21/2005
    
                       www.planetdreamcast.com/residentevil
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                     
                        /)  /)          /)                              
               _/_ _   (/_ //  _    ___//   _  _____  _/_  _ __  _/_ _  
               (__(_(_/_) (/__(/_  (_)/(_  (__(_) / (_(___(/_/ (_(__/_)_
                                     /)                                 
                                    (/                                  
                                                                              
         If you haven't already figured it out, the code is a sort of  quick
         jump from section to section rather then skimming through the whole 
         thing, just hold CTRL+F and enter the code of the section you  want
         to go to in the box, and presto. Your there.
          ____ ________________ ____________________________________________
         |    |                |                                     |      |
         |S no|  TITLE         | DESCRIPTION                         |CODE  |
         |___ |________________|_____________________________________|_____ |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |0. | VERSION HIST.   | History of the walkthrough.         |re4000|
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |1. | INFORMATION     | The most basic information anyone   |re4001|
         |   |                 | would wanna know before playing.    |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |2. | INTRODUCTION    | An introduction to Resident evil 4  |re4002|
         |   |                 | for those not aware with its history|      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |3. | STORY           | A small look at the events leading  |re4003|
         |   |                 | up to Resident Evil 4.              |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |4. | CONTROLS        | The controls of the game, Ashley    |re4004|
         |   |                 | and the advanced control features.  |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      | 
         |5. | CHARACTERS      | A look at the main stars of the     |re4005|
         |   |                 | show, indepth and spoiling.         |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      | 
         |6. | BEGINNER TIPS   | The most basic tips everyone        |re4006|
         |   |                 | should know to survive.             |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |7 .| WALKTHROUGH     | The heart of the mass, complete     |re4007|
         |   |                 | start to finish walkthrough.        |      |
         |   |                 |        - Chapter 1                  | 1-1  |
         |   |                 |        - Chapter 2                  | 2-1  |
         |   |                 |        - Chapter 3                  | 3-1  |
         |   |                 |        - Chapter 4                  | 4-1  |
         |   |                 |        - Chapter 5                  | 5-1  |
         |   |                 |        - Chapter 6                  | 6-1  |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |8. |  NON SPOILER    | For the non-spoiler type, a new     |re4008|(NOTE) 
         |   |  MINI GUIDE     | thing i've added here.              |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |9. | THE MINI GAMES  | All the low down about the mini     |re4009|
         |   |                 | games in resident evil 4.           |      |
         |   |                 |        - Assignment Ada             |adare4|
         |   |                 |        - Mercenaries               |mercre4|
         |   |                 |        - Shooting Range           |shtrgre4|
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |10.| ITEM LIST       | All the items in the game listed.   |re4010|
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |11.| ENEMIES         | A look at the enemies you'll see    |re4011|
         |   |                 | in the game, no bosses here.        |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |12.| WEAPONS         | A look at the weapons you'll be     |re4012|
         |   |                 | using through out the game.         |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |13.| MEMO LIST       | All the memo's, notes and files     |re4013|
         |   |                 | you can find in the game.           |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |14.| CHEATS          | For the cheating type. Contains     |re4014|
         |   |                 | secrets, tips and codes for RE4.    |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |15.| MISC RAMBLINGS  | Contains FAQ's, other references,   |re4015|
         |   |                 | PS2 port, few other stuff, check it.|      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |16.| READER CONTRIBs.| All the stuff that you lovely people|re4016|
         |   |                 | tell me over the emails is in here  |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |17.| BACK STORY      | History of Resident Evil, also      |re4017|
         |   |                 | contains Wesker's reports 1 & 2.    |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |18.| BOSS STRATEGY   | Separate boss strategies for those  |re4018|
         |   |                 | not willing to spoil themselves.    |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |19.| REVIEW          | Read what I thought of Re4.         |re4019|
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |   |                 |                                     |      |
         |20.| LEGAL           | All the legal information .         |re4020|
         |___|_________________|_____________________________________|______|
                                                                            
                                              
    (NOTE) = IF YOU WANT THE NON SPOILING WALKTHROUGH DIRECTLY ENTER THIS
             AREA's CODE.
                                  
    Note : If you want to go to a particular section of a bigger section
    like if you want to just go to Assignment Ada, then go to  the  main
    mini games area, I have made separate codes for the   different mini
    games there too. For easier navigation.
    
    To ask me any question about this walkthrough or the game,  or just 
    for your general feedback, which is always appreciated.  just  send 
    me a mail at the following addresses
    
    adnanj(AT)gmail.com
    returnofthemaniac(AT)hotmail.com
    
    
    0.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                     _            _    _    _                
     __ _____ _ _ __(_)___ _ _   | |_ (_)__| |_ ___ _ _ _  _ 
     \ V / -_) '_(_-< / _ \ ' \  | ' \| (_-<  _/ _ \ '_| || |
      \_/\___|_| /__/_\___/_||_| |_||_|_/__/\__\___/_|  \_, |
                                                        |__/ 
                                                              
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4000
    
    
    Alright, so this is most probably the most ambitious work I have 
    ever done so far, its also probably the first walkthrough that I 
    didn't finish in the first version, mostly  because  of  my  mid 
    terms so here's version history  area  for  the back story kinda 
    people (like me).
    
    
    VERSION 0.1
    -----------
    
    Started the initial work on the walkthrough, wrote down some of
    the smaller sections, the walkthrough  is  still  not  complete
    though, i will probably do  that  before january is over. Other
    sections will come soon afterwards.  Please send me feedback on
    what you think about it.
    
    
    VERSION 0.2
    -----------
    
    Alright, another day and another batch of the walkthrough is now
    done, though i probably will upload the next version  when  I've
    done the main walkthrough part, but im leaving  that for the end
    since this is a huge game and that will take  me the most amount
    of time to complete. God help me.. Still I  have plenty of stuff
    that i have to add, and i haven't  even  touched the walkthrough
    part for the past few days. Im anticipating  this  thing will go
    over 400 kb if it keeps getting bigger like this. 
    
    PS. The reason why i updated it so quickly after GameFaqs  accepted 
    it was 'cause i made a HUGE error for the release dates in the info 
    section, I accidentally copied from another game lol.
    
    
    VERSION 0.3
    -----------
    
    After receiving more then one complaint that the timeline section
    was too big and not that useful I decided to trim it down a whole
    lot and its now a lot smaller and slimmer, there you go people lol.
    I will most definitely continue the main walkthrough from Monday 
    hopefully.
    
    
    VERSION 0.4
    -----------
    
    Completed a crap load of stuff, sorry that it took so long since
    its been raining like hell where I am at this time and often  my
    electricity goes out for hours at a time. Next update will  most
    likely be the full guide. p.s. Main walkthrough is done now. One
    or the other big things I did was shuffle around with the table
    of contents and the sections and now the enemies and weapons are
    located after the walkthrough, not before it like I usually do.
    
    If you guys have some questions about the game then gladly email
    them to me and I will also add them to the FAQ area as well. 
    
    I STILL have to add more stuff to the walkthrough even as we
    speak to dont be surprised if it gets even bigger in the coming
    days because its NOT finished yet.
    
    
    VERSION 1.0
    -----------
    
    ITS FULL !! yeah, finally, finally after so long, not so long
    really but so painful typing for so many hours the walkthrough
    is entirely complete. That doesn't mean I wont update it in
    the future, if I ever get my wits to do a complete treasure
    section in the future that'll be next. But for now, its done.
    
    So for the 1.0 version, I tinkered around with some of the
    ASCII in the walkthrough, finished the  mini non  spoiling
    walkthrough (THERE YOU GO FOLKS) and the Misc. Ramblings 
    section which is quiet fun to read through really hehe.
    
    
    VERSION 2.0
    -----------
    
    Added a separate reader contributions section to the walkthrough 
    to tell about all the things the readers tell me. Since adding it
    to the main walkthrough directly wouldn't do much justice and will
    mostly go un-noticed. All the tips have been credited with their
    respective authors.
    
    ADDED : Reader Contributon section, More in Misc. Ramblings.
            CHECK OUT THE MISC.RAMBLINGS 
    
    
    
    VERSION 3.x
    -----------
    
    Added a dozen or so more reader contributed tips to the walkthrough
    and i completely forgot to add the exclusive upgrades for the weapons
    in the previous versions, hopefully i got all them right in this one.
    IF i got any wrong please email me and tell me about it.
    
    
    
    END OF SECTION.
    
    
    1.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
           _       __                    _   _          
          (_)_ _  / _|___ _ _ _ __  __ _| |_(_)___ _ _  
          | | ' \|  _/ _ \ '_| '  \/ _` |  _| / _ \ ' \ 
          |_|_||_|_| \___/_| |_|_|_\__,_|\__|_\___/_||_|
                                                 
                                                              
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4001
    
    Game : Resident Evil 4 / Biohazard 4.
                                                                            
    Platform : Nintendo GameCube
                                                                            
    Release dates :  (NA) 01/11/05
                     (EU) 03/18/05
                     (JP) 01/27/05
                                                                            
    Game Genre : Survival Horror genre.
                                                                            
    ESRB Rating : Mature, 18+
                                                                            
    Playable characters : many
                                                                            
    Scenario's : 1 (1 main and other mini-games)
                                                                            
    Number of Endings : 1
                                                                            
    Boss Fights : 8 or so.
    
                                                                            
    -----
    
    Personal Information
    
    Author name : Adnan Javed
    
    Alias : A-J , ChandooG
    
    Author age : 18
    
    Contact : Returnofthemaniac(AT)hotmail.com
              Or Adnanj(AT)gmail.com
    
    Comments : The best survival horror game, thats what
               people are calling this gem of a game, with
               some of the most stunning graphics ever seen
               on a console game, its worth getting a cube
               just for this game alone.
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    2.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
         _     _               _         _   _          
        (_)_ _| |_ _ _ ___  __| |_  _ __| |_(_)___ _ _  
        | | ' \  _| '_/ _ \/ _` | || / _|  _| / _ \ ' \ 
        |_|_||_\__|_| \___/\__,_|\_,_\__|\__|_\___/_||_|
                                                    
          
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4002
    
    What do you get when you mix a little bit of Metal Gear solid style 
    action, some silent hill style psychological scares, and  a  little 
    bit of old school resident evil charm and scare into a pot and mix, 
    you get Resident Evil 4, thats right, Resident  Evil  4,  the  game 
    thats gone through even more stages then  Jacko  himself.  Resident 
    Evil as we know it has been changed completely  and by god its been 
    done all for the very best. For those who dont have  any idea about 
    the history of just this one game, let me take you down memory lane.
    
    Rumors about Resident Evil 4 began surfacing as far back as when Code 
    Veronica X was first released for the  PlayStation  2  console,  back 
    then the earliest RE4 rumors were that you  get to play the game from 
    the perspective of an Umbrella agent, possibly  Hunk,  and there were 
    even fake box arts which people believed true thrown on the  internet, 
    im pretty sure most of you have seen some of them  as  well,  the most 
    famous one i still have on my PC.  Now  those  rumors  about  Resident 
    evil 4 were shot down after Capcom  signed the  exclusive  deal  with 
    Nintendo and their GameCube console.
    
    After that it was quiet for a little while but after Resident Evil 0 
    was finished more rumors about Resident Evil 4's development started 
    to surface, and there  was  eventually  confirmation  that  it  would 
    eventually come out on the Nintendo GameCube console and the main star 
    of the show would be none other then Leon S Kennedy, rookie cop turned 
    hardened veteran, there was even a trailer launched for the game some 
    time ago, the trailer featured Leon  roaming  through  a  castle  like 
    enviroment with lush backgrounds and eerie  monsters.  But  eventually 
    all that was shut down and it was announced  that the series's creator 
    Shinji Mikami wanted to take the series to a new level and that he was 
    now working on Resident Evil 4 from  scratch.  After  that it remained 
    quiet for some time and we would hear tids and bits about the game and 
    its setting, seemingly more like an action game  compared  to a horror 
    game, but the fans just dont realize that  you  cant  judge  something 
    unless you get your hands on it. Exactly the same case here.
    
    As time passed we started getting footage and video's from  the  un 
    finished game core, and the first thing everyone agreed on was that 
    the game looked abso-fricking-lutely amazing, nothing like this had 
    ever been seen before, the graphics were shocking and breath taking. 
    So it continued, the next big shock in Resident Evil 4's history came 
    when Capcom made a public announcement on their  website  that they 
    will eventually make a PS2 version of Resident Evil 4 by the end of 
    2005. Not much is known about that port at this time but people (most 
    people I know) wonder whether such high quality can be ported over to 
    a less end console compared to the GameCube. I personally wish that 
    it does.
    
    Thats about the end of Resident Evil 4's history, the game was 
    released first in the US area's before any place in the world,  same 
    as resident evil zero which came to US before Japan. Now most people 
    are rushing to get their copies of the game, and thats just what led 
    you to this walkthrough, so here we have. Resident Evil 4, in all its
    prime and glory, and by god people should get this game  as  soon  as 
    they have some time, or if you dont own a gamecube I would ask you to
     buy one just for this game since this is probably the next big thing 
    in video gaming.
    
    But dont just think that Resi 4 is eye candy, the plot behind the game 
    though mostly un-related to the previous titles is highly engaging and 
    involving, you'll see characters from Leon's past and some new people 
    Leon will get to know during the course of the game, first  thing,  I 
    just want to clear that Wesker is NOT in the main story game, so dont 
    get in confusion about that at this early stage of the walkthrough. 
    Now, carry on reading the walkthrough.
                                                                            
                                                                             
                                                                            
    CAPCOM SAYS.
    ------------
                                                                            
    Resident Evil(r) 4 marks a terrifying new chapter in the world renowned 
    Resident Evil(r) series- exclusively for the Nintendo GameCube(tm). Players 
    rejoin Leon S. Kennedy, six years after his first mission as a rookie 
    cop from Resident Evil(r) 2. Now as a U.S. agent, Leon is on a top-secret 
    mission to investigate the disappearance of the President's daughter 
    and has made his way to a mysterious location in Europe. As Leon 
    encounters unimaginable horrors, he must find out who or what is behind 
    everything.
                                                                            
    Key Features: 
                                                                            
    - Unsurpassed visuals with breathtaking 3D graphics and effects
    - Behind the camera view follows Leon's every move and allows for 
      intuitive movement
    - Never before seen enemies with advanced AI
    - Enhanced aim and shoot features
    - Innovative "A" action button allows players to perform various 
      actions
                                                                            
    (c)Capcom Co., Ltd. 2005 (c)Capcom U.S.A., Inc. 2005 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 
    RESIDENT EVIL, CAPCOM and the CAPCOM LOGO are registered trademarks of 
    Capcom Co., Ltd. Nintendo, Nintendo GameCube the official seal are 
    trademarks of Nintendo. Theratings iconis a registered trademark of the 
    Entertainment Software Association. All other trademarks are owned by 
    their respective owners. 
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    3.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                        _                
                     __| |_ ___ _ _ _  _ 
                    (_-<  _/ _ \ '_| || |
                    /__/\__\___/_|  \_, |
                                    |__/ 
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4003
    
    
    Six years have passed since the destruction of Raccoon City. US agent Leon 
    S Kennedy has been assigned to locate the president's kidnapped daughter. 
    His investigation has led him to a rural port of Europe. Hoping to  find 
    information, he makes a stop at a village. But what he  found  was  more 
    then out of the ordinary. Upon entering the  village, Leon  is  suddenly 
    attacked. He has no choice but to return fire in  self defense. But that 
    wasn't enough to stop "Them". It reminded Leon of the  horrors  that had 
    occurred in Raccoon City. 
    
    " I thought the nightmares were over.."
    
    Flesh that knows no pain, strength beyond any human, it all seemed very 
    familiar, too-familiar. But something was  different,  something  about 
    their eyes... inspite of all the madness there was something human still 
    in them. 
    
    " No they're different, they're not zombies" 
    " Then what are they ? "
    " What happened here ? "
    
    --------
    
    That creepy prologue was taken from the official Resident Evil 4 website, 
    you should know most of the back story about Resident Evil 4 for now, and 
    most of what the game starts off with, to make it a little simple most of 
    the game's story does not have that much to do with the past resident evil 
    games, so thankfully resident evil 4 is equally enjoyable  by  the  people 
    who haven't played any of the previous resident evil  games,  although you 
    will be unfamiliar to some of the characters you  meet a little further in 
    the game, you still wont miss out on that much. Now  when  the game starts, 
    Leon has gotten an assignment from his agency which tells him that he needs
    to head to Europe and find the president's daughter who was kidnapped some 
    time ago. Leon heads to Europe and his search leads him to a strange 
    village and the area surrounding it.
    
    Leon heads with two cops and makes his way into the woody area, he takes 
    a little route leading him into a little cabin in the  lush  forest area, 
    he finds a single villager inside the cabin, Leon asks the villager about 
    the President's daughter, but the  guy  doesn't respond,  slowly  the guy 
    reaches for his axe and suddenly  out of no where tries to kill Leon, he 
    skillfully dodges the attack and shoots his assailant down, who takes far 
    more then any normal  human  could take  to  die,  but  this  wasn't  any 
    zombified human either, he was  mostly  humanoid and intelligent, nothing 
    like the undead Leon had faced before,  so  what  were they ?! While Leon 
    is pondering over this suddenly  he  finds more and more villagers coming 
    his way and attacking him. Now Leon must find  the presidents daughter as 
    well as safe his own neck from these villagers. 
    
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    4.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                             _           _    
                  __ ___ _ _| |_ _ _ ___| |___
                 / _/ _ \ ' \  _| '_/ _ \ (_-<
                 \__\___/_||_\__|_| \___/_/__/
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4004
    
    Here is a basic layout of the control configuration for
    Resndent Evil 4.
    
    
    D-PAD :  
    Move the characters around, navigate characters
    
    ANALOG STICK : 
    Move the characters around, navigate characters
    
    A BUTTON 
    The action button, perform all sorts of actions with this
    button and fire weapons when ever ready and aiming.
    
    B BUTTON 
    The cancel button, press this to cancel out of menu's or
    cancel a choice, also hold down this to run.
    
    L BUTTON 
    Aim with the knife, simple as that.
    
    R BUTTON 
    Aim with available firearm that your character is holding.
    
    X BUTTON 
    Communicate with your partner character, give orders and
    what not.
    
    Y BUTTON 
    Open the menu.
    
    Z BUTTON 
    Open the navigational map.
    
    C-STICK : 
    Rotate the camera in any direction. Look mode.
    
    START BUTTON
    Pause the game and take a breather.
    
    
                            ASHLEY CONTROLS
                            ---------------
    
    Here is a brief list of controls that Leon can command Ashley with
    or make Ashley stay and what not. 
    
    Before anything, I should tell you Ashley's death cases,  Ashley  can
    die with the methods that Leon can, meaning you can  shoot her either
    yourself, a single bullet and she's dead. She can also be attacked by
    the monsters on screen, or if you leave her in the  same  place for a
    little while and the villagers come and take her away,  its game over.
    ( Similar to ICO) if you want to  prevent  the  villagers from taking
    her away, shoot the villager so that he/she drops Ashley. 
    
    Ashley has a similar life bar as Leon's and that helps you keep  a
    quick eye on Ashley's health bar, besides that you will see icon's
    displaying what kind of action  Ashley  is  taking  at  this  time.
    Since I suck at ASCII.... I will just make text versions of them.
    
    ICON OF TWO PEOPLE : This means simply that Ashley is doing nothing
                         else but following Leon around.
    
    ICON OF ONE PERSON : This means that Ashley is standing alone and
                         waiting for Leon.
    
    ICON WITH LINE IN MIDDLE : This means that Ashley is being attacked
                               and you gotta go help her
    
    EXCLAMATION MARK : This means that Ashley's being taken away by a
                       villager and you need to quickly free her.
    
    Besides that Leon can also often use Ashley's help to reach previously
    un-reachable area's, when you get to one you'll get the respective icon.
    
    
                       ADVANCED CONTROL FUNCTIONS
                       --------------------------
    
    Resident Evil 4 has some advanced moves too which are really
    simple to perform, I call them advance because they're extra
    ordinary moves that cannot be performed by just a single key.
    
    QUICK TURNING
    -------------
    Quick turning first came into view in Resident Evil 3, after
    that in the later games the methods of  quick  turning  were
    slightly changed but in Resident  Evil  2 the turning method
    is exactly the same, when you want to  quick  turn hold down
    the down key and press the B button and Leon  will turn in a
    180* spin and your good to go.
    
    HAND TO HAND COMBAT
    -------------------
    Another new feature to Resident Evil 4 is the inclusion  of hand 
    to hand combat, not really combat but in certain cases Leon will 
    perform kicks or even suplex moves on enemies, if  you  want  to 
    execute one make sure that the enemy in front  of  you  is  in a 
    dazed position, meaning that if you  are  facing a villager then 
    hit it once in the knee so he's either  on  his  knees  or dazed, 
    then run right up to him and  press  the  action  key  and  Leon 
    will do  a  devastating  kick.  If you do the same thing for the 
    monks then Leon will perform the suplex move.
    
    Here in simple words is a chart of what your characters can do 
    when an enemy is either kneeled or dazed from a head shot many 
    people dont realize this but each character ( im  saying  each 
    because im counting the one's in mercenary mode  here too) has 
    two different melee attacks they can perform depending on the 
    current condition of the enemy, here's the chart.
    
    You can perform one of them on a ganado whom has been stunned 
    with a shot to the head.
    
    Leon: Kick
    Ada: Fan Kick
    Krauser: Kick (Two Kicks - Immensely Powerful)
    HUNK: Neck Snap or something (Instant Death, to anything)
    Wesker: Thrust Punch (ala CVX)
    
    The second, is only do-able if you shoot them in the calf and they 
    kneel in pain.
    
    Leon: Low Kick
    Ada: Back Kick
    Krauser: Knee (He thrust his knee into the air. Anything it hits 
             takes damage.)
    HUNK: Kick (Similar to Knee, but with the foot.)
    Wesker: Chikyo Chagi. Wesker lifts his foot up high, brings it 
            down with immense force, shattering the skulls of enemies 
            under his foot
    
    
    
    RELOADING A WEAPON
    ------------------
    Reloading the weapons is one of the oddly changed things for
    the game, you can not reload the weapon normally,  when  you
    want to reload it you should first  press  the  R  button so
    that Leon has the weapon ready, then press the B button with
    it and Leon will reload the weapon, but you will be vulnerable
    during this time.
    
    CAMERA CONTROL
    --------------
    Since Resident Evil 4 is a game made completely in 3D you can
    view the area around you at your free will, at any  time  use 
    the C stick and you will be able to view the entire area with
    a controlled perspective.
    
    SAVING YOUR GAME
    ----------------
    The method for saving the game is thankfully not that different
    from the other Resident Evil games, you  will find  typewriters
    scattered through out the game and you  can  save  your game at 
    them, but unlike other  resident  evil  games you do not need a
    ink ribbon to save, meaning you can save as much as you want.
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    5.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                _                     _              
             __| |_  __ _ _ _ __ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ ___
            / _| ' \/ _` | '_/ _` / _|  _/ -_) '_(_-<
            \__|_||_\__,_|_| \__,_\__|\__\___|_| /__/
     
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4005
    
    LEON S. KENNEDY
    ===============
    
    Leon S Kennedy is the main protagonist of the game, that means the hero 
    for those who dont know hard english hehe, anyway, most of  the  people
    would know Leon best as the idealistic rookie cop who was  on the first
    day of his job heading to Raccoon city police department when  all hell
    broke loose, the rookie cop didnt loose his wits  though  and  Leon was
    one of the few survivors that made it out of  the  city alive before it
    was nuked on October 1st. Well his story doesnt  end  there,  there's a
    lot more that happened afterwards.
    
    After the Raccoon city incident, Leon was immediately contacted by the
    government and was offered to work for them and become  one  of  their
    top agents as shown in his epilogue file from Resident Evil  3, having
    no other alternative Leon agreed to their request and started his long
    and grueling training process in the government  facilities, there the
    true gem was carved and Leon gained useful skills  which  would  have
    made his life much more easier if it was the  Raccoon  city  incident.
    
    At last Leon was trained well enough to start taking top secret orders
    and high class missions, and that is what he did until he was asked to
    find the missing daughter of the president of  the  United  States  of
    America who was kidnapped some while ago, his mission  led  him to the
    internal area's of Europe, to area's unfamiliar to him.  Leon must use
    his skills and wit to complete his  mission  objective  and escape the
    vicinity alive with the presidents daughter, he always keeps in contact
    with his HQ via a MGS style codec which comes in handy  when  he  needs
    some sort of advice. 
    
    Leon still has nightmares about the Raccoon city incident and the death
    and slaughtered civilians of the dead city, but  the  only  thing  that 
    helps him breath easy is that  he  was  sure the Umbrella  corporations
    nightmares were over, little did he know that he would run into something
    far far worse then mindless zombies.
    
    ## The game's protagonist. This former police officer of the Raccoon 
       Police Department was responsible for the destruction of the Umbrella
       facility that appeared in Resident Evil 2 and has now become an elite
       top agent of the United States.
    
       This time he must go solo on a mission in Europe to discover the 
       where abouts of the kidnapped president's daughter and rescue her. ##
    
    
    
    
    ASHLEY GRAHAM
    =============
    
    Ashley is the sweet love-able daughter of the President of the United
    States of America, little is known about her to the player,  but  the
    mission Leon is at this moment involves her rescue. Ashley was kidnapped
    returning home from college by mysterious people and since then has been
    missing, even though this is a high level crisis, the general public has
    no idea of this incident, and the government wants to resolve this in the
    shadows which is why Leon is being sent alone on the mission to find her.
    
    Some time ago there was a tip that Ashley was spotted in a rural village
    somewhere in Europe, and thats where Leon is going to  search  for  her. 
    So far there has been no sort of ransom  demand  for  her disappearance.
    Speaking of Ashley, being a sweet college girl she obviously has no idea
    how to use weapons and she cant handle herself in a situation like this
    very well either so its imperative that Leon rescue her and  bring  her 
    back to the States ASAP.
    
    ## Daughter of the President of the United States. She was kidnapped by
       a mysterious group on the way home from college. Allegedly, she was
       spotter in a village in Europe. But there has been no sign of her
       ever since. ##.
    
    
    
    LUIS SERA
    =========
    
    Not long after Leon first confronts the mad villagers, he  finds Luis 
    all roped up in a hidden room inside one of the houses, unfortunately
    their first meeting doesnt go that well as  Leon  is  attacked by the 
    chief of the village before he gets to know much about Luis. Later he
    tells Leon that he is also a cop  from  a  neighboring town and he's
    here for business of his own. But whats he doing here really,  anyone
    with a sane mind would  want  to  be as far from a place like this as
    possible. 
    
    Actually Luis knows far more then he lets Leon think, Luis knows all
    the dirty secrets of the village and he seems to  know  the  village 
    chief quiet that well, not that they're friends or anything. The truth
    of the matter is that Luis knows just about everything,  right down to
    the reason why the villagers are all mad and  want  to  kill every one.
    Luis is actually here because he  stole  something of great value from
    these people, but what could it be ?! play and find out.
    
    
    
    INGRID HUNNIGAN
    ===============
    
    Think of Ingrid as the Mei Ling of Resident Evil 4. For those who are
    not familiar with who Mei Ling is, well all she does is keep in contact
    with Leon over the communications line and provides  him  backup,  and
    intelligence when needed. Ingrid is Leon's only contact from Europe to
    his head quarters, talk to her when ever you need information on what
    to do next. Or just want to chat or flirt with her hehehe.
    
    
    
    BITORES MENDEZ (Aka Village Chief)
    ==================================
    
    Yes, he is the big guy who looks a little like Barry, but let me clear
    it that he has no relation to Barry what so ever. The first time Leon
    runs into Mendez is when he first meets Luis, not long after  meeting
    Luis, Mendez walks into the room, and when Leon tries to fight his way
    out, Mendez single handedly over powers Leon and sends him smashing to
    the world of unconsciousness. 
    
    Mendez is obviously endowed with super human strength and his physical 
    statue is far bigger then any of the normal villagers, in  reality  he
    is the leader of the village and he is the only one of  them who knows
    a little english, though he looks menacing like a  tyrant he can speak
    like normal people and retains most of his human intelligence too, and
    he is also the priest of  the  village,  but he  preaches some sort of 
    weird cult like religion to  the  villagers, overall the villagers all
    consider him the highest priority, and his will is the final step.
    
    ## Leon's search for Ashley leads him to a small village. This
       intimidating one-eyed individual is the chief of the village
       and a priest who teaches an obscure religion to his macabre
       disciples ##
    
    
    
    
    JACK KRAUSER
    ============
    
    Jack Krauser is one of the former agents of the same agency where Leon
    now works, but Jack apparently died in a helicopter crash during one of
    his missions when Leon was just new, they both  didnt  have  much  of a 
    friendship so Leon doesn't know much about his character. After Leon is
    in the village, among one of the shocks he gets is  the  return of Jack.
    Apparently he's still alive and kicking, and seems like he's been doing
    some double agent work of his own.
    
    In terms of skills Jack is just as skilled as Leon, or maybe we could say
    he's an even more skilled and dangerous  individual  since  he's been  an
    agent for a much longer period of time, capable of killing a person whether
    armed or dis-armed, Jack's motives in the village  are  unknown. Though it
    looks like he works for Saddler, he's working for another person too, later
    in the game after the "Bitch in the red dress" or  so  what he calls "her"
    arrives, we get the impression that Jack is working for  the  same people
    as SHE is.
    
    Jack explains to Leon that he wanted to gain the trust of Saddler and his
    crew, and HE was the one who kidnapped Ashley just to show  his  loyalty
    to him, but unfortunately for Jack, Saddler doesnt like Americans one bit
    so his plan didn't work that way either. What else  is  there for Jack to
    do now, play the game to find out.
    
    
    
    OSMUND SADDLER
    ==============
    
    If you dont want the game spoiled for you then dont read this guy's promo
    since I will spoil almost the entire plot here mehehehe (Im an evil mofo).
    Saddler is the guy who is responsible for the villagers current condition
    He is the guy who released the virus, or plague which turned all the people
    of the villagers, who were once calm and collected, into murderous maniacs.
    Eventually Saddler wants to take over the entire world using his plague
    since he is the only one who has any form of control over this plague.
    
    Saddler hates Americans over all else, which is why he doesn't like Jack
    even after Jack kidnaps the president's daughter for him, Saddler doesnt
    like Ashley either but she is the perfect candidate for his plans, which
    is why Ashley is alive up till this point, otherwise she would have been
    killed a long time ago.
    
    
    
    RAMON SALAZAR
    =============
    
    Salazar's family have a long and un-happy history when it comes to  the
    Los Plagos, you see Salazar's ancient ancestors were the people who are
    responsible for sealing the Los Plagos creatures  and  stop  them  from
    infecting anything else, but  after  Saddler's  reign began he used the
    current generation Salazer, Ramon, to unlock the mines with the Plagos
    creatures trapped in them. Ramon is nothing but a pawn in his game.
    
    Personally Ramon is fairly interested in Ashley and experimenting on
    her but he thinks that Leon is nothing but a nuisance and  wants  to 
    get rid of him. Will he succeed ?
    
    
    
    ADA WONG
    ========
    
    "The bitch in the red dress" is what Jack calls her, and the title is
    just about suited for her. Ada wong and Leon go way back to the times
    of the Raccoon City incident, Leon met up with ada in the RPD precient
    while she was searching for her missing boyfriend, Leon aided  her  in
    her search until they got to the  underground  umbrella  labs  located
    below Raccoon City, thats where Leon realized that Ada was just working
    for the *Agency* and all her mission was to locate the G-Virus sample.
    
    It was Ada's falling for Leon that made her lay the gun down and not
    kill Leon when she had the chance but that ended up causing her life
    when Annette Birkin shot her off a chasm, but Wesker apparently still
    had use for her and he didnt want Ada to die, he saved  Ada  and  now
    Ada is working full time with Wesker. They're best of buds..
    
    As far as this assignment is concerned, Ada is here for reasons of
    her own, you will find out more about her agenda when going through
    the game, but I'll just tell you here, Ada is here because she wants
    to collect samples of the plague thats responsible for the villagers
    going mad, whats the reason you ask, well the reason is that Wesker
    told her to get it. Why did Wesker ask her to get it, well I really
    cant say that since its a really big spoiler in the story.
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    
    
    
    6.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
     _              _                        _   _         
    | |__  ___ __ _(_)_ _  _ _  ___ _ _ ___ | |_(_)_ __ ___
    | '_ \/ -_) _` | | ' \| ' \/ -_) '_(_-< |  _| | '_ (_-<
    |_.__/\___\__, |_|_||_|_||_\___|_| /__/  \__|_| .__/__/
              |___/                               |_|      
     
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4006
    
    
    SHOTGUN TRICKS
    --------------
    
    The shotgun isnt just a powerful weapon, you can use it for a
    few good uses other then just blind shooting, this is one of
    the things every resident evil player should realize, shotguns
    are the perfect stopping weapons meaning they will  stop  an
    enemy in its tracks, use this in context with the  knife and
    you can save yourself plenty of ammo, example,  shoot anyone
    with a shotgun (works best on villagers) and  they'll either
    flinch or drop, if you shoot them lower, they'll drop on the
    knees. That gives you perfect opportunity to kick them or use
    the knife to slash away for a few moments. Saves ammo too.
    
    ITEM HUNTING
    ------------
    
    One thing about RE4 is that there might be items hidden any
    where, so when ever you come near barrels or  boxes,  slash
    them open with your knife so you can  see  what lies inside,
    most of the time you'll  find  handgun  ammo which comes in
    really handy when your facing the normal villagers.
    
    TIPS FOR SAVING AMMO
    --------------------
    
    There's many things you can do here or there to save  some
    ammunition through out the game, though it sounds  useless
    but if you follow these tricks then by the later stages of
    the game you will have a pretty big stock pile of  ammo to 
    go by. Example, its not always necessary to use  your guns
    to shoot open pad locks or small  locks,  the  knife works
    just as fine on those things, so use that too. 
    
    FIGHTING TECHNIQUE
    ------------------
    
    One more thing you guys should know, its more like a good
    fighting method in its own thats why I didn't just mix  it
    with the tips for saving ammo heading above, when your at
    the initial stages of the game and have only a few villagers
    to go through in certain area's, you should aim  at their
    heads with the handgun and  shoot, they'll   occasionally
    flinch and  get  disoriented, at that time run up to them
    and the game will prompt you to kick them with the action
    button, do that and  they'll  fall down allowing you time
    and safety to slash them safely.
    
    DISARMING TRAPS
    ---------------
    
    You'll encounter traps laying around in several area's  of
    the game, now rather then risk getting trapped (or  blown)
    you can safely disarm the trap from a distance with a shot
    from the handgun, just aim at the center of the trap (where
    the touch sensitive area is) or the explosive in the middle
    of the trap, and fire a single shot, and your all free.
    
    THE PRICE IS RIGHT
    ------------------
    
    One thing you should know about Resident Evil 4 is that
    the merchants will always buy the weapons back at  full
    price once you sell it to them, no price drops just for
    the weapon being slightly used, so if you ever need  to
    have some urgent money for something, dont  hesitate in
    selling any weapon, you can buy  it  later  at the same
    price as you sold it to him. Another money making method
    is to make a herb combo and sell it to the merchant and
    they'll buy it a very high price. Good money.
    
    FISH EATER
    ----------
    
    This particular tip is only for the chapter 1-2, after you
    start it, a little while into it you will come to a  place
    where you can see fishes, kill them and  you  can  restore 
    your lost health with them. Remember this area for later.
    
    
    
                            HEALTH CHART
                            ------------
    
    The health system in RE4 though seems different from the
    rest of the Resident Evil games at first sight is almost
    exactly the same, just the way you see Leon's health bar
    is now changed and slightly more accurate then before, but
    the rest is almost exactly the same. Here is a brief say
    of the various health status's and various healing items
    that you can use to restore health.
    
    
    GREEN BAR
    ---------
    When Leon's health bar is in green it means that Leon is 
    pretty much alive and kicking, this is his top condition
    and you can do just about everything at full capacity.
    
    RED BAR
    -------
    When you take damage, your health bar drops slightly 
    depending on the type of damage you have just taken, 
    and when its at a certain stage, it will flash a little
    and then turn red, that means that Leon isnt in a good
    condition and he's getting pretty weak, in this mode
    Leon will have a slightly different walking animation.
    some action scenes like swimming back to the boat are 
    slowed down because he's bleeding.
    
    NOTE : Like the previous Resident Evil games, the various
    kinds of herbs can be mixed to attain various healing 
    effects, these are all the same as previous games so I
    won't be elaborating on them. You all know it by now.
    
    
                            HEALING ITEMS
                            -------------
    
    Here is a list of the healing items and that you can find 
    and use during the game, their effects are also listed with 
    their respective names. Read through these so you have a good 
    idea of what kind of item to use when your in any trouble.
    
    GREEN HERB
    ----------
    This is your basic healing item from all the Resident Evil
    games, doesnt restore that much health, but these are most
    useful through out the game, always be sure to carry some
    herbs around with you in case of emergencies.
    
    RED HERB
    --------
    The red herb also makes a return in Resident Evil 4, for 
    veteran players it wouldn't be a mystery why the herb is
    in-effective on its own, for the newcomers let me tell 
    you that the red herb can not work on its own, mix it in
    with the green herb to be able to restore your health bar
    to the maximum.
    
    YELLOW HERB
    -----------
    The Yellow herbs were first seen in Resident Evil Gaiden, but
    the use was different in that game, here the use is entirely
    different from Gaiden, the yellow herbs like the red one's
    are ineffective on their own but mix one with a green herb
    and use it to have a small increase in your maximum health
    bar, the amount of bar increased will be full meaning you
    will gain a little health too. (if it isnt full already).
    
    BLACK BASS
    ----------
    In some parts of the game you will find fishes that you can
    slaughter and use to restore Leon's health bar, the bass is
    one of them, they come in small or large sizes, the small
    one raises only a small amount of the health bar but still
    comes in handy at times.
    
    LARGE BLACK BASS
    ----------------
    This is the larger counterpart of the Bass fishes, though it
    restores your heath bar to the max, it also takes up quiet a
    lot of space in your inventory menu. 
    
    CHICKEN EGG
    -----------
    These are.. err.. Egg's to say the least, and they only are
    able to restore a small amount of your health bar. Sweet.
    
    BROWN CHICKEN EGG
    -----------------
    Same as the normal chicken eggs but they raise the health
    bar slightly more then the ordinary one's, more use full.
    
    GOLD CHICKEN EGG
    ----------------
    The ultimate healing item, it only takes 1 slot in your
    inventory menu, but it restores your health bar to the
    max, these are must keepers for the frantic situations
    in the game. Mostly like boss battles.
    
    GREEN + RED + YELLOW HERB COMBO
    -------------------------------
    The ultimate herbal combination you can imagine, not only
    will it restore your health bar to the max, it will also
    raise your max health bar a little bit, perfect.
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    7.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                    _ _   _   _                      _    
       __ __ ____ _| | |_| |_| |_  _ _ ___ _  _ __ _| |_  
       \ V  V / _` | | / /  _| ' \| '_/ _ \ || / _` | ' \ 
        \_/\_/\__,_|_|_\_\\__|_||_|_| \___/\_,_\__, |_||_|
                                               |___/      
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4007
    
    NOTE  : For quick navigation if you want to go to a particular 
    chapter in the walkthrough just type the following code to go 
    instantly.
    
    CHAPTER ?-?
    
    Replace the two "?" with the numbers of the chapter you seek.
    
    START
    
    
    CHAPTER 1-1
    -----------
    
    Alright, lets have the nightmare start shall we, once your finally in
    control of Leon start heading forward while looking at the gorgeously
    lush looking area's around you. (cough MGS-fanboys ) ahem, so carry on.
    
    Head straight for the cottage you see in a little distance, you  will
    spot some crows along the way, so whaddaya we do, croak them, err, by
    that I mean shoot the crows and they die (REALLY !!) but the goodness
    of the whole situation is you get some extra $$ thats cash, to  spend
    so take a minute or two to improve your sniping skills. You'll need it.
    
    When your near the cottage, immediately you should be aware that  the
    entire area is eerily quiet, just like a typical horror movie, before
    making your way inside the cottage however, check the area left of the
    dang thing and you'll find a crate with a grenade inside (WOOH) take
    the contents and head for the cottage.
    
    Inside the cottage, head forward and you'll see a well-rendered scene
    you know the one that we've all seen in the trailers, Leon will walk
    up to the villager and attempt to communicate (right) but it goes sour
    quickly and pretty soon Leon's defending himself from a maniac.
    
    As soon as you get in control of Leon, shoot the villager in the knee
    (you can try to pop one in the head if you feel like it, but I like my
    method hehe), so shoot him in the knee and when he's down use the knife
    to slash his head off (not literally), this method saves ammo too.
    
    After your done killing this fellow, you'll notice that your suddenly
    not alone in the area, there's more villagers like the  one  we just
    killed all around the area, before doing anything harsh try  looking 
    through the cottage and find some ammo for your gun. Done ?
    
    Now, its about time Leon made his get away from this place, so take it
    to the second floor and get near the window, see the action icon, well
    do just that and Leon will jump out the window (how original) and we'll
    be face to face with some more villagers.
    
    Try to pop one in the nearest of the two villagers here, if he dodges
    or something, round house his ass to the ground and then shoot his head
    off with your ammo, do the same for the second one and they'll be dead
    in no time. Now if you try to head back to from where you started the
    game, then do it by all means, before you can reach the way your path
    will be obstructed and you wont be able to head anywhere there. So its
    best if we just keep moving forward for the time being.
    
    Head down the path, passing the cottage from hell we were just in and 
    in a little while you'll come to another small shack,  there's  boxes 
    inside it, smash them and take the items inside and continue along the 
    path. 
    
    While heading forward, you may be attacked by another single villager
    if that happens, use the previous routine (the shoot-knee-then-slash)
    to take care of this one too, after that keep heading forward until
    you hear an animal's moaning in the area, when you see the wolf in a
    trap, take some time to free the poor thing. Awww.
    
    But beware that this means there's more traps around the place too, so
    keep your eyes open when your walking in the field from now on. You have
    been warned.
    
    Important notice now, after the wolf thing you'll start seeing traps
    here and there, most of the traps can be easily disarmed by shooting 
    at them with a single bullet, but there's other things you can do with 
    them too, like for now when you reach the fork of the road there's a 
    trap at that too, shoot a bullet in the air and a villager around the 
    corner who heard the shot will come barging in and get slaughtered by 
    one of his own traps. Thats always fun to see. 
    
    PS. Traps include Bear traps and dynamite rigged traps, keep eyes open !!.
    
    Continue forward until you see another small shack, check inside this
    one for some items too. For those who are thinking that this just seems
    like an easy game, be warned, for you will be crying near the ending
    parts of the game, because it changes that quickly hehe.
    
    Head forward and you'll see a wooden bridge and some villagers blocking
    your path, take the villagers out and cross over the bridge (its the one
    we've seen in the trailers). After the bridge, continue down the path
    and you'll see one last shack. Enter it, there's a villager inside of it
    kill the villager and take the ammo from inside of the shack, now exit
    it and make your way to the big door at the end of the path, go through
    it to proceed forward.
    
    Right then, after passing through that door, we are one step closer to
    the village of the, err, villagers, called Pueblo. Head forward and 
    you will have another scene, Leon will use his nifty binoculars to see
    whats going on ahead, seems like the villagers are having a cop-BBQ at
    this moment, only an insane man (or a man with action replay codes) is
    going to head straight into the village, so we being the sane people
    are going to go around it.
    
    Once your back in control of Leon, take the path heading to the left
    side, around the village to be more exact. A little forward and you'll
    run into a female villager with her back turned to Leon, dont think that
    she's a good one, the female villagers are every bit as vicious as the
    male counter parts, so take the opportunity and shoot the back of her
    head off, but that will cause the villagers to be aware of Leon and head
    your direction. Ah well..
    
    One of the near stone structures will have an open window for Leon, so
    head inside it, if any villager follows you inside then do take the time
    and chop their heads off, inside this building you'll run into some 
    barrels and boxes, destroy them to find valuable items inside of them.
    Once your done shopping head to the main door of the structure and use
    the action command to kick the door open, as soon as your back out into
    the open, ignore all else and make a dash for the house on your left.
    When you reach the entrance of the house, you'll have another scene.
    
    Leon will go in and lock the door behind him in an attempt to keep the
    villagers out. Bad idea Leon my man, first thing you'll notice is the
    wood covered window and the people banging it from the outside, ASAP
    cover the window with a nearby cabinet so you wont be back attacked in
    this fight. Next, you'll see some stairs heading up to the second floor
    before going up however, check behind the stairs and smash the barrel
    there for some more ammo.
    
    Head up and take the shotgun off the rack (no sir, no traps here, and
    thankfully no Barry either lol). Take the shotgun, after that take the
    shotgun shells from the bed and the grenade on the cabinet, once your
    prepared, its time to kick some villagers ass.
    
    Note, this is a must do part of the story, so be prepared to kick some
    major villager ass, also, be prepare to die horribly if your not good
    at the controls so far. 
    
    First off, take out the handgun and start shooting the villagers heads
    off, if head shots are hard then do the knee first then slash with the
    knife routine to save some ammo too, but its gonna get really hectic so
    the knife is really risky. Once you've disposed of some villagers some
    more will arrive from the surrounding area's including one of the well
    known Chainsaw dudes. He's our primary target now.
    
    Try to find a higher place to shoot from since it'll be easier for you
    to do so, now, ignore all other villagers for now and focus on the saw
    dude, take out the shotgun and shoot him, headshots are a little hard
    on him since he's waving his head around so much so shoot his legs and
    when he's down shoot the rest of him. Use the normal handgun for the
    other villagers though, higher ground should make this part of the fight
    easier for Leon.
    
    Just when you think that its hopeless (or after a said period of time)
    the church bell in the distance will ring and all the villagers will 
    forget about Leon for the time being, time to breath a sigh or relief.
    
    Suddenly, the entire village will become abandoned again, when just a
    few minutes ago they were all trying to slit Leon's throat, whats all
    this about ?! we'll find out in the future. With all the villagers a
    little busy you are free to go through each and every single house or
    structure in the area to find items, there might be many items here or
    there, I dont know all of them.
    
    Once your done item hunting, make your way to the brown wooden doors
    to the west of the houses, enter it and you'll come out in some kind
    of a farm like place.
    
    Now first of all, dont worry about being back attacked 'cause the people
    in this area will probably be working on their farms so you can take 
    them out easily, ps. They're limited here so its advised you take out 
    all of the villagers in this area so you can explore much freely. Thank 
    you, now head forward and you'll see a blue sign hanging on one of the 
    walls, read  it and it will mention to destroy 10 medallions or something 
    like that, okey im down with that.
    
    Once your done reading the sign and killing all living things in this
    area, I would highly advice you to explore the surrounding farmy area
    since there's many items here that even I dont know about, in short this
    area is full of items for Leon to find so take some time for item hunting.
    
    Once your done with that head to the north end of the area and Leon will
    find a heavily fortified door which he cannot open on his own, he needs
    someone to help him. Just remember this place for the later parts of the
    game when Ashley is with you (Dont act like you dont know who that is).
    
    Head a little east of this area, and there's another door here, Leon can
    use this door to exit to the next area so do that. Bye farm.
    
    You'll come out in a hill covered area, this looks like a bad area since
    Leon is practically vulnerable to anything, say wild boards or even some
    moving boulders !!. Thats right, a little forward into the area and you
    will see a scene, some villagers will push a huge piece of Rock from the
    top of the hills and it will come crashing after Leon, time for our 1st
    button mashing mini-game my friends.
    
    When the game asks you start mashing the X button like hell to make Leon
    sprint faster then any man alive, after that when the chase is about to
    come to an end, the game will ask you to press a combination of X and B
    or L or R (its annoyingly random) to dodge the boulder, do that and the
    chase scene will finally be over. There's many more button mashing things
    to do in the future so keep your thumbs ready at all times.
    
    After that intense sequence you'll probably want to do a little relaxing
    so be free to just walk down the rest of the path until you reach what
    appears to be a cavern in the path, its actually a sewering tunnel, head
    through it and when you come out to the other side Leon will spot a very
    old house in the distance. Next destination ahoy.
    
    Pass through the field and make your way to the house, caution warning as
    there are what I like to call Suicidal villagers in these woods, they all
    carry burning sticks of dynamite on them and want to shove them up Leon's
    err you know what, the best thing to do against them is to keep shooting
    at them from a distance on the legs so they keep falling down, eventually
    the fuse of the dynamites will run out and the villagers will explode on
    their own, make sure you collect the items after wards, thank god that im
    here to give you all these small tips hehehe, and make your way to the
    house safely.
    
    At the main entrance of the house, you'll notice that the door is locked
    and there's a small pad lock blocking your way, take out the knife and
    slash the pad lock to hell, open the door and head inside to see what
    awaits thee. 
    
    Inside the house, you will run into a small save room, save if your in
    the mood, also in the house you'll find a couple of scattered handgun
    ammo boxes around, take all of the items you can find in the house and
    head for the back side of the house, here push the bookcase from the
    side using the action key, behind it is a cup board, do the same for it
    and you'll run into your first friendly character of the game. Luis.
    
    You will have another scene now, Leon will untie Luis's and they will
    have a little conversation but unfortunately for them the church session
    is just over and the villagers have arrived, and Leon's seriously not in
    the right situation at the time being. You will also see the first shot
    of a grumpy faced Barry Burton look alike. Leon tries to Kung Fu his ass
    but unfortunately, err, gets HIS ass kicked. Who is he you ask !? You'll
    have to wait till the time comes to tell you who he is.
    
    You will see the scoring screen which tells your statistics for the 
    previous chapter and you can also save your game if you feel like it.
    Thats the end of the chapter 1-1.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 _         _    |_|                         
                                / |  ___  / |
                                | | |___| | |
                                |_|       |_|
    
    
    CHAPTER 1-2
    -----------        
    
    While Leon is still out you will see a small scene of someone injecting
    Leon with a mean looking injection on the back of his neck, after a few
    minutes Leon will start coming to his senses, but we (the player) has
    no idea where Leon is, but all we know is Luis is tied with Leon. Oh good
    
    While your thinking that your gonna get some rest for the time being,
    your dead wrong, in a few seconds a villager walks into the room with
    an axe in his hands and he aint here to show it off, before the villager
    chops Leon and Luis's heads off with a single slash, quickly press the
    action button to see Leon's amazing escape feat. He's gotten good.
    
    Once you both are out of the ropes, Luis will run off ahead leaving Leon
    behind pondering the situation, as soon as your in control of Leon, take
    any items lying around in this area and escape through the door that the
    villager came in from. 
    
    Once your outside, another small scene, a hooded figure will approach 
    and wave Leon to follow him, so do that, once your outside, head around
    the cottage and you'll see that man again, actually he's the first of
    the few merchants you'll see in the game. Time for some shopping.
    
    Now, you will be able to purchase new weapons, or upgrades for some of
    them from this merchant fellow, he won't reveal his face to you so stop
    thinking about that. You should have enough cash on Leon at this time 
    to buy him a brand new Rifle and a scope for it, one more thing, you
    can also sell items you do not need to this merchant for some cash too.
    
    With the new rifle (with scope attachment) in hand make your way a few
    steps back to the entrance we came after this merchant from, you'll see
    what lies ahead. Its not pretty, villagers, and more villagers. So now
    we have to go through them one at a time.
    
    This is one of the things that can get really risky if you dont know
    a tip to make it easier, in this case you will find a top portion of
    a wall ripped, stand right in front of the wall and take out the scope
    and start aiming, this is the perfect sniper spot for you. Aim at the
    villagers in the distance and start shooting them. NOTE that always
    make sure your going for a head-shot kill, since if you dont kill them
    instantly they will ring the alarms causing a whole group of villagers
    to come after you in frenzy, and BOY we dont want that.
    
    Once you've lightened the place a little bit, take out the handgun
    once more and head through the local door, you may still encounter
    an odd villager here or there but at this stage in the game they
    shouldn't be too hard for you to take out with your trusty handgun.
    Head up the path to the east hill, once your at the top of this hill
    you will see a barricade of sand bags, go over it.
    
    There will be a single villager here, take him out then search the
    box for a piece of a plate we'll need in a little while, now from 
    this higher point in terrain if you can still spot some villagers
    going around on the lower area's, this is the perfect place to take
    them out using the rifle, once your done sniping drop down into the
    main compound area and climb the roof of the shack near the entrance
    and you'll find the second piece of the plate, now we can proceed.
    
    Head to the north end of this area and you will encounter a door we
    couldn't have opened before, but now with the two pieces of plate
    we can proceed, a word of advice though, you dont need the rifle
    that much for a long time now and it takes up tons of space in your
    inventory menu, so I would ask you to go back to the merchant and
    sell the rifle back to him (Dont worry about money, its completely
    refundable, for those who dont know what that means, you will get
    all of your money back. )
    
    With the money in hand, proceed through the plate-ed door now.
    
    Out this door, you wont be that far from a door leading into a mine
    and thats where we're going, kick open that door and proceed inside
    you'll run into some more villagers here, inside head through the
    door thats on the right wall, you'll run into 3 more villagers here
    take them out with the handgun (or shotgun to make life easier) then
    proceed to the opening at the end of the room, use the action button
    to jump out of it.
    
    Now you will come out in an area with a few more villagers, who have
    dynamite attached to them, the best bid to take them out is to get
    behind the rail carriage and shoot the dynamite so they all explode
    with the explosions, after they're done continue down the path, this
    area is also full of floor traps which will eventually slow you down.
    Like before the best method to disarm the traps is to just shoot them
    with a single bullet, but if your feeling like saving some ammo you
    can also trigger the traps by slashing at them with the knife from a
    very close range.
    
    Once all that is done and your thinking about exiting through the 
    door at the end, check around the area for some useful items, and
    be sure to check the oven there too 'cause its got some items inside
    it as well. Exit through the door now. On the other side of the door
    turn to Leon's left and you'll find a boarded up place, slash the
    boards with the knife to remove them, behind the boards you'll find
    an Elegant Mask, take it and proceed, kick open the rusty door at
    the end and proceed further into the next hallway.
    
    There's just 1 villager here, take him out quickly, and then take
    the ladder leading down, once your down the ladder you'll come in
    an area with some items scattered around for you to take, also in
    the same area you'll find three fish, if you want to refill your
    health bar, shoot them and chow down baby. If you wish you can also
    save some for later times (yum yum).
    
    Now climb up the ladder and you will come outside through a open
    well. Finally, open air.
    
    Head forward in this fairly spooky but straight path, you will come
    across some more traps along the way, destroy all of them and head
    forward until you come to an old looking house. Proceed further and
    head inside the house.
    
    Inside you will come across a single door with a small puzzle on it
    Its fairly simple really, take note of the emblem marks on the door
    and now you just have to keep rotating the moveable green part of
    the door until its shape matches the patterns on the door. Once you
    do that, the door opens.
    
    Now for those who haven't figured it out yet, we're inside the house
    of the big chief guy who kicked Leon's ass a little while back, in
    the house take note of the portrait hanging on the wall, afterwards
    search the box lying near the book case and you will find a key in
    it, take it and head to the only door available.
    
    Before anything, you will run into the big chiefy again, apparently
    he doesn't like Leon going through his bed room, and after seeing
    a little scene, you would have finished the second part of the
    first chapter. Proceed.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 _         ___  |_|                
                                / |  ___  |_  )
                                | | |___|  / / 
                                |_|       /___|
                   
    
    CHAPTER 1-3
    -----------        
    
    Alright, for those of you who want to see a familiar sighting if
    you go back through the same doorway that we just came  from now
    you will see a special scene in the game where Leon will be saved
    by a woman in a red dress. This might be familiar to you guys from
    the trailers that we've seen for the game.
    
    Afterwards, the area would be clear for you to start exploring and
    find some useful items for Leon. You can find another green herb
    on the cabinet just next to the door, and a useful brown egg in the
    oven as well. Also take the grenade from the glass case before you
    leave, once done save your game and exit this place at will.
    
    Before you can exit out you will be surprised by a group of new
    villagers with another chainsaw man with them, the best method to
    take on them at this time is to stand in the doorway and pump any
    thing that walks through the door with shotgun rounds, easy peasy.
    Drop any treasures that the enemies might drop and now its time
    for us to make our way back into the town.
    
    Before you can reach into the village you will be attacked by some
    more villagers but by now they shouldn't be hard enough for you to
    Kill, if you have some rifle rounds left then you can climb up a
    higher terrain and snipe their heads off from there, or just use
    your standard handgun and slash method, either way the villagers
    are not that vicious for the time being and not that hard either.
    
    Once your done killing anyone interfering make your way to the door
    with the red markings and use the newfound insignia key to open the
    door. Before proceeding forward be sure to check the farm area once
    more since there might be new formed chicken eggs there for you to
    carry, there's even a chance of you finding a golden chicken egg.
    
    Once your done here, go through the door with the markings and once
    through you'll realize that you can actually save your game here, do
    that and proceed through the other door in this room. Once in this
    new room, take a look around and take aim at the lantern hanging
    around. Shoot it so it falls down and you'll find a spinal inside.
    But be aware of the small fireball that forms when it initially falls.
    
    Once your done here proceed down the hole, and soon afterwards you
    will find another lantern, and there's seem to be items hanging
    around for you, at the end of this cave however you will run into
    another merchant, we'll be coming back to this place in a little
    while so save your valuables for the time being.
    
    Out here, you'll notice that there are some birds near the entrance
    of the grave yard, you can shoot them to get some extra cash if you
    want, but if they run away after seeing you then you can have them
    respawn by going back to the previous area's and coming back here.
    Once your done with that proceed further. Whilst in the grave yard
    area you can locate the rest of the blue medals as well, meaning
    that if you shot more then 10 already go and talk to the nearest
    merchant and he will hand you the Punisher. A really cool gun.
    
    Proceeding at the end of the grave yard you'll notice that the doors
    leading into the church are locked for now but you have an option to
    get a really rare item here if your willing to do a small puzzle.
    
    The puzzle is really simple, all you have to do is go and look for
    the twin marked graves in the grave yard area, once you have found
    all three twin grave markings you can use the podium here to solve
    the puzzle, its really not that hard to explain and mostly random
    so you should do it on your own. The prize will be a green catseye.
    
    Well thats all fine and dandy but what about the church doors now,
    for that we will have to go to a different area, so from the church
    door take the path on the right side and you will come to a bridge
    and some villagers on it, kill the villagers by kicking them off
    the bridge, and proceed through the gaped bridge. On the other side
    of it you will find a small cabin, head inside it and you will find
    the file which explains where the key is and also an item or two.
    
    After that keep proceeding forward and you'll notice that you will
    enter an area where you'll find plenty of birds, if you aren't able
    to kill them all in the first try then go back to the previous area
    and come back here since these birds can give you a significant
    amount of money, its really useful if you kill all of them here.
    
    There's also another save room and a merchant in the surrounding
    area as well, the best way to reach them would be to go through
    your map and take the other path from here, once your done with
    that, (I would personally like you to go and save right now) then
    proceed through the door which is leading into the lake area.
    
    One thing you should know that the path leading towards the lake
    isnt an easy one either, you will encounter tons of villager and
    another one of the quick boulder dodge thingies here as well, so
    once your ready, proceed further.
    
    Once you reach the swampy area's, you'll find a cabin in the left
    side, enter the cabin and find any items that you can use here. Exit
    and proceed further when your done. After that you will come towards
    another quick boulder scene, once you've dodged the boulder properly
    turn back and shoot at the sparkling thing and you will get another
    spinal. Now comes a hard part.
    
    You will come across an area with dynamite traps and a few villagers
    who want nothing but killing you, if you want to be creative and save
    some ammo then make the villagers run into the traps by luring them
    into it. They'll follow you blindly, not only will this kill them, it
    will also clear the path for Leon to proceed. How nice.
    
    Near this area is a house on the right side, head inside it and blow
    the crate to find some items or possibly a snake inside, if its the
    snake then dont run away, kill it and you'll get something from it
    as well, once done proceed out and when your about to end this
    swampy area you'll find another small cabin on the right side, take
    it and inside find the handgun ammo and any snakes that might be in
    crates. After that is done proceed straight to the lake shores area
    and its time to head on.
    
    Once your finally at the lake area, head to the left and you will
    find a red herb, but you'll also see a scene here of the villagers
    dropping one of the two cops that came with us at the start into the
    village to feed something apparently, once your done watching that
    take the herb here and proceed towards the cabin thats not so far
    from you. Inside the cabin save your game at the typewriter since
    there is a big boss fight coming pretty soon. Also you might find a
    yellow herb inside as well, take it and head out of the cabin, ready
    your weapons before proceeding further. Oh wait..
    
    There's a really cool trick here that you can get Leon eaten by the
    boss even before the fight begins, if you stand near the water for a
    long period of time then the boss will suddenly jump out of the water
    and eat Leon, thats funny as hell and can really make the first timers
    wet their pants.
    
    Once your done goofing around, proceed into the boat and get into
    the water, not long after you've entered the water, you'll see the
    huge creature emerge from the water and now its time for our grand
    boss fight with it.
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
    BOSS FIGHT : DEL LAGO
    ---------------------
    
    For the first time players I would like to apologize in advance that
    you will most certainly die a few times before you finally finish
    the boss fight but on the plus side it is entirely possible to end
    this fight without Leon getting even a single scratch, but that as
    they say, is extremely hard to do. One more thing you should know
    is that your boat is at the mercy of the boss and you have no control
    over it for this entire boss fight so its just better that we concen
    trate on the boss ahead of us.
    
    First lets see what kinds of attack Lago can do to damage Leon, first
    off he would try to drag the entire boat along with itself into one
    of the big floating pieces of wood in the middle of the lake (who the
    hell put them there anyway) and if that happens Leon will immediately
    lose half of his life, and not only that but you will also fall down
    into the water and you will be forced to swim quickly back into the
    boat, the bad thing is that if your not pressing the action key fast
    enough then Del Lago will eventually come out and eat Leon whole.
    Thus ending the fight instantly, and we dont want that. To prevent Lago
    from ramming you into the wood, you should quickly steer your boat out
    of its path when its near. But be warned as you'll have to drop the
    harpoon since Leon cant swim and fight at the same time.
    
    Second most commonly used attack is the dive and hit thing, he will
    dive underwater and attempt to ram your boat causing Leon to fall
    off again, and making him loose a good chunk of his health bar. Once
    you see it trying to go for this attack, quickly drop down the harpoon
    and turn the boat as much right or left as you can since thats the only
    method of saving your skin. Like before falling down into the water 
    will lead you to swim back into the boat or be eaten by Del Lago. 
    
    The final attack that he does most often is that during the fight he
    will suddenly dive deep into water and disappear, now before starting
    to think that the fight is over, you should know that he comes ramming
    up out of the water to hit you, the game will tell you which side of
    the boat he will be coming out of so aim your harpoon in that area
    and as soon as it shows its head, let one into its mouth, that will
    cause Lago to miss its attack and just jump over you, this gives you
    the time to shoot another harpoon in its back as well, easy as pie.
    
    Now lets talk about the fighting technique, Leon can only fight this
    battle with a harpoon in his hand, but the good thing is that you get
    infinite number of harpoons to fight the boss with. When you want to
    attack it, raise the harpoon by pressing the R button, you'll see
    Leon aim the harpoon and a small crosshair will appear on screen with
    it, now aim the crosshair directly at Lago and fire with the A button
    if you made a hit then you will see blood coming out of the contact
    point. The bad thing is that the harpoons can take a little time to
    "reload" so you dont want to miss that often.
    
    The fight will take no more then fifteen or so harpoons before the 
    boss finally dies, it is entirely possible to finish this without
    taking any damage from the boss at all, in case of taking damages
    use small healing items like eggs or green herbs that you have in
    your inventory. Soon the boss fight will be over, Lago will be dead
    and..uh.. Leon's foot is caught in something as well.. uh oh.
    
    Damn those capcom people for putting this new instant button thing
    in this game, okey dont panic and quickly press the button that
    comes on screen repeatedly and Leon will eventually cut the rope
    tied to his feet and this chapter is done for.
    
    -----
    
    
    Watch the scenes and proceed towards the new chapter.
    
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                      _         |_|                
                                     / | 
                                     | | 
                                     |_|       
                   
    
    CHAPTER 2-1
    -----------
    
    When the scenes are over and your back in the world of thes sane,
    get up and check around the cabin that your inside at this time,
    there's some items here that you can take, so take all that you
    can and proceed out of the cabin. Now you will notice that the
    game has gone into night time and thats how its gonna remain for
    a long long while.
    
    Outside the cabin you'll notice that your boat isnt that far from
    you, if you wish you can take the boat back to the main land area
    but at this time its totally pointless since we still haven't done
    what we came here to do originally, you can however go back for
    trading with a merchant but thats your choice alone.
    
    Now, proceed forward into the new area and soon afterwards you will
    run into a new enemy to the game, seemingly they look like your
    normal villager enemies but the distinct thing is the Los Plagas
    you can see on their heads, and that is this kind of enemies weak
    point, just aim at the Plagas with any gun and make sure you take
    it out, if you decapitate the villager or some times totally 
    randomly you will see the Plagas coming out of the villagers head
    itself, and then you'll have to deal with it separately. The best
    method to take on them is by using a shotgun since the scatter can
    hit them as well. But a niftier method is using a flash grenade
    which can kill these instantly.
    
    Proceed further down the path and jump over the ledges in front of
    you, past them continue further till you reach the rope, take it
    downwards. First thing here, you'll notice a single villager with
    throwing axes and he's aiming for you, if you happen to have some
    rifle ammo then that would be the best thing to take this guy out
    with. After that, check the nearby tower to hopefully find some
    items inside it. Once that is done we proceed further.
    
    Now you have to shoot down the three craters and create yourself
    a bridge which you can use to cross over the stream of water and
    go to the other side where the lever is that controls the flow of
    water, to start off shoot the crater to make it fall down into
    the water and once you reach the middle section of this area, take
    the tower to the right up and when your up there shoot one round
    into the sparkly thing, you just found the Amber ring.
    
    Okey now fire at the other crates to create a bridge towards the
    other side now, once your over there climb up the tower and shut
    down the lever causing the flow of water to stop and giving you
    a path to proceed further now, you'll see the cave entrance in
    the waterfall now and thats our destination.
    
    But before you can go there you will be attacked by some more
    villagers and its a little annoying, the best method to thin down 
    this attack is to jump over the crates back towards the area where 
    the tower with the lever is, once your on the other side you can 
    easily take out the villagers when they're crossing over the 
    craters, but with this method they'll probably fall into the water 
    with their money, so its best if you let them make the final leap 
    onto the land where you are, then you can take them out one at a 
    time just as easily while retaining all the cash that was to be lost.
    
    Once this attack has been thinned out, make your way towards the
    cave entrance in the waterfall, and enter it. Inside you will
    find the item that we came to this side to seek, the Round Insignia.
    Take it, and have a little conversation with Ingrid, after that is
    done take the door that pretty near you and you will come out in
    the docks area. With the boat and all.
    
    Not that I have to tell you again, take the boat and its time to
    head back to the main land, more specifically back to the church.
    But be sure to make a pitstop on the way towards the merchant and
    more importantly the save room since another big boss fight is
    about to take place in a little while. Once your at the merchant's
    place, trade in all the valuable items that we found on our trip
    and save your game at the typewriter near the area. Be ready now
    and proceed towards the direction of the church.
    
    On your way, when you reach the area where we shot all those damn
    crows, you'll see a scene, the villagers apparently want to set a
    trap for Leon, but unlucky for them it back fires horribly, and
    the EL GIGANTE kills all the villagers in a matter of seconds, you
    might remember this scene from the trailers of the game as well, 
    eventually after killing all the other villagers gigante will
    notice Leon and now its his time to die. Or is it.
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
    BOSS FIGHT : EL GIGANTE
    -----------------------
    
    El gigante, is a huge fricking mass of meat to say the least and
    it looks remarkably like the big troll from the Lord of the Rings
    movies if you have seen any of them, but unfortunately Gandalf
    won't be coming here to help you beat him so Leon will have to do
    the fight on his own. One thing I would like to ask you before
    the fight even begins is to make sure you have the stock for the
    TMP if it is available at this point in time and that your TMP
    and shotgun are both fully loaded and ready for some mayhem.
    
    One thing I would most certainly like to point out is that the
    fight will mostly involve you trying to dodge one of his quick
    attacks or mostly running around the area we're in just waiting
    for the right time to attack him, so button pressing and quick
    turning should be what your thinking about right now. The boss
    has many different kind of devastating attacks. Now the common
    thing it will do is punch Leon into the ground.
    
    Besides that it can Kick Leon while he's on the ground getting
    up from that punch as well which takes a lot of health out
    instantly, the best and only method to prevent this is to just
    not get close to the boss at all, besides that its not wise to
    stand close to it and fire shotguns or rifles since the time it
    takes for Leon to change the round will be enough Gigante needs
    to stomp a mud hole into Leons ass. But close combat is much
    safer with smaller fire arms as its easier to just fire a few
    rounds then quick turn and get the hell outta there.
    
    One more thing it does most often when your near it is grab Leon
    and try to choke the life out of his body, or squeeze his body
    completely, when this happens the only thing you can do is to
    quickly press the knife slashing button so Leon can free himself
    from the grasp of El Gigante (this is seen in trailers too).
    Note that once you drop down its wise to quickly run for cover
    since the Giant recovers quickly and you'll be standing right
    next to it after falling down.
    
    Many of the other attacks of El Gigante need Leon to be quick
    at dodging, like often times he will pick up a piece of rock and
    throw it in Leon's direction, this is really easy to dodge as you
    only need to be out of the rock's way which can easily be done, 
    secondly it will often pick up a tree and try to smash that into
    Leon, that can be only dodged by pressing the L and R buttons at
    the same time when the game asks you to (the dodge meneuver), but
    when Gigante has the tree with it, it slows down a whole lot giving
    you prime chance to shoot its head with some powerful weaponry, but
    be ready to drop the weapon and run for your life when its close.
    
    The final attack involves El Gigante doing a simple charging attack
    on Leon, this can also be dodged only by pressing the L and R keys
    when the game asks you to press them or risk getting slaughtered.
    
    Now lets get down to the actual killing method for the boss, the
    only thing you can do to kill it is keep shooting it with any
    weapon that you have until it bends over in pain and reveals the
    Los Plagas on its back, before that, the best method of weakening
    the boss is the quick weaponry since there will be hell to pay if
    your caught while firing with a shotgun or rifle, the TMP works
    best here, since you can shoot a few rounds at the giant's head
    and run back as quickly as you can. Thats the trick you should use.
    
    One shocking thing that happens during the fight is that the wolf
    that we helped WAAYYYY at the start of the game will come to help
    Leon out, the wolf doesn't really do much but it distracts the giant
    for a little while allowing you to shoot it without the risk of 
    being hit back. Eventually you would have shot the giant enough and
    now the Plagas is revealed on its back, the most efficient method of
    taking it out is to climb gigante's back when he's bent over (The
    game will tell you the buttons) and slash away with the knife when
    you have the chance or use a powerful weapon like the shotgun to
    deal damage to the Plagas. You can use stuff like flash grenades to
    make your life a little easier during this battle as well.
    
    You'll have to repeat this process a couple of times before the
    boss fight is finally over and you will be rewarded with 15,000
    in cash. Woo Hooo...
    
    ---------
    
    One thing I didnt' mention in the boss fight section is that you
    will also be able to take new items from inside the houses which
    might be destroyed during the fight by Gigante, the best time to
    do that however is when ever it is distracted by the wolf. Gives
    you enough time to get in and take the items. Heal occasionally.
    
    Once the boss fight is done I would personally like you to go
    back to where the typewriter was and save your game immediately,
    also you might want to check in with the merchant if your feeling
    like it. Once all that is done its time to go see the church.
    
    Proceed back through the path we took from here originally, go
    over the bridge and all, but before you reach the church you
    will be attacked by another new enemy, the Comillos. These are
    actually just wolves that have been turned mutant by Los Plagas.
    Get rid of them with a weapon like the shotgun and procee to the
    church, check the cabin on the way again since ammo is available
    in it again, also shoot the birds nest near the graveyard area
    to find another Spinel. Proceed towards the church entrance now.
    
    Once inside the church, your free to explore the house of god
    if you feel, you can find several items, like some money near
    the central alter, and a grenade on the barrel on the right.
    
    Once you've taken all this, climb up to the ladder up the 2nd
    floor and when ready, jump on the chandelier. Once it starts
    to swing, make sure you dont jump before it actually reaches
    the top of its swing on the other side, you'll land near a small
    puzzle console. This is actually a panel with 3 different colors
    on it, you have to use the panel to rotate the colors until the
    pattern matches the one in the middle part of the console. An
    easier method of solving this puzzle is by doing this.
    
    Rotate the red one twice
    Rotate the green one three times
    Rotate the blue one once.
    
    That will unlock the second floor doors and give you the access
    towards the next chapter. Head towards the door that we just 
    unlocked with that stupid puzzle, inside you will finally get
    to meet the president's hot daughter. Ashley Graham. Ta-Daa.
    
    From here take Ashley back to the first floor and end of this part.
    
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 ___         _  |_|                
                                |_  )  ___  / |
                                 / /  |___| | |
                                /___|       |_|
                   
    
    CHAPTER 2-2
    ===========
    
    Before anything, I would just like to tell you some of Ashley's 
    controls that you'll need to keep in mind.
    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------
    Here is a brief list of controls that Leon can command Ashley with
    or make Ashley stay and what not. 
    
    Before anything, I should tell you Ashley's death cases, Ashley can
    die with the methods that Leon can, meaning you can shoot her either
    yourself, a single bullet and she's dead. She can also be attacked by
    the monsters on screen, or if you leave her in the same place for a
    little while and the villagers come and take her away, its game over.
    ( Similar to ICO) if you want to prevent the villagers from taking
    her away, shoot the villager so that he/she drops Ashley. 
    
    Ashley has a similar life bar as Leon's and that helps you keep a
    quick eye on Ashley's health bar, besides that you will see icon's
    displaying what kind of action Ashley is taking at this time.
    Since I suck at ASCII.... I will just make text versions of them.
    
    ICON OF TWO PEOPLE : This means simply that Ashley is doing nothing
                         else but following Leon around.
    
    ICON OF ONE PERSON : This means that Ashley is standing alone and
                         waiting for Leon.
    
    ICON WITH LINE IN MIDDLE : This means that Ashley is being attacked
                               and you gotta go help her
    
    EXCLAMATION MARK : This means that Ashley's being taken away by a
                       villager and you need to quickly free her.
    
    Besides that Leon can also often use Ashley's help to reach previously
    un-reachable area's, when you get to one you'll get the respective icon.
    ------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    
    Like in all video games to date, now that we have our partner or the 
    person that we were looking for, now our quest will be 10 times more 
    harder then ever before, ganodo's coming from left and right and they 
    just dont want anything more then to see  Leon's head off of his 
    shoulder, ps. thats how the chainsaw people kill you hehehee.
    
    Anyway, I should tell you that this next chapter is not a really big 
    one but a dangerous one to say the least. Now the good thing about 
    Ashley is that you have almost complete control over her actions as 
    well, you can make her stop anywhere and go on a little ahead to fight 
    any oncoming baddies yourself, and she'll stay there like a good girl. 
    Use the X button to make Ashley stop where ever she is. Remember that.
    
    You will be in combat from the moment you get out of the shed, so a 
    good tactic is to make Ashley wait by the doors of the church and 
    you enter the grave yard area where about 7 or so villagers are 
    waiting for you. But you have a sort of an advantage in this battle, 
    see that explosive barrel on the cart near the graveyard doors, you 
    should use that to your advantage and you can easily take out 
    a couple of the villagers using that barrel. Once the barrel's gone 
    and so are some of the villagers, take out the weaker weapons and 
    take care of the rest of the villagers. Once the area is clean, go 
    and get Ashley to follow you.
    
    Now that we have Ashley with us, Leon's mission is practically complete 
    so all we have to do is get to the extraction spot, so make your way 
    back to the cavey area where we got into this part of the game from 
    originally, so when you head back through the tunnel you'll see that 
    the merchant who was there is still standing there, its a good idea 
    to visit him and cash out the punisher for the blue medallions if 
    you haven't done that already. You'll also be able to purchase a new 
    gun called the Red 9 (Cough, star wars reference) , its almost like 
    your normal handgun but a slightly slower rate of fire and lower 
    reloading time makes it nearly useless, since your normal handgun 
    is good.
    
    Once your done shopping, go through the tunnely area, save your game 
    at the typewriter in here and its time to pay another visit to our 
    good old friendly village. Now this part is a little tricky, since 
    the village is also filled with more new villagers, including some 
    of the los plagas villagers as well, before fighting or doing anything 
    here head immediately to the tower and make sure Ashley stays there, 
    then drop back down and start taking out the villagers one at a 
    time, its best that you use something else besides the shotgun since 
    we're going to need the shotgun shells in a little while, kill the 
    villagers with super caution and be very aware of the los plagas 
    villagers, you know how to take them out dont you. 
    
    Once the ruckus is done for, before you go and call Ashley, go through 
    the area since you'll find newly stored ammo and items here for the 
    taking, once your done with your shopping go and call Ashley down from 
    the tower and catch her before she falls butt first on the ground (this 
    is also in one of the trailers). Once your done with this area its time 
    to head for the farm area. So head over there.
    
    Right near where you enter the farm area from is a dumpster, now if you 
    want to keep Ashley safe then its best that you ask her to hide in 
    there, (and even more surprisingly she agree's without any hesitation, 
    wow ) once Ashley is hiding, its back to the usual mischives, take out 
    all the villagers that have spawned in this area, it shouldn't be a 
    problem from now on for you. Keep an eye out for any newly layed traps 
    in this area as well, since there WILL be traps. Once the area is 
    cleared, go get Ashley and you both head toward the gate on the north 
    eastern way, there's a locked gate here. If you remember from the very 
    start of the game we couldn't open this gate since Leon was unable to 
    do it on his own, but Ashley here can help Leon in opening the gate and 
    thats exactly what happens. Go through the gate.
    
    And surprisingly thats the end of this small yet really fun chapter. 
    Lets see what happens next.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 ___         ___|_|                
                                |_  )  ___  |_  )
                                 / /  |___|  / / 
                                /___|       /___|
                     
    
    
    CHAPTER 2-3
    ===========
    
    Alright now, once you enter this area you will have another series of 
    events which will end up with Leon Ashley and Luis (what the hell..) 
    to be barricaded inside a lone house and you will be attacked by the 
    mad villagers from all sides, its game time (that was cheap lol).
    
    Anyway, the best thing about having Luis at this time is that he is 
    immortal for the time being and no matter how much the villagers hurt 
    him, he's never gonna die (we all know it will happen eventually 
    though mwahah, the bastard). So the best and probably the smartest 
    method of going through this big fight is that you should stand in 
    one corner while Luis does most of the damage and takes most of the 
    damage as well. But still since your inside a barricaded house and 
    no way out, you can easily get trapped by villagers as well, and 
    that means you have to stay on your toes and watch out for anything 
    that comes towards you. (besides Ashley of course XD ).
    
    Now lets get down to the actual fighting part, for the starting part 
    the villagers be attacking you while your on the first floor of the 
    house, you can get yourself some time and room by pushing any available 
    cabinets in front of any windows so the ganodo's cant come in that 
    easily, another easy strategy to get through this area is to stand 
    in the middle of the stairs and equip the shotgun, anything that 
    comes your way should be plastered with shotgun shells, thats why 
    I was asking you to save all those shotgun shells, Luis will stay 
    on the first floor no matter what, the good thing about Luis is 
    that no matter if he kills the villagers, they'll still drop the 
    money for you to take. So head down and collect money time to time 
    but beware not to let any villagers up or not to get killed by any 
    villager as well.
    
    A little while later you will be called by Luis and will now have to 
    fight more villagers on the second floor, the thing is that it gets 
    only harder on the second floor, the villagers will not only come up 
    the stairs but there's a couple of windows in this area too and the 
    villagers will use ladders to climb up the windows to surprise you as 
    well, Luis isnt that helpful in this part but he'll continue to do his 
    job from where he's fighting at. You can also see the cabinet where 
    Ashley is hiding in. One thing you should constantly do is kick the 
    ladders down, which can be done very easily and helps too. The shotgun 
    is the only weapon I would ask you to use during this whole assault. 
    The ladders will constantly be re-placed and the villagers will continue 
    to come up that way so dont think your home free after throwing one 
    ladder down. If Luis is in trouble make sure you save him too (not like 
    he needs it anyway). 
    
    Just when it looks like all hope is lost, you'll hear the church bells 
    and as it happened at the start of the game, the villagers will leave 
    anything they're doing (like killing) and go to the church, wow these 
    people aren't so bad afterall, they're just uber religious lol. But as 
    the villagers start go leave, Luis will leave as well. Now its time for 
    us to proceed as well.
    
    Now that the villagers are all gone, its time for us to do a little 
    exploring of our own, quickly run up and down the house to catch any 
    treasures dropped by the villagers before they disappear for good, 
    includes ammo too. Besides that outside the house you'll find TMP 
    ammo on a bunch of logs and behind the house you'll find some 
    handgun ammo, its all a keeper and we'll need all of these in the 
    time being. Now inside the house there was a type writer if I recall 
    correctly with a memo next to it, go and read that memo, you will be 
    told that you need to choose one of the routes now. Left route leads 
    to a fight with a lot of villagers at the same time, and the right 
    route leads to a fight with another El Gigante, they're both hard but 
    Gigante is much harder then the villagers, also gives out more money 
    too, so thats a risk if your willing to take it. At the end both the 
    places will ultimately lead you to the same area, so its more like a
    "how do you wanna die" situation if you ask me.
    
    This is the infamous Two Routes that you must have heard about from 
    your friends or anyone on any local game boards.
    
    Once you've done one of the paths, skip forward to AFTERWARDS.
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
    THE EL GITANTE PATH
    -------------------
    
    Obviously this is the path that leads towards El Gigante, so if you want 
    to take this path, if you want to risk a harder fight but higher reward, 
    take the right path out of the area, after you go a little  forward  in 
    this new area the gigante will come out and the fight  will begin. Note 
    that Ashley will point a boulder which is placed on  top of the giant's 
    head, if you manage to shoot the boulder's holders it will come plunging 
    down onto EL Gigante but it won't kill him, rather  it  will give you a 
    chance to escape this area unscratched since he will be stunned for the 
    time being. This is a quick and efficient  method  out of this area but 
    thats not what we came here for, we came here  for  the  money. So lets 
    get on with the fighting part.
    
    Ashley's the one who's gonna be the damsel in distress during this fight 
    since Gigante likes to pick her occasionally and  smash  her  with  the 
    ground, if that ever happens then you will quickly have to shoot the giant 
    in its hand so that it drops Ashley, and heal her  whenever you have the 
    chance since she'll be taking the most damage during this fight. When it 
    comes to the actual fighting part this fight will be much more easier if 
    you have an upgraded TMP (stock) and a clip which can hold up to a hundred 
    bullets at the same time. To start the fight get a lot of room between you 
    and the giant and then start to shoot the  giant  non stop, after taking 
    something like 60 bullets the giant will stagger to its knees and you will 
    see the Los plagos on its back, now  its  time to do the same thing again, 
    climb its back and start slashing at it like a mad bastard. But immediately 
    reload once you fall back down.  Watch out for his normal attacks as well, 
    this gigante does all the same attacks of the previous giant and some more.
    
    Like before you will need to do this thing 2 or 3 times before gigante 
    actually falls down and die, when that happens you'll get something 
    like 15000 peseta's again. Thats what im talking about. Also, now that 
    the area is cleared you can safely check the huts in the surrounding 
    area for a lot more ammo and some more valuable items, there's also 
    a purple gem in the area for the taking, look at the flashing thing 
    above the huts and shoot it with any gun to make it fall down.
                                                                             
                                                                             
    THE GANODO PATH
    ---------------
    
    Once you enter this ganodo path you will have a little scene and after
    that you will immediately be assaulted by a group of villagers, as you
    regain control of Leon immediately shoot the cart, or the barrel on it
    and it will dispose or some of the nearby villagers and make your life
    easier for starting this area. After that is done, take a look at the
    dumpster near your surroundings and command Ashley to stay in there
    for the time being. She'll be safe for now. Once Ashley is safely 
    tucked inside, you should go and take out the ganodo threat in the
    immediate area. Keep heading forward around the pit area and you will
    find a ladder which will be leading down into a mining cart. Head down.
    
    Down the ladder you will find some shotgun ammo which can come in real
    handy for the upcoming area. Once your done with this and are ready
    for some real kick ass fighting, head for the main pit area and go to
    the eastern side of the pit and you'll find a place to  jump down into
    the pit and also a ladder standing there, before you think about going
    down kick the ladder down first, that will help you in the coming fight.
    Now jump down the pit and that'll attract even more villagers.
    
    As soon as the villagers start appearing, keep your eye on the two 
    female chainsaw wielders, and its time for us to make a break for
    higher ground since fighting in this lower area is highly dangerous
    for Leon. So take the ladder going up on the western side and you
    will be at an advantage, you will be able to take out most of the
    villagers one at a time as they come up, use the shotgun shells on
    the chainsaw villagers but you are good with the TMP or the handgun
    with the normal villagers. Once the mess is cleared one of the
    chainsaw person will drop a Ruby and the other will drop a Camp Key.
    
    By now your probably thinking about Ashley's safety, well she's as
    safe as she can be in the entire game so lets press a little  more
    forward for the time being, so head down into the pit and us e the
    camp key to open the door leading further into the pit.  A  little
    further you will run into some more villagers, you can try to take
    out them from inside the pit but its best if you  immediately back
    track towards the exit of the pit and take  one  of the ladders up, 
    then wait for the villagers to come one by  one. Even though there
    are more ladders here the vllagers will  only come towards the one
    that you are standing next to, so that  would be your advantage in
    this fight. Kick the ladder  down  and  start shooting from higher
    ground onto the groups of villagers.  Even  if the villagers reset
    the ladder, its not a hard thing to knock the ladder down again.
    
    FINALLY, when the entire area has been cleared of villagers, its
    time to go and get Ashley, once Ashley is by your side, head back
    down and go through the exit door of this area. This double route
    thing is done now. Over.
                                                                             
                                                                             
                                                                             
    AFTERWARDS
    ----------
    
    Okey now fortunately we have made it past both the dangerous paths
    and its time for us to press forward, no matter which path you had
    back there you will come out in a new area with a merchant standing
    there greeting you, if you want to, you can pay a visit to the good
    people, and also there is a type writer and another new document in
    the small house nearby, save your game at once since we just came
    through hell and there's more coming soon.
    
    Before pressing forward, take the box of handgun ammo next to the
    house with the type writer, once your done here continue forward
    and take note of the door thats locked here, we'll get an item to
    open it in a little while. Head a little more forward and you will 
    come to a place where you will have to take a gondola down to the 
    other end of the platform, but you didnt think it was just gonna 
    be that easy did you.
    
    During your ride you will be attacked by all places, you will have
    more villagers coming from gondola's of their own on the right side
    and just some lonely villagers standing on the left side who find
    it amusing to jump on your gondola and try to make it fall down.
    You should know first that if your gondola falls over then its
    immediately game over for you my friend.
    
    Anyway, the best method to deal with this part is the TMP since all
    villagers in this area take just one bullet to die, if you have a
    TMP and tons of ammo for it you will be safe for most of the ride
    since all you have to do is fire like hell and make sure atleast
    one of your bullets hit the mark. Otherwise its going to be an
    extremely rough ride for you. An alternate but risky method is to
    use the rifle for most of the ride and try to be a perfect aim.
    But thats just hard to stick with the TMP method.
    
    When your finally on the other end of the awesome ride, thank god
    for ending it and continue forward, enter the small control room
    and check the lockers for some valuable items or ammo we can use
    after that head back out and take the stairs leading downwards, it
    is a good idea if you ask Ashley to stay at the top of the stairs
    for the time being since there won't be anything coming there. Once
    that's done head down the stairs and take the path forward into the
    cave like area. You will run into some more villagers here but they
    shouldn't be a problem for you after all that we're gone through.
    
    Anyway, fight and kill all the villagers that you come across and
    make your way to the end of the path and you will find an item box
    with a yellow catseye inside, this is a valuable item, now on a
    side note if you happen to have some previously stored valuable
    items like the elegant dress and the green catseye and the purple
    gem, then you can combine all the gems with the dress and the end
    result will be an item that will give you way more money then each
    of them sold separately. Anyway, once your done with this area head
    back to the stairs where we asked Ashley to stay.
    
    Go and grab Ashley, then check the area under the stairs and you
    will find another merchant here, its a good time to stock up on
    item since we're about to enter another boss fight in a very little
    time, also if you did the dress thing I told you about, you can
    sell it now for a good amount of cash. Once your done with the
    merchant, save at the typewriter located near him and its time to
    proceed further.
    
    Before proceeding however check the area for some ammo too, once
    your done with that head in the direction opposite of the one we
    took before and head down this path. Reload your weapons before 
    any suspicious scene start or its too late for that already lol.
    
    During the scene you should keep your fingers on the game pad
    as the game will suddenly ask you to dodge one of the chief's
    wild blows during the scene, once that is done its time for the
    actual boss fight to begin.
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
    BOSS FIGHT : BITORES MENDEZ
    ---------------------------
    
    Now before anything I would like to say that if you failed to dodge 
    the initial blow from the chief  then  its  game  over  for  you 
    automatically but if you survived that thing then the boss fight 
    will begin now, Bitores will change  into a big tyrant'ish slow 
    moving but hard hitting thing, only that it doesnt look that much 
    like a tyrant anymore. Once your in control you should first take 
    out the handgun since thats what we're  going to  use  during the 
    first form of this boss fight since its slow and the  easier part 
    of this fight. Looking around the house  you'll  note  that there 
    are 2 ladders going up to the second floor, one is on the southern 
    side of the area and one is on the northern side of the area, if 
    you wish to, you can climb up the southern ladder first and take 
    any items that are on the second floor and jump to the first floor 
    again from the other side, keep your eye out for any possible 
    ammunition laying around the surrounding area.
    
    Now the first form of the boss isnt that hard to dodge either since
    most of its attacks are very slow and require you to be next to it
    but since its a slow moving boss you will have no trouble running
    away from it. You can circle around it and pop a few into his ass
    while he's turning to get you, or if your on the second floor of
    the place then he'll extend his arm and try to smack you down from
    there, a little dangerous but you can run fast enough to dodge his
    attacks up there too. Its easier to defeat the first form if you
    go up the southern ladder and wait for it to come near you then
    run to the northern end then shoot a couple of bullets into it before 
    it reaches your area, and repeat the process all over again. Like I 
    said before, the first form isnt that hard and you dont need to use 
    any thing else but your handgun for this one.
    
    Okey now its the second part of this fight thats a little more
    harder then the first one (duh). After you deal enough damage to
    the boss it will rip half of its torso apart and you will have
    to fight the upper half of Mendez hopping around on his arms.
    Right, sounds easy but im afraid its harder then the first form
    since he hops around faster this time you won't have as much time
    as before to fire a couple of shots into him, for this end of the
    fight if you happen to have plenty of TMP ammo or shotgun shells
    either will work fine, the TMP will deal quick but small damage
    and the shotgun is slow but good amount of damage.
    
    As soon as he starts hopping around, its much easier to finish
    this boss fight from the first floor this time around, unlike
    before the boss has no long range attacks so it has to be very
    close to you in order to attack you, so the perfect strategy for
    this fight is to run in opposite directions of the house, like
    run to the north end of the house and quick turn around, fire
    a couple of shots into the boss and when he hops uncomfortably
    close to you, run to the other end of the house, quick turn and
    shoot some more. Repeat this process and eventually Mendez will
    die out, and he leaves a key item behind and about 30 k peseta's.
    
    ---------
    
    As soon as the boss fight is over, take the fallen gold and the
    item that the boss dropped, its the false eye, we can now go to
    a previously un searched area.
    
    Before exiting the house however, check around for any more
    items or ammo that we might have missed before, once you've
    searched the entire area, exit and reunite with Ashley.
    
    Make your way back to the place where the merchant was standing
    and save your game at the local typewriter if your feeling like
    it, once your done, take the stairs back up and take the gondola
    back to other end of the area, luckily you won't have to do the
    fight thing all over again. Once your on the other end of the
    ride, head forward and check the door again, that was locked and
    we couldn't open it before. Now we can open it using the false
    eye that our good friend Mendez dropped. So use it and enter.
    
    Once through the door you will come out in a narrow pathway, 
    continue down this path and you will run  into  three  more 
    ganodos so take them out quickly,  a  little forward you'll 
    see something coming towards you,  its a friggin truck. Quickly 
    take out the rifle and take aim at the  driver and pop one into 
    his head, or take out any fast gun and aim at the engine of the 
    truck and fire at it until it goes  ablaze, if you manage to do 
    either, the truck will swerve and come to a halt, take this time 
    to loot the initial ganodo's that you killed and make a dash for 
    the other end since there will be some more ganodo's coming out 
    of the back of the truck in a few seconds.
    
    Eventually you will come close to a castle and you will see a 
    little scene and that will be the end of this chapter of the game.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                     ___        |_|                
                                    |_  ) 
                                     / /  
                                    /___| 
    
    
    CHAPTER 3-1
    ===========
    
    Right off the bat you will see the merchant in a hut and that should
    be indication enough that this next coming part of the game isnt an
    easy one, so its time for us to get serious as well. Before chatting
    with the merchant check the surrounding area's for some more crates
    that you can smash for items inside, one of them has a snake inside
    it so be mindful of that, also around the area you'll find a chest
    which has 5 grand peseta's inside it. Take all of these items and
    head to the merchant and start talking.
    
    The merchant has many new toys for you to play with and since your
    well endowed in peseta's after fighting the mendez guy, you can
    take a risk or two here too if you wish, but if you want my opinion
    sell the rifle and purchase the semi auto rifle in place of it, also
    sell the shotgun and buy the riot gun in place for that and sell your
    handgun and purchase the black tail in place of that, thats all the
    weapon trading we're gonna be doing for now. If you want to, you can
    also buy an atache case for your stuff from this guy too, and also
    you can purchase a treasure map for the castle
    
    Once your done with this area its time to move further on, so take
    the door leading into the big spooky castle while wondering why is
    the castle area always supposed to be spooky. Why can't there be a
    fun type castle area.
    
    One thing you should know about the castle area before pressing on
    is that there are no villagers in here, instead you will come face
    to face with the cult members of the church, they are more harder
    to kill then villagers and often they will be packing impressive
    weaponry which can deal lethal damage in seconds, so be prepared.
    
    Move a little forward and you will have a little scene, once your
    in control of Leon once again tell Ashley to stay where she is at
    that time and move a little forward attracting the monks. You can
    take them out with the handgun while they're coming down or use
    the sniper rifle to take them out from a distance. For the coming
    area make sure first that Ashley is still standing where you left
    her and not following you since she can easily get killed here.
    
    Move a little forward and you'll notice catapult fire coming down
    from the heavens, no actually its some monks who want to kill you.
    Its not that hard to dodge the fires as you can easily run past
    them to avoid the blast, head forward and quickly climb the spiral
    staircase in front of you. If you want to fancy yourself another
    spinel check the fountain where the first fire hit. Once you got
    it, start dashing to where the original monks were and head into
    one of the rooms which has a big cannon inside it. This is a safe
    spot for the time being so call Ashley over here. Dont worry about
    her since the monks won't attack her if she's alone. Its Leon they
    want to kill so badly.
    
    When Ashley is with Leon once again, tell her to wait besides the
    cannon again, once Ashley is safe and sound, head back out and go
    through the courtyard again, turn towards the west side and quickly
    dash under the little path here, you will be able to spot that red
    robed monk from here and an explosive barrel thats not so far from
    him can also be spotted. You now have to shoot this barrel and once
    you do that the entire catapult thing will go kaboom. Do the same
    thing for the other catapults that are firing at you. 
    
    Now once that is done, take the stairs up but immediately head back
    down the same stairs, no im not an idiot, once you run up the stairs
    a set of monks will come in from the entrance of this area and will
    head straight for where you stored Ashley just a little while ago
    but since you turned back quickly you will be able to safely take
    them out before they are anywhere near Ashley. If you want to save
    some ammo then run along the monks when they're going across the
    courtyard and they'll probably be caught by a catapult fire or two.
    
    Now that Ashley is safe once again, take the stairs up and we have
    to take out the remaining catapults here, if you have the rifle
    with you then its a definite plus point, the catapults have barrels
    next to them which you need to shoot in order to dispose of them.
    When all is done there will probably be 2 final catapults left near
    the exit of this area, one of them will have a barrel next to it so
    that one is easily diposed of, the other one however is a little
    tricky since there's no barrel, you'll have to take out the person
    operating the catapult. To do that you need to quickly head to the
    eastern area and take out the guy from behind the shelter like area
    and hopefully hit him quickly enough. Rifle should be your gun here.
    
    If you want to proceed further then take note of the crank and use
    it, and keep turning it by pressing the A button until the cannon
    finally rises, use the cannon to blast a fire and the exit will
    emerge for you to err.. exit. Before exiting you can find a gold
    bangle on the southern side of this place.
    
    Go through the opened path now and take the red door inside.
    
    You will now come into a cramped area of the castle, you will find
    a box of handgun ammo on top of the table here, take the platinum
    sword from the plate on the wall, then you should tell Ashley to 
    stay right next to this area, while you proceed further, take the
    stairs up and trick the cultists into coming down behind you and
    take them out while they're on the stairs. That wasn't so hard.
    
    Once you've killed these three monks, head back down and bring
    Ashley back up with you, but as soon as your up turn around and
    start shooting at the monks who are approaching behind you as soon
    as you can, this ambush is a little hard to get through. The best
    thing to use here is the shotgun but be aware of popping their
    heads off since these monks are also equipped with dangerous Los
    plagas like the villagers were, once you have taken all these out
    look down the stairs and you will spot the red monk standing there
    waiting for you, we'll just play it safe and its much easier to
    take him out from here using the sniper rifle and some good head
    shots. Once the red monk is dead, head to the plate on the second
    floor area and take the gold sword from here, replace it with the
    platinum sword and put the gold sword in the place of the platinum
    one, and the door ahead shall unlock. Take the money that the red
    guy drops since its a lot.
    
    Once your through with this area proceed further and you will have
    another scene and you will meet up with good old Luis once again,
    after the scene is over head a little back to the gate we just
    came here from and tell Ashley to stand here for the time being.
    Afterwards, proceed further and check the far door, you will have
    to fight another group of monks here now so use the exit of the
    door area to your advantage and blast the monks with shotgun shells
    as they come through the door one by one, there's some Los plagas 
    monks here too so be aware of them. Take care of the crossbow
    firing monk as well, then head back and get Ashley to come with
    you, let us proceed further.
    
    In the next area you'll come across some more monks who are in
    armor of sorts, but it isnt that hard to break and a good close
    ranged shotgun shell is enough to break their armor, after that
    kill them like your normal everyday monks, when the monks are
    done for proceed further through the room here.
    
    Inside the next room check the item box and you will find the
    CASTLE GATE KEY inside it, take it and as soon as you do that you
    will be attacked by on coming monks, if you time it right you can
    set the explosive barrel off by shooting at it when some of the
    monks are near it and thin the crowd down a little bit, if that
    doesnt work then use normal shotgun blasts and if the crowd gets
    a little thick head back to the starting area where the crossbow
    man was and use that choke to take out the remaining following
    monks. Once the monks are done for, with the key in hand head back.
    
    Head back to where you met Luis and use the castle gate key to open
    the door leading further into the castle. Head a little forward and
    you will have a scene introducing you to Ramon Salazar, the owner of
    this joint. Once you've met him and the scene is over, proceed up
    the stairs and smash the vases when you can to find something inside
    it and afterwards, find the green gem on one of the walls.
    
    Once your done with that save your game at the typewriter in this
    area, now take note of the path leading to the prison area which
    is locked right now, so head the only way we can, take the hallway
    with the carpet floor ahead. On your way, check the painting of
    the Lord himself to find 5 grand peseta's behind it. You'll note
    that the path leading further is being blocked by two flame walls
    so we can't go through that way for now, but take the prison key
    from the painting on the adjacent wall.
    
    Once you have the key make your way back to the locked door we
    saw before and use the prison key to open it, before heading down
    however tell Ashley to stay up the stairs since sub a boss fight is
    coming in a little while, before heading down the stairs here if
    you look around you'll find a box of shotgun shells hanging, shoot
    it to make it fall down so you can grab it when you reach down the
    stairs. Head down the stairs now.
    
    Head down and check the cell and that gladiator rip off thing in
    it and you will start a sub boss battle.
                                                                    
                                                                    
    SUB BOSS BATTLE : GARRADOR
    --------------------------
    
    Actually, further into the game you will face more of these so
    it technically doesn't count as a boss, but since this is the
    first time your facing one its just about as hard as a sub boss
    can get, because later on you will be more properly equipped and
    you'll know the proper tactics to deal with him so it won't be
    that hard of a deal later on.
    
    First let me clear the attacks that the garrador does, one really
    important thing to know about him is that he is blind from the
    eyes and can only hear the sound Leon is making, so before any
    thing else I would ask you to quit running for this fight and 
    just walk where you have to all the time. Besides that the boss
    can do 2 devastating attacks, first it will charge a little and
    start swinging its huge claws around in an attempt to hit you, 
    secondly it will charge head on and if it hits you'll be dead
    meat, but if he misses he will impale his claws into a wall and
    will be temporarily unable to attack while he takes his claws out.
    
    Conventional attacking isnt enough to kill this bastard but you
    have to shoot at the plagas thats visible on this guy's back with
    powerful weaponry, like the shotgun, the best method is to lure
    him into using the charge attack so that he impales his claws on
    a wall, that will give you enough time to run up to its back and
    shoot a round or two from the shotgun. Besides that you can also
    use the old Tremors trick (remember the movie) and walk very very
    quietly towards its back while its searching around for you, and
    shoot it in the back, then quickly walk a little away from where
    you were since it will most likely attack immediately.
    
    To make your life a little easier you can use the bell here as
    well which will cause the garrador to strike his claws into it
    giving you another chance to shoot its back, soon afterwards it
    will be dead and you can proceed with the game. Now aren't we
    glad we didn't bring Ashley down here.
    
    --------
    
    Once the Garrador is dead, take any money that he drops and check
    the switch thats next to where the garrador was initially and use
    it, this will cause the flame walls to be turned off and now we
    can proceed further in that direction.
    
    Head back up and make your way towards the flame area again but
    before you can proceed much ahead you'll be attacked by some
    more monks, take them out quickly and head a little further to
    be attacked by some dynamite people and crossbow man, the best
    method to deal with this is to shoot directly at the dynamite.
    This will cause all of them to go kaboom very quickly. Before
    proceeding more forward go and save your game at the typewriter.
    
    The next room is chock full of enemies, and when I say full I
    mean that literally, the room includes enemies from red robed
    guys to shielded guys to armed guys and crossbow guys. If you
    even want to think about surviving this room with Ashley you
    need to be quick right from the moment you enter this area, as
    you enter quickly turn left or right and circle around the edge
    of the room so that you get to the other side where there's a
    small staircase leading down towards a door, on the way if you
    are blocked by any monks then drop them with the shotgun, but
    be aware not to do head shots, shoot them in the torso. Make
    sure that Ashley isnt picked up either or else you'll have to
    be superman to save her and yourself. Anyway, once your on the
    other side of the hall and down the stairs, enter the door here
    and immediately take Ashley to the far corner of the room and
    make her stand there.
    
    Now its much easier to kill the rest of the enemies as they will
    come through the single door and you can easily drop them with
    blasts from your shotgun, be aware however as some monks can drop
    from the ceiling and they will immediately go after Ashley, so
    when that happens ignore all else and save Ashley first, after a
    few minutes of pumping lead the carnage will come to an end.
    
    But NOOO.. its NOT over yet, after you are done with the starting
    batch, head back out to the main room to find some more monks in
    there waiting for you, lure them to you too and kill all of them
    once the battling seizes or gets easy a little bit head into the
    smaller room and have Ashley stand on one of the pressure pads
    and have Leon stand on the other one, this will cause a pedestal
    to raise in the big room, and a couple of more monks to appears
    so head back there and take out the new monks who have appeared.
    
    Once your up in the main room again, head for the pedestal and
    use the lever on it, this will cause the stairs leading to the
    upper part of this room to appear and with it a few more monks
    sheeze.. give it a rest already. Take care of these new monks
    as well and make your way up the stairs, take out any monks on
    the stairs as well and make your way to the other end of them.
    
    Once here, you will note that you need to cross over to the other
    side to where the door is but Leon isnt able to do that on his
    own here and you'll need Ashley to go up and use the crank to
    make your way. So lift Ashley up to the place and she will run
    to the crank and start doing her thing, meanwhile you shouldn't
    relax just yet as you will be attacked by a lot more monks now
    and some of them will come from Ashley's side as well, so now
    you have to protect yourself and Ashley at the same time, but
    the good thing is the monks wont kill Ashley, they will only
    try to take her away, so if any monk is taking Ashley away take
    out the TMP and shoot the monk once so he drops Ashley and she
    gets back to what she was doing, for protecting yourself the
    shotgun should be used or if you dont want to go through the
    hassle of changing weapons just keep the TMP equipped if you
    happen to have a lot of ammo for it. 
    
    Continue like this and soon after Ashley has done her task she
    will come back to the edge and wait for Leon to catch her, you
    have to do that and once Ashley is down you can be greedy and
    kill every last enemy in the area for their dropped items or
    make a dash quickly for the exit door.
    
    You will come to a safe room of sorts now, there's a spinel here
    for the taking and once that's taken chat with the merchant and
    save your game at the typewriter ASAP because I know you guys dont
    want to go through all that hectic mayhem all over again. 
    
    ------
    
    Once that is done, if you want to go for a game of target practice
    then go through the door on the left side of the merchant in here,
    inside talk to the other guy standing behind the counter and you
    will be asked the kind of weaponry you want, sniper weaponry has
    the handgun and a rifle in it, the rapid weaponry has a shotgun and
    the TMP in it. Choose what suits you best and start up. 
    
    One thing you should know is that ammo is no object for the time
    that you remain in the target practice area, meaning that you can
    shoot all you want but your ammo will not run out. Thats good.
    
    The object of the game is really simple, you only have to hit the
    enemy targets that appear successfully but not hit the Ashley one
    that pops up time from time, each target has a set value attached
    to it and hitting the Ashley target will result you in loosing a
    few points. The object of the game is to make about 3000 points to
    win the damn thing, missing a target also results in negative 
    scoring when the final is being added so thats highly unadvised
    besides that if you hit five targets in a row you will then see
    the salazar target which in itself is worth 500 points alone. That
    will most definitely help you in winning the game. Anyway, once your
    done with the game you will receive bottle caps or rare kind 
    depending on your performance through the game.
    
    ------
    
    Once your done with it and want to get on with the main game, head
    back to the previous hallway and take the path heading off from the
    left of our friendly merchant. Thats the end of this chapter.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 ___         _  |_|                
                                |__ /  ___  / |
                                 |_ \ |___| | |
                                |___/       |_|
                   
    
    CHAPTER 3-2
    ===========
    
    You will have a scene to start the chapter with and by the end of
    the scene, Ashley will no longer be with you for the time being
    WOO HOO !!..
    
    There's a door near you which leads towards the sewers area, with
    no alternative thats the only way we can go for the time being, 
    but before heading down equip your shotgun since your gonna be
    needing it in a while.
    
    Down here, proceed forward and pretty soon you will run into the 
    new kind of monster, the Novistrador, these are big bad insects 
    who can kick Leon's ass very quickly, but the worst thing about 
    them is their ability to go invisible, you can spot them very 
    faintly after that, then it gets really hard.
    
    The best method to take on these beasts is to use the shotgun and 
    try to keep them to the ground, and try to knock it down even on 
    the ground since it can deal very heavy damage in a single blow. 
    Anyway, use the tactics to get rid of the first one and continue 
    down your path, a little more into the path you will come to a
    watery area where two more of these insects will be located, here
    the best thing you can do is toss a grenade in their general
    direction from behind the railing and once it goes off and does
    its damage, get rid of them using your conventional weaponry. Once
    they're both dead take any items that they dropped including eyes.
    
    There is a door not far away from you now, so take it and you will
    be taken into the dungeon of the castle. Good. In this area you will
    face atleast 4 more of those insect like things which you should
    take out only with the shotgun. Be sure not to get boxed in one of
    the cells because the insects can easily dispose of you if you are
    cornered in the same place. Get rid of the insects as quickly as you
    can possibly. When you want to proceed further into the game, head
    over to the control roor and use the valve in there to drain the
    water thats blocking your way. Also, pick up the valuable item
    Butterfly lamp before exiting this area. You might be attacked by
    more insects once the water goes out so be on your guard.
    
    The water will part revealing the doorway behind it so go there and
    once on the other side continue down the path, during the path one
    of the insects will try to surprise you by ambushing you so be ready
    for it as well and shotgun its ass when it falls down. Before going
    forward you will be able to find a violet blue in some water. After
    taking it head forward and you will come to a room with some really
    huge ass axes moving around. How fun..
    
    Dont get scared by this area, its only for show and really easy to
    get through this area, before proceeding with the room take note of
    the shadows of the axes you can use them as guides to tell you how
    far close you can stand near an axe safely. Use the shadow to guide
    yourself near the first axe and run past it when it goes back. Do
    the same for the second axe, the third and the fourth are probably
    moving at the same time so you'll have to be really quick if you
    want to escape them unscratched. Pass through the area.
    
    Now you will be back in the same hallway where the target practice
    area used to be, but this time there's a Los Illuminados ritual type 
    thingy going on around here, from where you are  you will be able to 
    see many monks and a red one or two in between them too,  now if you 
    jump down immediately they will all scatter  and  try  to  run  away, 
    normally we'd do this but the catch  in  this area is that the monks 
    all drop spinel's after they die  and  the  red  one drops a pendant 
    worth over 10 k peseta's, so we're definetly  gonna  try to kill all 
    of them here. The easiest strategy for that is to use a flash grenade 
    from where you are and after it has done its affect throw out a normal 
    grenade to take some out immediately, and then quickly take out the 
    TMP and fire as quick as you can to try and take out the rest of them. 
    If you did this right some of them will even try to line ladders up to 
    get you, but you can easily shove them back down and take care of the 
    monks. Overall if you get a lot of them then you can earn a really big 
    score in just this room.
    
    Once your done with this room or if your running short on ammo, just
    drop down to the ground floor and watch the cowardly bastards run 
    away from you, once that's done take the ladder back to the upper
    place and jump to the chandelier, swing to the other end and jump
    over to the other chandelier where you'll find the elegant mask. Also
    you'll find a switch there that will open up the path that is leading
    from this place to the next upper room with another merchant in it.
    
    Before selling anything to the merchant, if you picked up the lamp a
    little while ago and if you still happen to have some of the jewel
    eyes, then insert one of each red blue and green eyes into the lamp
    and you can sell it for a whopping price of 32 grand. Thats a huge
    total. Once you've sold that to the local merchant, sell anything
    else that you wish to sell and once that is done continue your way
    through the now open doorway and its time for us to look for Ashley.
    
    In this new area, take the red herb from the table, the handgun ammo
    from the chair and the memo from the other table, once your done with
    all this go through the door but you'll be attacked by some monks and
    a mean looking red robed monk with a key around his neck. Thats odd.
    You will need to go to where the red man is standing in order to kill
    him, so start heading in his general direction while taking out any
    monks that try to stop you during your passage. Once your done with
    the normal monks in this area take the door thats on the upper side
    and go through it, in this area smash the breakable things for items
    and kill the enemy you come across in this room, once done go through
    the other door here. 
    
    In this new balcony immediately turn left and take out the two monks
    with your rifle, then turn around and take the convenient rifle ammo
    in the same area, after that jump to where the red monk is waiting 
    for you, but rather then fighting like a man.. or.. whatever it is,
    it will flee once you get near it.
    
    Once he starts running you quickly take out and reload your shotgun
    and take any items that were left in this room, and start following
    the red guy to where ever he's taking you, during the follow you
    will be attacked by an enemy in the way, use the shotgun to kill
    the enemy quickly and continue your pursuit of the red monk. A little
    more forward and eventually you'll run into the guy again but this
    time he's got something of his own, its a friggin gattling gun.
    
    Now we have to fight that guy, the best method of taking him on is
    to use the shotgun from VERY close range, get right up next to the
    guy and start pumping him full of lead, the reason why we're so
    close to him is because he is slow at turning the gun so while he
    is still turning it you can easily get behind him and knock some
    more shells into it, the fight shouldnt really be that hard and
    eventually you will end up killing him and he will drop the key
    he was wearing, its the GALLERY KEY.
    
    Now to proceed further on with the game you have to go back 2 or
    3 rooms, go back to the place where the red monk originally was
    and you'll find a locked door there (it was there all along I
    just didnt mention it before) use the gallery key and the door
    shall open for you. In this new room shoot the jewel in the deer's
    eye and you will be able to get it. Once that is done head over
    to the central area and you'll see that there's a puzzle here you
    have to complete in order to proceed.
    
    The puzzle will actually give you an idea what kind of a person
    Salazar is, if you thought Chief Brian Irons had a disturbing
    painting collection, this'll be the cream of the crop. What you
    have to do is solve the puzzle by rotating the paintings so that
    six deaths are seen on it. The paintings have 2 sides each and
    you need to figure out what order to rotate them into in order
    to get six deaths showing on screen, without further time wasting
    press the paintings in this order to finish the puzzle.
    
    2 -- 1 -- 4 -- 3 -- OK
    
    Now this room will have another little scene involving Leon and
    Lord Salazar, after the scene is done you should be immediately
    ready since we'll be getting into battle ASAP, so as soon as the
    scene is done you should immediately turn right and dash towards
    that little door which was unlocked during all this time, enter
    the door and this will end up being your perfect hideaway for the
    time being, all the armed bad boys will be easier to take out from
    that room, but a little while later you will have crossbow people
    running around the second floor and you'll have to run after them
    in order to take them out. A little while later you will see a little
    scene in which some more monks will appear with rocket launchers in
    their hands (woah) and it gets a little rougher from there but if
    you keep running around the area you can easily be safe from them
    infact if your good enough you can even have the rocket launcher
    people take out the crossbow men for you. Its a bit hard though.
    
    When your done fighting and want to exit the room you'll need to
    flip two switches in order to get the item that we're seeking in
    here, the first switch is on the western side of this area and is
    easier to spot, you can press that easily, the second switch is
    on the southern side of the room hidden under a vase, you'll need
    to get rid of that before you can press the switch.
    
    One thing you'll have to know is that if there is no more crossbow
    man in the area then when you press the second switch you will have
    to fight some newly arriving armed men, so if you want to save
    yourself some energy then you should leave atleast one crossbow man
    before you press that second switch, regardless of all that there
    will be some new rocket launcher people always arriving when you
    press the second switch. Anyway, once you press the second one will
    let you get to the treasure chest which has the Goat Ornament inside
    it, though it sounds weird, its actually a key item we're gonna need.
    With the ornament in hand exit through the door which was blocked 
    previously into the area into the next room.
    
    You will come into a room with a typewriter now, save your game
    at once here, also break the boxes to find some handgun ammo in
    them, also take the spinal before you take the blue door into the
    next area. You will come to an area with a fountain, kill all the
    birdies that are around the fountain and take any money that they
    drop for you, afterwards take the Velvet Blue from inside the pond
    itself, there's a door to the right but Leon cannot open it on his
    own, so continue down the path past the fountain and take the door 
    here. In the new area head a little further down and you will get
    a message from Salazar via radio, afterwards continue down the way.
    
    This is the infamous garden maze area we've been hearing about, if
    you see the map that the game offers you will be able to learn the
    ways to the fountain really easily, but the moon stone isnt the 
    only thing that the fountain offers, you can also find several
    other things in the area as well.
    
    To make things a little easier, I asked fellow FAQ author Outbreak
    or XFactor if you call him by that name for permission to use the
    garden map that he has drawn on his awesome walkthrough and he let
    me use it with permission of course, so credit for this part goes
    out to him and only him.
    
    ------------
    
    MAP PROPERTY OF OUTBREAK (XFACTOR) TAKEN WITH PERMISSION.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------
    |   |                              |  5|                    |
    |                                  |   |                    |
    |   |   |---------|    |-------|   |   |     -----          |
    |---|   |         |    |       |       |     |              |
    |  8    |         |    |   1   |       |     |              |
    |       |         |    |       |-------|     |              |
    |   ----|    |    |    |                     |       (A)    |
    |            |    |    |                     |              |
    |            |    |    |                ~~~~~|              |
    |   ---------|    |XXXX|---------------|~~~~~|              |
    |            |    |                    |~~~~~|              |
    |         2  |    |                    |~~~~~|              |
    |            |    |                    |~~~~~|              |
    |   ---------|    |                    |~~~~~|--------------|
    |   ~~~~~~~~~~##############            ~~~~~      X        |
    |   ~~~~~~~~~~##############(B)         ~~~9~      X        |
    |   ~~~~~~~~~~#########6####            ~~~~~      X        |
    |   ----------    |                    |~~~~~|---------|    |
    |                 |                    |~~~~~|         |    |
    |                 |                    |~~~~~|         |    |
    |             ----|    |-----------    |~~~~~|    |    |    |
    ------   |        |    |               |     |    |    |    |
    |  7 |   |        |    |               |     |    |    |    |
    |    |   -----    |    |XXXX-------    |     |    |    |    |
    |    |       |    |    |          |    |     |    |    |    |
    |    |       |    |    |          |    |     |  4 |    |    |
    |    |       |  3 |    |          |----|     |----|    |    |
    |    |----   |----|    |                               |    |
    |                                                      |    |
    |                              |-----------------------| 0  |
    |----------------------|   | --|
                           |   |   |
                           |---|---|
    
    ~ - Stairs
    X - Gate
    
    (A) - Moonstone (Left Half)
    (B) - Moonstone (Right Half) *above stairs*
    
    0 - Start Point
    1 - TMP Ammo
    2 - First Aid Spray
    3 - Red Gem
    4 - Shotgun Shells
    5 - Spinel
    6 - Green Herb
    7 - Yellow Herb
    8 - Handgun Ammo
    
    ---------------
    
    Before entering the maze area make sure that your shotgun or any of
    its modified brothers are your primary weapon, the maze area should
    be the least of your concerns for the time being, you should be more
    worried about the Colmillos, you know, the mutated wolves. They will
    jump randomly from the bushes and surrounding area and try to bite
    Leon's throat off if you dont drive them away quickly, aim for the
    Plagas in them for kills. Often you'll be back attacked by them as
    well and that can really be annoying, but to avoid being back attacked
    you should keep your ears open and listen to their sounds, as soon as
    you hear them continue running forward and turn back only if its a
    corner and fire a shell or two to sub due your attacker.
    
    Now, the main objective for the maze area for us is to find the two
    separated pieces of the moon stone, you can find each peace next to
    a fountain which is sort of a position indicator, one of the pieces
    is on the very north eastern side according to the little map you
    get and the other one is up the small set of stairs near the central
    part of the maze. As soon as you pick up any peace you will be
    attacked by some Colmillos in a quick rush so make sure the guns
    are ready before you pick the stone up, once you have both the pieces
    combine them and make your way back to the door behind the maze area
    that was locked before.
    
    If you want to stick in the maze for some items, you can find some
    stuff like a couple of herbs, ammos for various guns and a couple
    of valuable items as well. With the full moon stone in your hand
    head back to the door near the initial fountain where we killed
    some birdies.
    
    Once your here use the moon stone on the door and you'll be able
    to proceed inside, inside you'll see a scene..and.. Ada Wong !!!.
    Im not sure if the dialogue is different if you were saved by
    ada way back at the beginning of the game.
    
    Ada and Leon will talk about some stuff here before Ada makes a break
    for it and leaves Leon hanging around, damn she looks hot.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 ___         ___|_|                
                                |__ /  ___  |_  )
                                 |_ \ |___|  / / 
                                |___/       /___|
                     
    
    CHAPTER 3-3
    ===========
    
    After that very informative introduction of Ada Wong, we are now
    free to search the area and look for Ashley as best as we can. SO
    lets get on with it, as soon as you come back in control of Leon
    check your surrounding area's, there's plenty of breakable items
    in the near areas so do that, break every thing that can be broken
    and you'll find a valuable item or two inside of of the container.
    When that is done proceed further into the area and eventually in
    a little while you'll run into another merchant (how the hell do
    they get to these places).
    
    Chat with the merchant and find out whats hot, before exiting the
    area however take the memo which tells about the particular female
    intruder we just met, also use the typewriter there to save the
    game if you wish, once saving is done proceed further, you will
    come into a long hallway, it will branch at a point and you will
    be able to take the right path leading to some items, actually the
    path will lead back to the garden but we'll be using it later on
    in the game when the time comes.
    
    Also searching around the area you will come into a room with many
    pots that you can break to find tons of items inside them, check
    every last pot here and proceed back to the hallway, once your back
    in the hallway head to the other end and ring the bell here. Once
    that is done you will see the painting flip over, take out any gun
    and shoot the bottle of wine that you can see now, this will cause
    the eastern exit to open up allowing you to proceed inside.
    
    In this next area you'll come across two chests in the middle which
    just happen to be laying there with no one around them, seems really
    nice doesnt it, so why dont you go get them already. As soon as your
    near the chests you will have a little scene and a big cage will
    drop around Leon and you will be trapped inside the cage with some
    more ganodo's, and worse of all another garrador. As soon as the
    cage drops, the garrador will drop right in front of you so its best
    to immediately head a little right or left so that your safe from
    that thing for the time being. Now its entirely possible but almost
    suicidal if you want to take on all those monsters from inside the
    cage, not to mention the one's that are standing outside the cage
    waiting to swipe at you if you ever get too close to a corner.
    
    The trick here is to find the door and blow the lock off it and
    exit the cage as soon as possible, from where you start inside the
    cage the lock should be towards the right or left of Leon, use the
    TMP to blow the lock quickly and head outside the cage. If you want
    to apply a safer but slower strategy then make your way back all
    the way to the area with the dining table, the doors along the way
    would give you enough time to take out the normal monks that are
    following you but the garrador is a different story. If by luck
    the garrador is following you too then you can lure it to the dining 
    table area where you can safely run around the table and take pot 
    shots at its back when ever you have the chance with any weapon
    since its almost too easy here.
    
    But if the garrador stays inside the cage (since its blind and all)
    you will have a bit of trouble because as long as the garrador is
    still alive there will be 1 monk arriving every time you clear all
    the monks, meaning you MUST kill the garrador in order to end this.
    
    Once all the enemies are finally dead collect all the treasures they
    dropped and head back to the cage area, check the treasure chest here
    for the fancy hour glass. After doing all this, head down the hallway
    where the painting is and take the rare magnum ammo in this area and
    then take the door on the northern wall to exit.
    
    Continue forward and you will reach another area with tons of enemies,
    the object in this area is to drop down to the central area and flip
    the switch which in turn would extend the walkway that we need to
    take to proceed further ahead. But you didn't think it was gonna be
    that easy, did ja ? there's enemies to deal with here too. You can
    easily take the ganodo's on the lower part out from above by using
    the sniper rifle, that was easy, be aware that some enemies will also
    come out of the door that you just took in a little while so keep an
    eye out for these one too. After sniping some ganodo's from above 
    equip the TMP and jump down, quickly use the lever which will cause
    your path to be revealed. But at the same time 2 new enemies will be
    around the ladder.
    
    Take them out and quickly take the ladder back up, across the newly
    raised walkway you will find some more monks who need some killing,
    kill all of them and cross the bridge, on the other side turn right
    and take out the monk who is firing at you with the crossbow. Once
    he's been taken out jump down to the ground on the other side. Now
    go and get the treasures they were protecting which includes ammo
    and a fwee rocket launcher, if you dont have enough space in your
    inventory for the time being continue with the path as you will see
    a merchant shortly and you can buy a attach case from him. Otherwise
    take the items here immediately.
    
    Head back up now and go across the path this time taking the door
    out of this place where the shielded monks came from before. The
    next area will hold a typewriter and another merchant, if you did
    not pick the rocket launcher before then buy an attach case from
    this guy and return back to get it. Once your done save your game
    at the typewriter and then go through the other door in this room
    to end this chapter as well.
    
    That was a really short one, a short one but a real violent one.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 ___         ___|_|                
                                |__ /  ___  |__ /
                                 |_ \ |___|  |_ \
                                |___/       |___/
                     
    
    
    CHAPTER 3-4
    ===========
    
    When the initial scenes at the start of this chapter are over and
    you are back in control of Leon, search your surrounding area's for
    some handgun ammo, rifle ammo and a grenade or two, also check the
    Salazar portrait to find another 5 grand for the taking, then go
    forward and you'll finally meet up with Ashley. But she's bound at
    the moment and Leon has to free her.
    
    From where you are, take out the rifle and take aim at the restraints
    that are holding Ashley and gently shoot them off, being very careful
    not to accidentally hit Ashley, its best done with the rifle but if
    your short of ammo for that use the handgun and take aim very slowly
    when you fire. Once Ashley is free she will be attacked by a couple of 
    monks and all you can is try to protect her, so take aim at the monks 
    that try to take her away and shoot them all down with rifle ammunition. 
    After the initial wave is dead Ashley will realize that the door is 
    locked and just then the second wave of attacks will begin. This one 
    will include countless monks and one red monk boss among them who has 
    a key around his neck. One thing you should know is that the monks 
    will keep coming if you do not shoot the red guy, who will try to take 
    Ashley away mind you, so ignore all the other monks and shoot the red 
    guy first, but still be aware of the crossbow men and dodge their
    fires when you see them.
    
    As soon as you kill the red monk, Ashley will take the key around
    his neck and she will open the doors lock. Now you will be playing
    as Ashley for a little while. Fun fun fun.
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           
    ASHLEY UNDER CONTROL
    --------------------
    
    Ashley's not that good to play with because she does not use any
    weaponry at all and you still have to face some enemies while your
    playing as her, but no weaponry means that your going to use your
    brain a whole lot more from here on. When your in control of Ashley
    you'll be in a room with a typewriter, search around the room to
    find a spinel and a yellow herb for the taking. Once you've taken
    the items go through the door leading to your first cowardly fight.
    
    As you enter the room you will run into some monks here but they
    dont treat you any nicer and they'll try to kill you, and you'll
    have to do something about it, the only offence Ashley has that
    she can pick up lanterns and throw them toward the monks to do
    damage on them. There are six lanterns in this room and 2 monks
    and each one takes 3 to die meaning that you dont have any way
    to miss otherwise you'll have to run from this battle, beware
    however that the flame from the lantern can hurt Ashley as well
    but killing the monks is better this way since they'll drop herbs
    before they finally die.
    
    Another thing you can do here, is from the start go to the middle
    of the two tables and take the green herb first, then crawl under
    the table on the left wall near the gate and operate the crank
    here until the bars are up all the way. Then go back and use the
    two other cranks as well. Once your done with that go through it
    and you will find some items on the other side including another
    spinel and some money. 
    
    Once your done with that area, head down the pathway here and you
    will see a door on the left wall along the way, but you aren't
    able to do anything in this area for the time being so ignore the
    door and continue down the path turning right, take the red herb
    from here before entering the door at the end of the path.
    
    In this new area you will come to a series of gates which you need
    to navigate through by pressing some switches here and there until
    on the other side with an item. You'll find the first of them on
    the north western end of this room, press the button and you will
    be able to enter the middle area of the room, here you will find a
    key item, the Stone Tablet from above the fireplace and then push
    the button thats near it. This will lead you back to the beginning
    area of this room which has nothing in it but a cabinet for you to
    push out of the way. There's a switch behind this as well, now that
    we have the tablet press this switch and you will be given a free
    path to the end of the room, so take any items that you can find
    inside cabinets or whatever and proceed through.
    
    In the next small area, run forward and grab the spinel from the
    chair, and proceed further ahead. You will come into a room with
    a big puzzle in the middle, well actually its not that big. Head
    over to the puzzle and initiate it. The one thing to remember is
    that the puzzle solution is always the same if you start from the
    beginning but if you mess around with the puzzle then try to leave
    the area and return hoping to find the puzzle, you will be disappointed
    and will see that the puzzle remains the same.
    
    The following is the solution for the puzzle from the start, looking
    at the key pad you have to press the keys in the following order.
    
     ________________________
    |       |        |       |
    |  1    |   2    |   3   |
    |_______|________|_______|
    |       |        |       |
    |  4    |   5    |  6    |
    |       |        |       |
    |_______|________|_______|
    |       |        |       |
    |  7    |   8    |  9    |
    |_______|________|_______| 
    
    
    Press the buttons in this order...
    
    left to right ---->
    
    6 -- 3 -- 2 -- 5 -- 4 -- 7 -- 8 -- 9 -- 6 -- 5 -- 2 -- 1 -- 
    (after 1) -- 4 -- 7 -- 8 -- 5 -- 6 -- 9.
    
    
    Once you've done the puzzle properly you will be able to place the
    stone tablet that we picked up earlier in here, do that now and a
    new path will be revealed so head in there.
    
    In this new area, head forward and you will find a gold bangle from inside 
    the chest and check the cabinet for another spinel before you do anything 
    else in here, once taken check the painting in the middle area of the room 
    and it will end up giving you 2 key items in a row, the Salazar Family 
    Insignia and the Serpent Ornament. Once this happens though, the cheesy 
    suit of armors that were in the previous room will also surprisingly come 
    to life (is this RE or a ghost movie). Since we're playing as Ashley for 
    the time being and she doesnt have any weapony all I can tell you is how 
    to avoid the suits, they will swing their huge axes toward you in slow but 
    very powerful attacks, once the attack is done it gives you enough time to 
    run away from the suit of armor while he gets ready for a second blow, we 
    dont wanna stick around for that.
    
    The dodging part however isnt that easy as the game will ask you to press 
    a combination of two keys to dodge their wild blows, the bad thing about 
    the suits however is that they can move quiet quickly for their size, but 
    their attacking speed isnt that impressive. Anyway, with the two key items 
    in hand make your way back a couple of rooms to where we saw the door on 
    the left wall that we ignored for the first time. Now we can proceed further 
    from there. Once your there (its the butlers room for those curious). Once 
    you've gotten back there search around the room for any items that you can 
    take and also take the butler's memo, afterwards use the Insignia on the 
    place for it and you will be able to turn the dia's, once you do that you 
    will be able to proceed further and finally meet up with Leon once again.
    phew.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                       ___      |_|                
                                      |__ / 
                                       |_ \ 
                                      |___/ 
    
    
    CHAPTER 4-1
    ===========
    
    After the whole reuniting thing you will be back in control of Leon and 
    Ashley will be with us once again, time for us to proceed further into 
    the game. Before we go on with the story however there is a little back 
    tracking that we can do to gain some super awesome treasure's if you guys 
    are willing to do that. From where you start in this room you should know 
    your way back to the area where the cage dropped on Leon and you had to 
    fight that garrador, make your way back to that room, if you dont know 
    the way then just find it dammit. Once your back in this area head for 
    the south exit and you will come to the outside area of the place that 
    we were when we reached the garden, once your in this area you can use 
    Ashley's help to enter the locked door via the window, piggy back Ashley 
    into the room and inside you will be able to find a crap load of good 
    things which include a valuable Elegant Perfume Bottle, a Red Herb, and 
    the Broken Butterfly Magnum. I would ask you to periodically upgrade the 
    broken butterfly since its one of the most powerful guns that you have at 
    this time and it is whats going to help you out during the big boss fight 
    at the end of this chapter, but I would also ask you not to use it on 
    anything else since you hardly get any ammo for it. 
    
    Once you've taken all these treasures proceed back. Once you've taken all 
    that proceed back to the room where Ashley was trapped to begin with and 
    once your here proceed through the north exit, you will come out in an 
    area with a typewriter for you to use, so save your game at this point. 
    Afterwards from here you can find a small tram that you can use to return 
    to one of the early area's in this part of the game, but we dont have any 
    business there for the time being so ignore that place and continue heading 
    north wards and you will come to a place where you can use a small machine 
    to make your way across some lava. Do that. Once the lava is crossed you 
    would have reached a new area.
    
    Once on the other side you will have to proceed from there on, keeping your
    eyes not to take any damage from the flames but the good thing is that you 
    can't actually fall into the lava, anyway proceed a little further into this 
    area and you will see a monk approaching you on a weird flame spitting thing, 
    before he reaches you and bar B Q's your ass quickly take out your sniper 
    rifle and try to take out that guy from a distance, it wouldn't take any 
    more then 1 bullet to do so, it shouldn't be hard. Just dont miss. 
    
    Proceeding further you will come to a small puzzle which involves you 
    jumping from here to there, but it shouldn't be thar hard for you by
    now, proceeding across the puzzle you will come to another area where 
    you will run into a few more monks and about 2 more of those flame 
    spitting thingies. The good strategy here is to concentrate your fire 
    power on the monks first since they're the faster one's and they can 
    cause you more damage. You can try to stay in the central area and 
    take out the monks from there or you can head forward near the place 
    where they're coming from and try to blast them as they come out one at 
    a time. Or you could even try to lure the monks onto the path of the 
    flames and have them roasted. Its all fun hehe. Once the monks are dead 
    though its time to take out the flame spitters.
    
    One of the two spitters walks very slow and is much easier to take out 
    then the other one, for this one you should run across the length of
    the hallway so that it follows you and when you reach the end of the 
    hall quickly turn around and shoot with the rifle to get dispose of 
    the rider of the flame spitting thing, shouldn't be too hard. The other
    one however is a little difficult to kill, but you can easily kill him 
    too and avoid the flames thanks to the walls that are conveniently 
    placed in this area, the best thing to do is to run from walls to walls
    so that the guy has to change his firing position from time to time, 
    once he's firing at one side quickly run to the other wall area and 
    shoot the guy from there. Shouldn't be too hard, once all the guys are 
    toast you will end up finding the Lion Ornament. By now hopefully you 
    do have all three of the ornaments in your inventor, the lion, the goat 
    and the serpent.
    
    With all three of the ornaments in hand proceed back the path we took 
    until you reach the tram I talked about a little while earlier, with 
    the ornaments and Ashley besides you ride the tram back to the starting 
    area's and make your way to the place where you met Salazar for the 
    first time. Once back here check the mural and you will see that you 
    can put all the ornaments in here, do that and a path will open for 
    you to proceed further into the game, before taking that path however 
    check the right side corner and you will find another painting of 
    Saddler and some more chas behind it for the taking, near that are 
    some vases that you can smash to get some items from inside them as 
    well. Once you've done all that take the path that we just opened up.
    
    Now you will come to a new area, and for reaching the Salazar area, 
    we'll need to go to either ends and find the different keys that we 
    need to open the area leading to Salazar's sanctum. Before you do 
    anything however, find the merchant in the local area and do your 
    thing with him like shopping, upgrading and selling as required. 
    Besides that there is also another shooting range here you can test 
    your sniping skills at. Collect bottles from the shooting range and 
    its time to proceed when your ready.
    
    When your ready to start item hunting, go through the door on the western 
    side first, you will have to deal with some puzzles before you actually 
    get what your looking for, in the first room you will come across a very 
    simple puzzle, in order to get through it push the two knight statues so 
    that they're both standing on two of the pressure plates on the floor, 
    afterwards make Ashley stand on the third pressure plate and you go stand 
    yourself on the final plate, once all plates are occupied you will be 
    able to proceed to the next room. In the next room you will see just how 
    disobedient Salazar is, even though Saddler wants the girl alive Salazar 
    wnats nothing more then to crush the intruders, and thats what he plans 
    to do literally. In the next room Leon and Ashley will be trapped while 
    the slow moving ceiling slowly comes down to crush our hero's into the 
    ground, in order to stop this trap take aim with any weapon and shoot at 
    the four small red targets and the trap will be disabled. 
    
    Afterwards proceed forward and the final and most deadly trap in this
     area will be set. Ashley will get trapped in a long hall and a mine 
    machine will come out of no where and try to crush Ashley, you have to 
    quickly shoot the two drivers of the machine and once they're dead 
    Ashley will be able to escape the area before she is crushed with the 
    machine, once your done here proceed to the store room and you will
    find a couple of items here. You'll find the key item that we're 
    looking for here, the Queen's grail and a valuable item the Elegant 
    Crossbow, take both the items then make your way back to the central 
    area. This time take the eastern door inwards. Time for more action
    
    On the eastern side you will have to battle your way across the  hall 
    rather then solving the puzzle, once you enter initially you will have 
    to face two armored knights, before you actually pick up  the  King's 
    Grail from the other end you will have to dodge the attacks using the 
    combination of the keys, but after that is done you will have to fight
    the 2 groups of knights that  approach  the  area,  hitting them with 
    anything normal isnt even going  to  flinch  them,  before  you start 
    fighting it is a good idea to have Ashley stand in one of the corners
    since the knights will not go after her, but they will only attack Leon.
     To fight the knights you first need to expose the Los  plagas inside 
    them, you cant shoot anywhere else so we have to  blow  their helmets 
    off, the shotgun is the best weapon for this, since the knights aren't 
    that fast you can move back and forth across the halls and quick turn 
    and shoot at their helmets a few times, once a kni ght's helmet falls 
    off you will be able to see the plagas  from  the open area and thats 
    what you have to shoot from there  on.A  very nifty trick you can use 
    is to shoot all the knights helmets off first and when all the knights 
    plagas are showing throw one flash grenade  at  them if you happen to 
    have one and it will instantly kill all  of  them,  this is very cool, 
    but if you dont happen to have  the  flash grenade then you will have 
    to use normal weaponry and aim at the plagas to kill the knights. Once 
    you've killed all of them and have  the  King's  grail   in your hand, 
    proceed back to the central area where we will put the king and queen's 
    grail now.
    
    Now before you can reach the area to put the grails in you will come face 
    to face with a group of monks who will not take note of you until you get 
    a little close to them, so the best thing to do here is to use the sniper
    rifle and try to take them out from a distance, either way take out the 
    monks and go and place the grails in their respective slots, you will be 
    able to proceed further afterwards. Proceed.
    
    Now you will come out into another small hallway, there are several vases 
    here that you can destroy in order to get various items, be aware as one 
    of the vases contains a snake, watch out for it but if you want an egg 
    then kill the snake to claim your prize. Besides that you can find two 
    different sets of pesetas and some shotgun shells if you explore this
     room long enough to find all the items, once your done item hunting in 
    here proceed forward and jump down from the edge of the ledge your at.
    
    Now in this new area head forward and above you, you will notice a huge 
    hive of those insect things, before heading any further start unload a 
    crap load of rounds into that hive, its not really important to do this 
    but we're doing it just for the money, if you happen to have the rocket 
    launcher then just 1 shot from it should be enough to get the job done 
    otherwise you'll have to shoot at it with a lot of your normal ammunition, 
    after you've done shooting at it a whole lot the hive will fall down, 
    apparently useless but you will be able to pick up quiet a few eyes from 
    here which can be really valuable. The bad thing about is that you cannot 
    prevent whats about to happen even with this.
    
    Once you try to proceed further into the hallway, a small event will 
    happen and Ashley would get kidnapped, immediately after that you will 
    be forced to fight 6 or something like that number of insects, 
    relatively like the novistadors the thing is that these insects cannot 
    turn invisible,but they can fly which can make it very easy for them 
    to surround you from all sides, the easiest strategy to fight this battle 
    is to head double back up the hallway that we came to this place from and 
    kick the door open then go to the opposite side of it, then use the 
    entrance as your advantage point and shoot the insects as they approach 
    one after the other, shotgun shells or fast TMP rounds work best for them.
    
    Now, if you want some serious cash then jump through the window thats 
    near this door before proceeding further down the hallway, you will 
    come to a path which has a buttefly lamp at the end, if you happen to
    have the eyes of different colors then put them in this lamp to make 
    its value go way up then normal. Once you've done that go back to the 
    hive area and operate the switch at the end of the place, you'll need 
    to shoot the chains of the bridge too if you want it to come all the way 
    down so do that and once the bridge is all the way down cross over.
    
    You will now come to an area with a merchant and a save game spot for 
    you, if you happen to have the butterfly lamp combined with the eyes 
    then sell it to the merchant here to get some serious cash, afterwards
    if you didnt pick up the rocket launcher from before pick one up from 
    this merchant if you happen to have enough cash since it will come in 
    very handy in the coming times. Save the game before you want to proceed
     further then take the door to the next area.
    
    You will now come to the outside area of the clock tower, destroy the
    barrels here to find a Velvet Blue, and once taken proceed further, 
    soon you'll come under catapult fire and you'll have to run for cover, 
    its really easy as all you have to do is keep running to avoid the fire, 
    you will be attacked by some monks head on as well but you can use the 
    catapult fire to your advantage by making the monks run into it so they
    die immediately. When your heading for the second floor you'll notice 
    that the catapults will start blasting the doorways too so wait for the 
    catapults to empty before proceeding through the door.
    
    On this side of the tower you have to destroy the three objects that are 
    preventing the gears of the clock tower from moving, you can find two of 
    them even before you climb the ladder, shoot at them with your handgun, 
    there are three objects in total and we'll need to go up  to  find  the 
    third one, so take the ladder up to where the third object is and shoot 
    it out of its place,  then  take  the  green  herb thats  found in the 
    surrounding area and take the memo from here as well. Once all the objects
    have been removed, activate the crank thats at the top lever of the tower 
    and the tower will activate. 
    
    Once that is done the bottom part of this floor will be occupied by a
    new batch of enemies which include the crossbow men, and now we have 
    to go down as well, so start heading down the ladders while taking out 
    any monks that attempt to block your path. When you finally make it to 
    the lower level you will have another small scene of some enemies with 
    dynamites arriving in the area, quickly go through the door to the 
    external area of the clock tower.
    
    Now move forward towards the bridge and you will be attacked by three 
    more shield bearing monks, you should take care of them  quickly  and 
    make your way across the bridge, but  soon  you'll  see another small 
    scene and the bridge will soon become full of monks which include one 
    with a rocket launcher in his hand as well, there will be monks coming
    from behind you as well so you should turn around occasionally to check 
    your back side, by far the best weapon for this area is the shotgun and 
    you should aim at the guy with the rocket launcher before anyone else 
    since he's the biggest threat here, a good strategy is to toss a grenade 
    as soon as you see the enemies coming for the bridge and hopefully it 
    will target some of them, another good strategy is to take care of the 
    one's coming from behind you quickly then to run right back to the door 
    that came into this area from and use the doorway there as your advantage 
    point and take out the monks as they enter using the shotgun shells, this 
    seems like an ideal place to use the rocket launcher but I would advice 
    you to save that for the later parts of this level since we're going to 
    run into bigger problems ahead. The rocket launcher man when killed will 
    drop a valuable gold bangle, so take it and once all the people are dead 
    cross the bridge and head into the door at the end of the path. 
    
    Now you'll come to an area which seems impossibly hard, you will have a 
    couple of monks and not one but TWO garradors standing right in front of 
    you, I hope to god that you didnt waste the rocket launcher in the 
    previous room or if you HAVE it to begin with, if you have the rocket 
    launcher then quickly aim it at the door thats between the two of them
    and fire the rocket there, the impact should hit the parasites on their
     back hard enough and they should both die instantly otherwise very 
    seriously wounded making them cannon fodder, they each drop a set of 
    15 k peseta's which is more then enough we need, as your heading up to
    the path where the garrador's were you will be attacked from the behind 
    by some monks so keep an eye out for them as well. If you dont happen to 
    have the rocket launcher then the best method is to take out any normal 
    monks before you attempt to fight the garrador's then use their blindness 
    to your advantage and take them out using shotgun shells.
    
    Before proceeding to the next area check the various pots that are in 
    this room, you should be able to find a first aid spray in one of them 
    that will help us out very much. Afterwards proceed further and take 
    the 2 spinel's from each statue, proceed to the next area and you will
     meet Salazar again. Time for a trap.
    
    Keep your fingers on the dodge buttons A and B or L and R as you will 
    have to press one of them very quickly when the game prompts you to , 
    after that is done sleazier will send one of this guys to deal with Leon.
    
    Now where Leon gets up again, you will find several dead bodies and 
    several items to loot from them, apparently Salazar doesnt treat the 
    people he doesnt like very nicely, anyway once you've gotten the 
    various item that this place has to offer, chat with the merchant and
     see what he's got to offer, he'll offer you a new shotgun from here 
    on me thinks, after that is done save your game and take the ladder
    up to the upper area. In this new path, continue forward and check 
    the first pipe area to find a Velvet Blue and the next one to find a
    spinle, there's a red herb here somewhere too, proceed further into 
    the hallway once your ready and you will run into Salazar's Right 
    hand man.
    
    Take the door on the other end here, in this new area again head to the 
    door on the other end but keep your fingers on the dodge keys since you
    will need to do a quick dodge before you can exit the area. In this new 
    control room take all the items that you can find and once thats done 
    check the control panel, the shutters will close and the elevator will 
    start to rise, quickly head for the shutters to try and open them but 
    just like the elevators this is going to take some time,  but the right
    hand man will also appear. Boss time.
                                                                           
                                                                            
                                                                           
    BOSS FIGHT : RIGHT HAND MAN
    ---------------------------
    
    Now there's two things you can do in order to get this fight over with, 
    you can either play it safe and keep on dodging his attacks while the 
    elevator comes down so you can get the hell out of this area or you can 
    take the initiative and shoot the hell out of this creature. Either will 
    involve you using the nitrogen canisters and tipping them over the right 
    hand man so it slows down a little bit.
    
    After the boss makes its initial appearance, he will attack you with 
    different kinds of attacks that includes slashes or it will even some 
    times try a charging attack which you can dodge by pressing the proper
     dodge buttons that appear on the screen, once you've dodged a few of 
    its attack quickly head over to the nitrogen contains in this room and
    tip it over, this will cover the right hand man with nitrogen and it 
    will slow him down for a little while giving you a chance to run like 
    hell and find some cover, eventually the shutter will be removed and 
    you will be able to proceed back to the previous hall where there are 
    some more nitrogen canisters waiting to be dropped.
    
    Now in this hallway, if you want to play safe then its better that you 
    leave the canister thats nearest to the elevator area for the last and 
    use the other canisters first, tip the other canisters over when the 
    right hand man is near them and they will slow him down a whole lot, 
    once your canisters are all done the elevator should either already be 
    here or should be very near to coming here, so quickly make your way 
    back to where the elevator was, if you manage to waste all the canisters
    and the elevator isnt here yet then you dont have any alternative then 
    to try and dodge the boss's attacks normally which isnt that easy of a 
    thing to do. Hopefully you'll be alive by the time the elevator comes
     and you'll be able to take it out of the area. Quickly head for the 
    elevator and take it down to end this chapter.
    
    The other method of this fight involves in us shooting the  living 
    daylights out of the boss and getting an item for it, most  of the 
    fight  procedure is the same but once you  knock  over  the  first 
    nitrogen canister and  the  boss  is  frozen,  take out the rocket 
    launcher or the next most  powerful  weapon you have (which should 
    be the broken butterfly)  and  start  smacking the boss while he's 
    frozen, you can  also  hurt  it  normally  but the bullets do more 
    damage when its frozen, if you happen to  have the rocket launcher 
    then it would be extremely easy for you  to kill it, otherwise tip 
    over the nitrogen canisters one  at  a  time and start pumping the 
    boss with any kind  of  powerful  weapon available. Eventually the
     boss should die and it  will drop a Crown Jewel after dying. This 
    method is really hard without  the rocket launcher and can take up
     a lot of ammo if you dont have powerful guns, if your a first timer 
    then its suggested that you try to run away from this boss.
    
    ----------
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 _ _          _ |_|                
                                | | |   ___  / |
                                |_  _| |___| | |
                                  |_|        |_|
                    
    
    CHAPTER 4-2
    ===========
    
    From where you start this chapter there will be a merchant next to you 
    with a typewriter and tons of items for you to find by breaking the 
    barrels or searching around, you can find a good amount of ammo in just 
    this area as well, there's a memo here as well, take all these items and 
    save your game at the typewriter, the right door will lead you to another
    game of shooting range, if you dont want to do that then proceed to the 
    left door into the next area.
    
    Run forward in the new area and you will come face to face with 2 
    villager ganodo's, apparently they're the one's who work the mines, 
    kill the two here and search around them to find some more handgun 
    ammo and another valuable item. Take all that. Head for  the  new 
    area, here you will have to drop down  to  the  lower  level, here 
    search the broken cart  to  find  another valuable item inside it, 
    then  check  the  switch  board near you to call down the cart but 
    before it comes to you it will stop because the power will falter. 
    Dang. There  might  be  more villagers in this area so keep an eye 
    out for that as well, once the  cart  stops  move  towards  to the 
    southern part of the room where the  circuit  breaker  is  located, 
    we need to fix it, take the ladder there and go operate the circuit
    breaker, after doing that some more villagers including one chainsaw 
    villager will drop into the main area, and you'll have to dispose 
    of them. The shotgun is your best friend in this area and you should 
    take aim for the chainsaw guy first.
    
    After you've disposed of all the villagers here check the first switch 
    again and the cart will come all the way down, check it to find the 
    dynamites inside it, once you have that head over to the boulders which
     are blocking your path further into the area and destroy them using 
    the dynamites that you just picked up. In this new area you'll find 
    more barrels near the entrance, destroy them to find some items 
    including much needed ammo for your magnum type guns. Also important 
    is the grenade you find in one of them. Take.
    
    In the new blast furnace area, on the right side you will find a flash
     grenade and a first aid spray, and you can even find some shotgun 
    shells.  Take these items and as you approach the other side you will 
    be attacked by not one but two el gigante's at the same time. Fighting 
    time.
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
    SUB BOSS BATTLE : TWO EL GIGANTE's
    ----------------------------------
    
    When your near the door you will see the scene involving the two el 
    gigante's coming into this room and you now have to deal with the 
    both of them at the same time, actually if you like to you can kill 
    one of them pretty quickly and not with that much risk but the bad 
    thing is that you will not be able to pick up the reward money that 
    one of them will supposedly leave behind. To do this you must first 
    start the battle normally, as soon as the gitante's appear quickly 
    turn around and pass through the central area of the room where the 
    large trap floor is, the gigante's might follow you on it, if you 
    want one of them to stay where they are then quickly use a flash 
    grenade so that it stays in the same location for a little period 
    of time. 
    
    This should give you enough time to make your way across to the lever 
    that activates the trap door, quickly tap the A button twice to open 
    it and one of the gigante's will wall down into the lava leaving the 
    other one and Leon to fight, one thing you should avoid is stand next 
    to the gigante thats about to fall since it will struggle and it might 
    pull Leon under with him if your in his grip reach. Now its just one 
    more el gigante to deal with. If you didnt do the lava thing then you'll 
    have to get rid of both of them normally which can be really hard.
    
    You should know how to deal with the second el gigante by now, but you 
    can apply a smart technique to get rid of this one without having much 
    trouble, in one of the corners up a ladder you will find a scaffolding 
    which you can use to instantly travel across to the other side of the 
    area, this is a key place as the smartest strategy to do here is to 
    stand next to the scaffolding and fire at the gitante from there, 
    afterwards when he's getting too close to you, quickly press the action 
    button to use the scaffolding and travel across, Leon will not get hurt 
    during that and you will safely land away from the gigante, you can 
    repeat the process as much as you want.
    
    But you will still have to apply the normal methods of killing the 
    gigante here as well.
    
    --------
    
    
    In the next area you will come face to face with many of the flying 
    insects that kidnapped Ashley a little while ago, the best thing in 
    this room is your shotgun, so equip it immediately and reload it to 
    full, check your map and you will notice that there are two small paths 
    heading off east and west at dead ends other then the one heading south, 
    actually each one of them as a switch at the end that you need to press 
    in order to make the path accessible. A good strategy is to ignore the 
    insects to begin with and quickly dash over to one of the switches and 
    press it, as soon as you press any switch some of the insects will come 
    towards where you are, you will be able to easily take them out with the 
    shotgun since the area your in is isolated and you have only one direction 
    to attack from. Once both the switches have been pressed, the path going 
    forward will open and you will be able to proceed.
    
    The next area has stones coming down to the ground in an attempt to crush 
    you, though it seems tricky its really easy as all you have to do is run 
    past the stone after it smashes to the ground and is going back up. 
    After the initial stones are done you will see a series of three stones 
    in a row, this seems dangerous, look at the lever on the wall and press 
    it, this will cause the middle one of the stones to stop, giving you the 
    perfect stopping place during the running part, so go through with this 
    and when your past the stones take the Royal Insignia and proceed to end 
    this chapter.
    
    Thank goodness it wasnt too big of a chapter. Easier for all of us.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 _ _          ___|_|                
                                | | |   ___  |_  )
                                |_  _| |___|  / / 
                                  |_|        /___|
                      
    
    CHAPTER 4-3
    ===========
    
    Before proceeding forward, pay a little visit to our merchant friend who
     might have a few new toys for you to play around with, once you've done 
    dealing with him destroy the barrels around to find items including 
    handgun ammo and herbs, also take the note from here. Once that is done 
    proceed forward.
    
    Heading forward you'll notice a few more ganodo's standing here, take 
    them out from a distance using the sniper rifle and head over to where 
    they were standing so proudly. Proceeding forward while checking the
     barrels for any items, you will come to a bonfire where a few more 
    ganodo's are standing waiting for something to happen, you can either 
    taken them out from a distance using your conventional weapon, other 
    wise there's a ladder before the bonfire that leads to a higher platform,
     you can go up that ladder and use a single hand grenade to take out as 
    many as you can and use handgun fire to kill the remaining ganodo's. 
    Easily done.
    
    Once the area has been cleared of all enemies, check around the bonfire 
    area and you will be able to pick up quiet a few items besides the one's 
    that the villagers we just now killed dropped, you can find a velvet 
    blue in one of the ruined places and when your done item hunting go 
    through one of the ruined buildings windows on the rear side of the 
    bonfire and inside you will find a crank and some more items for the 
    taking, use the crank and you will open a path for yourself heading
    further down into the catacombs area.
    
    You will come down to a new area with some more villagers and a couple 
    of bear traps that you have to disarm or get risked being trapped into 
    them, if you have a good powered shotgun then you can use the scatter 
    to your advantage in an attempt to take out more then one traps at the
    same time, proceeding further into the area you will hear a chainsaw 
    starting but you don't have to fight that guy just now so dont worry 
    about it, instead make your way down the small steps on the west end 
    ignoring the other door and you will find a Staff of Royalty at the 
    end of this path, its a valuable item so take it.
    
    Now take note of the locked door, and proceed further to where the 
    ladder is, you will run into 2 more chainsaw villagers here, take 
    them out as best as you can with the shotgun, one is on the lower 
    end of the ladder and the other one is on the upper end of the 
    ladder, once they're both taken care of take the ladder up and go
    for the key here, when you get the key more villagers will storm 
    the area and will attempt to climb the ladders, its really hard to 
    keep up with the ladder pushing to its best if you stand in one 
    corner with your shotgun armed and blast the villagers as they 
    come up the ladder to their deaths. Once this batch has been taken 
    care of you should have the mining key in your hand. 
    
    Head over to the locked door and open it using your shiny key, on 
    the other end of the door you will come into another ceiling trap 
    room with the roof trying to crush you, like before you have to 
    shoot the 4 targets in order to dispose of the trap but there are 
    some small plagas in this room who want to kill you as well, if you 
    happen to have a flash grenade then quickly toss one them immediately 
    take out the switches for the trap, or if you dont have one then the 
    best thing to do is take out two switches, then take out some of the 
    plagas, then take out the remainder of the switches, once the trap 
    stops the plagas will also stop coming into the area so its best to 
    ignore the plagas for the most part. After the trap has been stopped 
    check the crypt in this room to find some cash inside it. Once this 
    area is done proceed through the door.
    
    Proceed further destroying any barrels you encounter, until you reach 
    the mine cart area, enter the mine car and its time for us to take a 
    little joy ride. To start the ride hop into one of the three cars 
    then shoot the lever and you will start the ride. There are three cars 
    which you can jump through but for safety reasons its best to stay in 
    the back side for the most part. During the course of the ride many 
    ganodo's from all the sides will start to jump onto your three mine 
    cars and you will be forced to fight against them, if you manage to 
    hit a ganodo before it makes it to the cars then it will fall into the 
    path of the car and get crushed but you won't be able to take the items 
    it drops, but if the ganodo makes it into a car and then you kill it, 
    you can take the items that it drops after dying. When a ganodo is able 
    to get into the cars it will throw some axes towards you which are a bit 
    tricky to dodge so if your not willing to kill the ganodo's in air kill 
    them as soon as they land.
    
    Eventually the car will come to a road block and stop for the time being 
    and suddenly you will come under attack from all sides by villagers i
    including one chainsaw villager, you will have to take out the chainsaw 
    villager if you want to restart the car ride, so take him out as quickly
    as you can but dont hesitate to jump out of the cars as well since there's 
    some ammo laying around to the left and right sides, take care of the 
    villagers as quickly as you can but be aware of the plagas sprouting 
    villagers, when you can, shoot the lever again and you will start the 
    mining car once again. On this leg of the ride you will run into planks
    on the middle of the track which will smack into you if you dont either 
    shoot them out of the way or press the dodge buttons quickly when they 
    get close, its much easier to shoot them and its much easier to shoot 
    them from the back car so do that. Eventually another chainsaw villager 
    will drop into one of the cars, if you want to earn some money from it
    then jump into the same car as it is quickly and take it out from close 
    quarters using your powerful shotguns, it will drop like 10k peseta's. 
    Soon enough though you will not be able to change cars anymore as the 
    ride comes to an end and you would have wasted the money if you didnt 
    pick it up before.
    
    Once the ride is very near the ending you will have to press the dodge 
    keys A and B or L and R as the game tells you to quickly otherwise risk 
    going through the entire ride all over again, when your back in control 
    of leon take the Stone of Sacrifice from the area, afterwards head for 
    the ladder at the end of the partially hidden passageway after taking 
    any peseta's in this area and take it up to the initial area's of this 
    level. 
    
    Here use the Stone of Sacrifice on the Lion's gate door and open it, 
    enter the door and operate the elevator inside to proceed on to the 
    next chapter.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 _ _          __|_|                
                                | | |   ___  |__ /
                                |_  _| |___|  |_ \
                                  |_|        |___/
                      
    
    Chapter 4-4
    ===========
    
    From the start of this chapter where you are there will be two packs of
    handgun ammo next to you which you can take, there's also a typewriter
    here so if you wish to save your game do that and then proceed forward.
    
    Walk a little further into the area and you will come across a really
    big statue of Salazar, I think we all know that something's gonna be
    happening to it in the coming times already. If you want the thing to
    get moving, head a little north and a monk will start to press the switch
    which will cause the statue to start up. But only one the statue hands 
    will be moving at this time, if you want to change that then go and use
    the switch or shoot the switch on Salazar's body. To make the damn thing
    work more you will have to press 2 more switches which are located on
    the upper floor on the eastern side of this room or on the lower level
    on the western side of the area. Once you get both the switches you will
    be attacked by more ganodo's coming into this area so be prepared .
    
    There's a statue on the back of the statue's head too which you can use
    by going to the upper most level of the western side, this particular
    switch will cause both the hands of the statue to start working at the
    same time. Doing so will raise the platforms giving you access to walk
    across them. When your about to cross over the statue will come to life
    and start chasing you, its running time.
    
    Quickly tap the A button to make Leon sprint as fast as he can, you will
    also have to dodge the falling pillars from the left and right side by
    pressing the L and R button depending on which side the pillar is falling
    from, also if there are 2 pillars coming in at the same time then you
    will have to press L and R together, at the end of the hall, raise the
    gun and break the lock on the door quickly. Now outside continue to keep
    tapping the A button to keep Leon sprinting until the chase comes to an
    end and the statue is left to eat your dust.
    
    Once through the next door you will have a little encounter with Ramon
    Salazar once again, and after that scene is done check the area your in
    for some bullets and more importantly a yellow herb, once you've taken
    all the items in this area we have to give chase and follow Salazar up
    the tower. As you are making your way up the circular staircase some 
    more enemies will appear and start tossing barrels down the stairs, the
    sad thing is that you cannot dodge these so the only thing you can do
    is shoot them before they hit you.
    
    Keep going up the stairs until you reach the part with the suspended
    wooden planks, cross them and you will reach a ladder which leads up
    to the place where the switch which controls the barrel is, turn the
    switch off and some enemies will appear down the stairs waiting for you
    including one crack minded red robed monk like the one who didnt attack
    you at all, if you want to play it fun try to roll some barrels down
    yourself to kill some of the approaching monks but there will be cross
    bow monks as well, and you will have to go down the stairs in order to
    dispose of all of them including the red one who drops a good amount of
    cash after he dies.  
    
    Once this is done head back up, when you reach the area with the elevator
    on the upper side you will first have to get rid of the monk who is armed
    with dynamites and throwing them at you, continue heading up while you
    run into more and more monks including crossbow men and red robed monks
    until you reach the next elevator, take it up and you will come out in 
    an area with a merchant, a save game spot and lots of ammo.
    
    Talk to the merchant and upgrade the powerful guns that you have at
    this time and afterwards take all the ammo thats laying next to the
    typewriter, which includes magnum rounds, rifle ammo and TMP ammo.
    Afterwards save your game at the typewriter before proceeding further
    since a big boss fight is coming in a little while.
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
    BOSS FIGHT : RAMON SALAZAR
    --------------------------
    
    Before anything, I would just like to tell you that this is a big 
    fight. But if you manage to have powerful weapons like the broken 
    butterfly in your inventory it shouldn't be considerably harder.
    
    If you recall correctly I asked you not to use the broken butterfly
    at all and upgrade it every chance that you get, well if you manage
    to get it to full power and have all the ammo that we have found from
    the start then you should be good to go for this fight and it wouldnt
    take a lot of bullets to get this one over with. Still, it can be hard.
    
    First lets take a look at the attacks this bastard can do, as you will
    notice this boss comprises of three main tentacles, the central one of
    them being the one in the center, although the center one doesnt hit
    you that often, it has the most damaging attacks of all three, first it
    can slam the platform that your standing on to deal a heavy amount of
    damage, secondly it will try to swallow you in whole which is needless
    to say an instant death attack so its best that you get the hell out
    of the area when you see it attempting to eat Leon.
    
    The other two tentacles have a similar attack, and although not as
    devastating as the central one's attacks they still happen more then
    the central one's. The main attack the other tentacles can do is that
    they will pick Leon up and smash him on the platform he's at or even
    throw him down to the lower area sometimes, but luckily enough the
    game will give you a prompt for dodging them when the attack is about
    to happen, it can easily be dodged. If you do manage to fall down take
    the ladder quickly back up to the upper part since there are annoying
    little things on the lower area that attack too. There are boxes which
    have emergency supplies for you down there but dont even think about
    checking them before the boss fight is over, they'll still be there 
    once the fight is over out so you dont have to worry.
    
    Now lets come to the actual attacking part of this fight, the only
    real damage can be done after you've opened Salazar's shell and are
    able to see the true form, to do that you will have to fire at the
    large eyeball thats on the central tentacle, you can use a single
    butterfly round and the eye will drop down for a while and Salazar's
    shell will open revealing Salazar for you to shoot at. But since you
    haven't got that much magnum rounds at this time and the tentacle with
    the eye ball moves a lot you should take out the TMP when your dealing
    with the eye since you should have plenty of ammo for that gun at this
    point in the game. As soon as the eye drops change your weaponry and
    take out the butterfly. Take aim at Salazar and hit him as much as you
    can before the eye finally comes back up and you have to repeat the
    process. 
    
    One thing to note is that during the time the eye is down the central
    tentacle will not be able to attack you but the left and right one's
    will still try to hit you occasionally and you will be able to dodge
    them with the prompts that the game gives you. IF you happen to have
    a rocket launcher with ammo for it then use that once the shell is
    down and Salazar is revealed. A fully powered broken butterfly is the
    most ideal weapon for this fight.
    
    One last thing, if you dont have the broken butterfly or the rocket
    launcher then this fight can take a long time since Salazar is very
    resilient and he takes a crap load of ammo to die, if neither is
    available then the best thing to use would be the TMP since its got
    a very fast rate of fire, if you dont have that much ammo for the
    TMP then use the shotgun to blast the eye then when Salazar can be
    seen use the TMP full throttle, soon the boss should die.
    
    -------------
    
    After the boss is finally dead scoot around the entire area and pick
    up all the items that you had missed before, also take the huge sum
    of 50 grand peseta's that the boss dropped after he dies. Once your
    done with this, proceed further ahead through the straight forward
    paths until you come to the area with the merchant and the save spot.
    Save your game at the typewriter here and have a look at the stuff
    this merchant is offering.
    
    After finishing with the merchant continue down the path until you
    finally come to the docks where you'll see a scene where Ada is on
    the docks on a boat waiting for Leon, she gladly gives Leon a ride
    to the island area and that marks the end of this chapter.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                       _ _      |_|                
                                      | | | 
                                      |_  _|
                                        |_| 
          
    Chapter 5-1
    ===========
    
    From where you start on the island I should tell you in advance that
    you will be facing commando's in this area, dont get worried since
    they're not any different then the other humanoid folks that we have
    been dealing up till now in the game, its just that they are a little
    more tougher to kill and are often armored too.
    
    So from where you start, proceed forward and you'll find smashable
    boxes in an area, smash all of them and get the items tht you find
    inside, afterwards take the path right and you will come in front 
    of some buildings, apparently this place was some sort of military
    facility before the los plagas invaded this area as well. So from where
    you are at this moment run forward and you'll see a small gap you can
    jump to access the main area, however there's a spot light that will
    spot you once you jump to the other side to its advised that you take
    it out before you jump otherwise you will have to face some enemies on
    the other end of the gap. Jump across after destroying the light.
    
    On the other side you will find only one soldier for the time being,
    take out the rifle and try to take it out from a distance, one thing
    you'll notice is that these guys are much faster runners then any of
    the other human opponents that we've faced so far, so take this guy
    out quickly, if you knock its head off it might grow the tentacles
    so that isnt highly advised, once the guy has been killed you should
    make your way to where was standing to begin with initially.
    
    Once you've reached this area there is a ladder here heading to an
    upper area, take the ladder up, once your at the upper area move 
    around a little bit and pretty soon a gattling gunner commando will
    appear who is a handful to kill with normal means, the bad thing
    about them is that you cannot knock them to their feet so the best
    method to deal with them is to take out something like the shotgun
    or if you still have some magnum rounds take out the broken butterfly.
    Then run right up to the guy and start shooting him right in the
    head, a couple of shots from a fully powered buttefly is enough to
    drop this guy, if you dont have butterfly ammo then using the shotgun
    is your best alternative but you'll need shotgun shells later on so
    that is highly unadvised.
    
    The guy will drop a ton of cash when killed, search around the area
    and you'll find a couple of magnum rounds here. This should make you
    happy for the time being. After the chain gunner is dead some more
    enemies will pop out of the same area that he did and they will come
    to attack you as well, the safest method of taking them out is when
    they start to come up the ladder knife them down or shoot at them
    to kill them efficiently, there might be one or two armed with cross
    bows so keep an eye out for them as well. Keep an eye for sneak attacks
    from your back side as well.
    
    There might be some more commando's in more bunkers around the area
    so if you want to kill them lure them to the same spot and use the
    same method to take them out slowly but surely. Once your finally
    done with this area head over and flip the switch thats next to the
    door and that will operate a laser beam. In order to get the door
    here unlocked you will have to point the laser thats coming out
    from here to the small sensor next to the door. Run up to where the
    first reflector is and rotate this one so that it meets with the 
    second reflector.
    
    Now make your way to the second reflector and rotate it so that the
    laser comes right on top of the sensor, keep it there and the door
    shall unlock. Now proceed through the door, here smash the barrels
    and you will be able to find some shotgun shells among some of them
    after taking them proceed forward but be ready to quickly press the
    dodge keys when the game prompts you to dodge the boulder that the
    enemies roll after you.
    
    After that is done proceed further down the area until you come across
    some ganodo's, take them out and keep going until you come to a ladder
    go ahead of it and you will find some shotgun shells laying around. Now
    head back to the ladder and take it up.
    
    As soon as you come out in this new area, quickly turn right and 
    take out the boxes here, you will find an emerald in here, take it
    and then spot the lone commando here, take him out using the small
    arms since we're saving the big ammo for the later parts. After the
    soldier has been taken care of continue forward taking any items
    that you find and jump across the gap. 
    
    Once your on the other side you will be attacked by some crossbow
    commando's, but before you take them out or after you take them
    out quickly duck into the nearby cave and take care of the three
    taser equipped enemies inside, after you have taken them out search
    the surrounding area for some items which include herbs and some
    ammo for your weaponry. After that take note of that explosive
    barrel and take it out, this will clear a path on which you can
    find a Golden Lynx at the end, this thing sells for very high price
    and we need all the cash we can get.
    
    Okey now the next part can be a little tricky, there will be a
    bunch of enemies waiting for you near the next area, there's a
    few crossbow armed men, a rocket launcher guy and many more un
    armed soldiers waiting to get a piece of you, the easiest method
    if you happen to have ammo handy is to try and take the crossbow
    men out from a distance using your sniper rifle, or you could also
    try to charge in the crowds with your shotgun in hand and take them
    all on, or you could also try to make a dash for the little cave
    like place where you will also find some more shotgun shells and a
    herb or two, this also serves as a shooting point as some of the
    enemies will follow you into the cave where you can easily shoot 
    them on the way.
    
    But the crossbow men for the most part will not move out of their
    place which makes them the hardest enemies to kill in this area , 
    further ahead in the area you would notice a cart which is full
    of explosive barrels in them so after heading into the cave you
    should make a dash for the back side of the cart and shoot it once
    to get it rolling down, anything which comes in the way of it will
    be crushed and the cart will also explode when it reaches the end
    so thats a plus point too. Once your done with this area, or if you
    just dont have enough ammo to fight all the enemies here quickly
    run through the door on the back side of the cart area.
    
    Go through that area and you will come up to another merchant and
    a save game spot near him, talk to this merchant and you'll be
    able to purchase the island treasure map from him also you can now
    buy the very expensive killer 7 gun from him if you happen to have
    a crap load of money to spend. 
    
    After proceeding through the merchant area you will come up to the
    facility buildings, the first area will be a kitchen of sorts, in
    the area check the locker for some money, you'll see a door on the
    wall, ignore it for now and proceed forward around the corner and
    kill the single enemy here, afterwards take the shotgun shells and
    green herb here. Keep your fingers ready as once you move a little
    forward you will suddenly be attacked by an enemy on fire. Kill.
    
    Once you've passed through this area and entered the next one, you
    will run into the first axe men who swing that big axe around in an
    attempt to kill you. These guys usually appear one at a time so you
    will mostly find killing them easy, you won't have a hard time in
    getting rid of them with the usual knock down and knife when they
    are on the ground routine. The first one you face will be aided by
    the crossbow men on a lower area, you dont really need to fight them
    but you have to kill the axe man none the less. You should take the
    path down and find the Red Stone of Faith after killing all enemies
    in this area, you can also find a yellow herb inside a barrel under
    the stairs once you've dealt with all the enemies here.
    
    Now head back up and go through the door on the left side, inside you
    will finally learn of Ashley's safety, she's safe afterall. Once your
    back in control of Leon, search the surrounding area of this room for
    some more items, you can find 5 grand peseta's inside a locker, once
    you've taken all that head forward and you will run into another one
    of those merchant dudes, there's another target practice area near
    him as well so if you want to practice your target, thats for you.
    ALso you can find some more shotgun shells in the surrounding area as
    well. Now, the merchant will sell a new item, its a Tactical Vest that
    will reduce all damage Leon takes by 30%. Its a bit expensive (60000)
    but its well worth the risk. If you have enough money to spend then
    this is the ideal thing to purchase.
    
    Now to proceed on with the story you need to unlock this door which
    is controlled on a different area where you cannot reach normally, 
    but there's a shutter here and once you start getting close to it
    the shutter will start going up and down revealing enemies behind
    it who will attack, the first group is the dynamite throwing kind
    so all you have to do is fire at the hands just as the dynamite is
    about to leave so that it falls right there killing them. The second
    group will be a much harder to kill group of crossbow men, you can't
    do headshots on them since they're wearing helmets so the ideal gun
    for this part is the TMP because of its fast firing rate. Once you
    have taken out the second wave of enemies as well the shutter will
    open up again but stay open.
    
    Before passing through the shutter check the lockers on the right
    side and you will find a valuable emerald in it, take the items that
    the enemies dropped after dying. Once your on the other side of the
    shutter kill the single enemy standing there then search the surrounding
    area to find a red herb and a box of TMP ammo. Proceed further.
    
    In this next area you will find a typewriter to save your game on, in
    the crate next to it you will find a Brass Pocketwatch which sells for
    a good price, save the game here immediately. Once you've finished 
    saving your game take the nearby stairs to the upper level.
    
    Here, you will first notice a sign thats pointing left towards the
    operating room but ignore that for now and head for the right side
    where you can find another emerald and some more rifle ammo inside
    a box, once you've taken all these items proceed back and haed for
    the operating room now.
    
    A little into the room where the autopsy table is you will notice 2
    locked doors near you, the one with the keypad next to it can be
    opened now but you will have to solve a little puzzle. The puzzle
    involves you arranging the colored arrows in a certain combination
    so that the door gets unlocked. The proper solution is written here.
    
    Blue -- Green -- Green -- Red -- Red -- Red 
    
    Once the door is open you can head inside. Head in, you will find
    some items inside, take the memo from the left side of the room and
    search around for some TMP ammo before you pick up the key that is
    Freezer Key Card. Once you take the key quickly escape to the back
    room but you will notice that the monster in the adjacent room just
    woke up, this is your first Regenerator enemy. You currently don't
    have the means to kill this bastard so its not suitable to fight.
    
    If the monster is blocking your path or is giving you some trouble
    to flee from, take out the shotgun and take the monsters legs out
    but as its name goes, it can regenerate its body organs, still you
    should be given enough time to find the emerald in the autopsy room
    and flee from this area entirely before it recovers, exit back to
    the hallway outside. There's another regenerator here too.
    
    Once that is done use your map to navigate your way to the door or
    the freezer room, and use the cardkey that we just picked up to 
    enter it. Once your inside the freezer room head straight for the
    small room to the right side and inside here use the keycard machine
    to get yourself the Waste Disposal Keycard. With that in hand go
    and turn the cryogenic device nearby off, with this turned off you
    can now find the infra red scope inside valve handle locked freezer.
    Besides these items you can also find a green herb behind some glass
    so keep an eye out for that too.
    
    Here's a little tutorial for using the infra red scope with the rifle
    now obviously you should know that you need to have atleast 1 rifle
    with you to actually make some use of the scope, if you dont have
    any then I would ask you to retreat back to the previous merchant and
    buy one since you should have tons of money at this point, now attach
    the scope with the rifle and once you are aiming with it your target
    window will turn infra red and you will be able to see the red los
    plagas inside the regenerator's bodies, you can shoot at those sweet
    spots with the rifle ammo and once the plagas are all dead take out
    the rest of the regenerator with normal ammunition.
    
    Now once you take the scope out of the freezer a body in this room
    will come to life and the exit door out of here will be locked for
    about 60 seconds or if you kill the guy before, this is the perfect
    time for you to test out your new scope to attach it with the rifle
    and take the guy out or if you dont have the rifle just keep going
    around the autopsy tables and you should be safe for the time limit
    to expire. Once your done with this room either way head back out
    to the hallway and you will face 2 regenerators now, since this is
    a long hallway and the regenerators move kinda slow you can easily
    take on them using the infra red scope and dont hesitate in doing
    so 'cause each fallen regenerator will give you 5 grand in cash.
    
    You can even go back to where you saw the first one and take him
    out just for the sake of the cash, once your done in this area make
    your way to the waste disposal area. Its the door with the danger
    sign, you should be able to navigate to it using your map. Once your
    at the door, use the waste disposal keycard and proceed.
    
    As soon as you enter the waste disposal area proceed a little further
    and you will come to a control panel from where you will be able to
    pick up some of the ganodo's and dispose of them efficiently, its
    like one of those prize netting machines that you can find in many
    places, the best thing to do here is to try and take out the cross
    bow people with the machine, it can only be used three times, after
    that is done your better off shooting all the remaining people with
    the rifle from right next of the control panel, that is the ideal
    place to shoot them from. Once the area is cleared proceed further
    but check one of the dumpsters for a well hidden emerald.
    
    After that proceed to the next room where you can find a yellow herb
    and check the lockers for other various items that can be taken. Once
    that is done proceed to the next area where you'll finally see Ashley
    but she's trapped in a small prison which is guarded by 2 guards, you
    should lure the guards to follow you a little distance away from that
    place so as not to hit Ashley accidentally, when your done killing
    the guards, there isnt much you can do for Ashley for the time being
    since her prison is locked. Ignore her for now and proceed further 
    to the north door into the next area.
    
    You will come to a small office like area with a couple more ganodos
    waiting for you, its not a bad idea to equip the shotgun and return
    back to the doorway and wait for them to come at you and die by the
    shotgun shells. Once the entire room has been cleared of enemies you
    should search the entire area for as many items as you can find which
    include a flash grenade, some shotgun shells and some magnum rounds
    which you can find on a shelf once you go down the stairs here. There
    is also a typewriter down here so you can save your game at it. Do
    that before proceeding further.
    
    The door near the typewriter will take you to a lab of sorts where
    you will run into another regenerator type monster, only that this
    is a much more advanced and dangerous version of it. Its all the
    bit dangerous at the normal regenerator but it has more parasites
    inside its body and it also has these spikes of sorts which it can
    use to deadly effect during battle so its a must not to get close
    to this guy or else he's going to inflict some major pain thanks 
    to those spikes of his. 
    
    Killing this guy is almost similar to the normal regenerators as
    you will first have to aim with the infra red scope and take out
    the los plagas parasites inside the creature's body, but once the
    parasites have been taken care of you will them also have to kill
    it like any normal being to make it "dead" for good. It isn't that
    hard if you have the infra red scope and the rifle to use it with
    since once all the plagas die the rest of the body doesnt take a
    hell of a lot of bullets to die. But if you are without a rifle 
    the fight will get very hard for you, in that case you will have
    to shoot it with TONS of shotgun shells from close range to kill
    it or use something like a rocket launcher to lay it to rest.
    
    Either way once you have killed the iron maiden you will find the
    Storage Area Card Key from the dead body. This is what we need to
    free Ashley but if you want to make a little side trip for some
    ammo read the following.
    
    Once you've killed the iron maiden and gotten the Storage Area Card 
    Key search around the rest of this area and you can find several 
    good items including some herbs, some rifle rounds and an emerald
    that you have to knife out. Besides that if you check your map you
    will notice a dead end path coming out of this place, if you go
    there now you will find another merchant here. That isnt important
    check the barrels next to him and one of them should hold a yellow
    herb for you, besides all that there's an elevator heading up to a
    small radio tower from here too, the radio isnt working for now but
    you still can find some birds up there one of which drops a 5000
    peseta pack after being killed. Once all that is done time to head
    back to where Ashley was.
    
    The path back however isnt a straight forward one as you'll encounter
    more enemies including crossbow men and normal commando's on your way
    in the area up the stairs, you can run right in the middle up the
    stairs and throw in a flash grenade and take the opportunity to shotgun
    everyone's asses or you can play it safe and use the rifle from a good
    distance and try to take everyone out from safety. Either way you dont
    even have to fight all them if you dont want to. Just rush back to
    where Ashley was ignoring all enemies.
    
    use the Storage Area Card Key once you reach the right door and
    head inside to meet Ashley and finally end this huge chapter.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 ___          _ |_|                
                                | __|  ___   / |
                                |__ \ |___|  | | 
                                |___/        |_|
    
                     
    
    Chapter 5-2
    ===========
    
    Finally a breather after that huge chapter we just went through. This
    one isnt as big as the previous one though so thats good for all of us.
    
    From where you begin this chapter, search the immediate surroundings
    and you will find one memo and some shotgun shells, equip the shotgun
    and tell Ashley to stay in the back corner of this room for the time
    being then proceed through the door. On the other side you will run
    into some more enemies some of which are potential tentacle people.
    Get their attention and quickly run back through the doorway and
    get rid of them as they come through using the trusty shotgun gun.
    
    Proceed into the next area with Ashley, once you get here you will
    have a little ambush scene and Leon and Ashley will be trapped in the
    room with some enemies, from here quickly order Ashley to get back in
    the corner with the entrance that we came here from and use the trusty
    shotgun to quickly dispose of any enemy threat in this area. Once all 
    the enemies are taken care of press the switch which will let you
    proceed but at the same time some new enemies will surprise you from
    the back side so quickly take care of them with your shotgun and head
    into the waste disposal area.
    
    In here, Leon and Ashley will automatically jump down to the next area.
    In this new area you will notice the Iron maiden but it isnt functional
    at this time, as soon as you switch the first lever the maiden will 
    come to life and will start marching towards you, quickly tell Ashley
    to hide in the container while we deal with the Maiden. Quickly head to
    the other side of the gate and switch the lever causing the gate to
    close out, then use the other lever and close it from the other side, 
    with this barrier between you and the iron maiden now quickly take out
    the parasites in its body with the infra red rifle, afterwards once the
    parasites are dead you can make use of the explosive barrel to get rid
    of the iron maiden for good. 
    
    Once you've killed this one, take the crap load of money that it drops
    and then with Ashley's help push the container into the water forming
    a bridge of sorts, but right then another iron maiden will appear in
    the area and you will have to take it out as well, use the same gates
    method to take it out and take the cash that this one drops as well.
    
    In this next area you will come across another batch of enemies, that
    you should take out with nothing but your shotgun, if you dont have
    enough shotgun shells then use whatever you wish but just get rid of
    them, in the crates in the surrounding area you can find a herb and
    some more shotgun shells for the taking, once all this is done jump
    down to the lower area where a wrecking ball awaits.
    
    Down here is a bit of a hectic spot so you need to be ready with shotgun
    in hand, down here you will note the wrecking ball and the almost endless
    amount of enemies that start appearing in the area, the wrecking ball
    can be activated by the small control room on the corner and you need
    to use it atleast three times before the path you want to go to is open
    now you can either use the control panel yourself or have Ashley do it.
    Having Ashley do it seems like a nice idea but after she uses it once
    and during the time it takes for the machine to reset she will remain
    there in wait mode which means she is vulnerable to being taken away
    during that whole time so its best if you keep Ashley with you during
    this time and press the controls as Leon. After using the controls once
    start running around the pit of lava, this is just so that the enemies
    dont gather in the same spot and also it will be enough time for the
    machine to reset. Once you've used it three times the path you want to
    go to should be open so make a mad dash for it with Ashley besides you.
    
    In this new area immediately equip the rifle and reload it then ask
    Ashley to stay near the entrance, then proceed forward quickly and use
    the lever here, afterwards kill the regenerator thats in this area, you
    should have enough ammo to take it out with, once the regenerator is
    history proceed to the small area on the right side, in this room you
    will find some rifle rounds and a grenade. After taking those head back
    to the area where we killed the regenerator.
    
    Head behind the shutter area now and there is another regenerator here
    kill this one too and take note of the lever behind it, it cant be used
    for the time being so lead to the left door and in this power room take
    the green herb, shotgun shells from the locker and then press the red
    switch before exiting back to the previous area.
    
    The shutter should be half open now and Ashley can go through it, she
    will open the shutter from the other side and you can pass through it
    as well, on the other side proceed further and take the door on the 
    right and you'll come to an area with the merchant, buy and sell from 
    him as you like then use the typewriter in this area to save your game.
    
    Proceeding further down the hall you will come to two levers, have
    Ashley stand with the left lever and you yourself go and operate the
    right side lever, the lights will begin to flash and when the middle
    one flashes quickly press the A button and you'll be able to proceed.
    
    Now you will come out to an area with a huge bulldozer standing, and
    Ashley surprisingly knows how to operate one, she will jump into the
    drivers seat and its a familar game all over again, while Ashley is
    driving the bulldozer you must take out any enemies that try to stop
    you or jump on the bulldozer, luckily they will come from the back
    side so you dont have to worry about surprise attacks, you do have
    to worry about the truck however, you will hear a horn after a little
    while and when you see the truck blast a shotgun shell right into
    its engine area, it will stall for the time being. Continue on with
    the ganodo killing and when the truck tries to attack again hit it
    again and it will be stopped for good. The bulldozer will stop after
    a little while and you'll come to an elevator.
    
    Proceed further and you will notice there is a lever that you need
    to press to continue your ride, but once you head for the lever
    some enemies will drop near the bulldozer and will try to take out
    Ashley, so as soon as you hear her calling quickly turn around and
    take care of the enemies first, what you need to know is that they
    are not infinite so keep killing until the enemies finally stop and
    then proceed on with the lever.
    
    Once the elevator ride is over you will have another session of the
    same driving type thing like before, so take care of any enemies
    that try to aboard your ride and when you hear the truck coming
    take aim at its engine and dispose of it. But in a little while
    Ashley will crash into a building and you will have to abandon
    your ride. Once outside take the ammo from the room your in and
    proceed to the next area via the door, here you will run into a
    merchant but there's many other items that you can take besides
    that in this area, so find all you can get, dont forget to take
    the Green Stone of Judgement from near the merchant, then chat with
    him and do what you do then save your game at the typewriter here.
    Afterwards head through the door and the chapter will end.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 ___         ___|_|                
                                | __|  ___  |_  )
                                |__ \ |___|  / / 
                                |___/       /___|
                     
    Chapter 5-3
    ===========
    
    From where you start the chapter you can find a handy 5000 peseta
    package from the left of the stairs and another memo from the table
    once your done taking both of them proceed up the stairs and take
    the door in here.
    
    In this next area quickly run forward and take the shotgun shells
    from the area, afterwards take care of any and all ganodo's that
    are in the area using weaponry like your shotgun, once you've taken 
    care of all the enemies descend down the stairs and enter the door 
    that is at the end of these stairs. In this new area proceed forward 
    but turn right, continue going right until you come to a door, kick 
    it open to surprise the enemy thats on the other side of it and take 
    him out quickly. After killing him take the items that are inside 
    this room which include a flash grenade and some more peseta's.
    
    Afterwards turn back around and take the stairs which lead to a
    single ganodo, take him out and searching through the area's you
    will be able to find some more money. Afterwards take the stairs
    down to where the door is and proceed through it. Afterwards go
    through the hallways and through to the next room until you reach
    an elevator, take the shotgun shells from near here before taking
    the elevator. Once you've got the shells, feel free to use the lift.
    
    ----
    In this new area you will have a lengthy and a much more dangerous
    scene then ever before, Leon will meet up with the person who was
    responsible for the kidnapping of Ashley in the first place, Krauser
    a former agent of the same agency that Leon works for, but thats not
    the scary thing about this fight, during this fight the game will
    ask you many times to press the dodge keys or action keys in the
    middle of the scene to dodge krauser's various moves or it will be
    instant game over. Not what we're looking for.
    
    As the scene proceeds you will have to quickly dodge right after
    you see the first shot of Krauser, the game will have to press
    either the LR combination or the A B combination, its more likely
    that you will get the L R one but dont trust me on that, a good
    simple strategy is to keep your thumb over the A and B buttons
    and your index finger placed over the L and R buttons, that will
    make life a little easier for you. After the initial cut to Leon's
    face Krauser and Leon will begin to talk about themselves, and in
    many places Krauser will lunge towards you even when he's talking
    and the bad thing is that the game will tell you only a split
    second before the actual thing happens which makes it even harder.
    
    During the fight when Krauser knocks Leon to the ground and aims
    the knife for him you will quickly have to tap either A or B and
    after a little while it will change to the opposite button then
    the one you were tapping before, keep surviving long enough for
    this part and eventually the bitch in the red dress will come and
    save your ass in the nick of time.
    
    After both Krauser and Ada have left the god damn scene will
    finally be over.
    -----
    
    After the scene is finally finished head down to the lower level
    and take the door here, if you thought the last part was as bad
    as it could get when it comes to dodging, your about to enter a
    similar dodging spot.
    
    In this small hallway which leads to Saddler's sanctum, you will
    be in a small hallway with red lasers coming to chop you into 100
    pieces, where have we seen that before now, oh yes the crap of
    the movie that was Resident Evil. Anyway, the first of the two
    laser swipes are very easy to dodge as all you have to do is
    navigate Leon through them when you have enough room, all the next
    dodges will come by pressing the L and R buttons when the game
    asks you to do that together. You will have to dodge the second
    trap two times in a row quickly so dont sit back after dodging
    just once. Afterwards when your next to the door, use the switch
    here and the final laser will start, it will start from the way
    other end of the hall at slow speed and rapidly speed up before
    it finally reaches you, its much better to run a few steps ahead
    and then press the dodge keys rather then waiting for the laser
    to come all the way to you since its rapidly accelerating here.
    
    Once you dodge the final laser the door will be unlocked and you
    should proceed through it immediately before something else happens.
    
    Now you will come into Saddlers throne room but sadly enough he
    isnt here for the time being, for now head up to the throne and
    take the emerald from there, after taking that turn around so your
    facing the door we came in here from and shoot the sparkling thing
    right over and it and you will get the Elegant Headress. Once you
    have taken all that if you want to have a cheap laugh have Leon sit
    on saddler's throne. Anyway, once you've dealt with all that head
    behind the throne and you will find an elevator here. Take it.
    
    Once you've taken the elevator proceed forward and you will see
    some stairs heading down, take them down and once down there go
    to the area under the stairs to find an emerald and a green herb
    for the taking, once you've taken these items proceed further down
    the path and eventually you will come to a merchant and another
    save game spot. But first enter the door that near the merchant
    and inside you will be able to find a red herb and some ammo for
    your magnum. Once taken head back out and save your game at the
    typewriter here, talk to the merchant and buy/sell stuff as you
    please, then take the memo from near the merchant and once your
    done with all this proceed through the double doors.
    
    
    While proceeding through the path you can find another yellow
    herb for the taking through a broken cage along the way, once
    you've taken it proceed further and you will finally come into
    contact with the IT that Saddler was referring to and its time
    for a massive game of hide and seek.
    
    As soon as you run into the IT and the scene is over you will be
    thrown into the storage crates with the rest of the stuff. Now
    the basic concept of this area is that you have to get through
    each of the three area's here by throwing the switches that will
    open your way to the next area. In order do travel between them
    how ever you will first have to shoot at some of the targets and
    they will open the smaller area's that will lead to two switches
    in each cube, when the two switches are pressed you will have a
    limited time in which you must make it across to the next cube or
    risk getting the game over.
    
    The worst thing about this whole fight however is the fact that
    during the entire fight you will be hounded by the IT thing and
    you will have to dodge its attacks while going through the whole
    escaping from the cube routine, often times the game will prompts
    you to press the dodge keys in order to dodge one of its attacks
    but you can also dish out some damage to make it stop for a little
    while giving you the window of opportunity, you cannot kill the
    boss at this time so dont even try to do that. Here is what you
    have to do in order to go through the cubes.
    
    The first cube isnt that hard to press through but IT will be there
    to make your life a living hell as you proceed through the area, gladly 
    the switches are right near their respective targets so you wouldn't 
    really have much trouble going through them, the first target and 
    switch is located on the north western side of the cube so head over 
    there and quickly take care of this switch, the second one is located 
    east from here so quickly head over there while dodging any attacks 
    that IT does. When your done with both the switches ignore all else 
    and quickly make your way to the door to move to the next one.
    
    From the entrance of the second cube, turn right and take the grenade
    from here, afterwards, head for the central area of the  cube  and  IT 
    will come behind you, shoot it back if you  wish  but  dont waste your
    magnum rounds in this area, instead use the shotgun shells because the 
    magnum ammo is valuable and we're gonna need it. Head to the southern 
    side and you'll find a target here, take care of it and use the switch 
    afterwards. After that retreat to the central area and on the northern 
    side look up to spot the next target and press the next switch after 
    taking care of the second target. Quickly go through the door once 
    you've got the two switches.
    
    In the third and final cube when you get here IT will make a small 
    change to itself and now will have a pair of razor sharp wings to
    attack you with, thats just great, in this area dont hesitate to
    use a round or two from the broken butterfly to drive IT away for
    a little while, afterwards find and flip the first switch thats
    easy. For the second switch you will have to go through the middle
    path and find the target on the north eastern side of the cube, then
    head back through the same path to the second switch and press it.
    
    Afterwards make your escape as quickly as you can.
    
    
    Once you escape through the cubes your thinking that we just got
    rid of the boss but proceed a little and the IT will return in full
    force and you will be tapped inside an area where you must fight
    the boss to the death if you want to escape. You cant do anything
    else here besides good old gun combat so get ready for a boss.
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
    BOSS FIGHT : IT
    ---------------
    
    Now you should remember why I asked you to save all those magnum
    rounds, but sadly enough you dont want to use all the rounds in
    this fight alone as you'll need more in another coming boss fight
    the best thing to start off this fight however is to use one clip
    of your magnum ammo on the boss but leave the final bullet, we're
    gonna keep this final bullet until we upgrade the magnum at which
    time the merchant refills the guns themselves.
    
    The good thing about shooting them with the butterfly is that with
    each shot it will stutter a little meaning that during the magnum
    shooting it won't be able to proceed even a single step forward
    and thats a good thing for us all the way. Once you have done the
    magnum thing however its best to switch over to either the shotgun
    or the TMP, whichever you have the most ammo for. 
    
    The attacks this boss does will mostly be similar to what you have
    seen it doing already, it will try to slash you with the wings on
    its back if it gets a little too close to you or if you damage it
    enough it will often burrow deep into the earth and will attempt
    to attack you from under the ground, worry not since you can dodge
    the attacks by pressing the proper commands that appear on screen.
    
    IF you didnt have the magnum in this fight to begin with you will
    have a little trouble though since the initial magnum clip would
    have weakened the boss down already a whole lot, but there are
    other alternatives for you to deal quick damage to the boss, if
    you manage to spot the boss next to one of the explosive barrels
    then shoot it and the boss will sustain some quick damage, or you
    can lure the boss towards the lever operated gates and trap it in
    and shoot it from the safety of the gates while it tries to blow
    the gates open or before it burrows under the ground and makes it
    to where you are. In simple words, you have to hit it like hell.
    
    You can also use your occasional flash grenade to distract the
    boss for a little time also giving you enough time to pump the
    boss full of shotgun shells or TMP rounds, after you've dealt the
    boss enough damage it will fall down as if it is dead but unless
    you get a proper scene for its death you can be sure its not dead
    yet, so be aware when that happens as it will get back up in a
    little while, pretty soon after that if you keep up to your strategy
    the boss fight will be over and this hard ass boss will finally die.
    
    It drops a whopping 50,000 peseta's after its death.
    
    -----------
    
    Once the boss fight is over with proceed through the only door out
    of this joint.
    
    Outside you will come across the lift that we passed before, if you
    wish you can take it across to the other side and find a green herb
    for your later uses, there's also a herb in the surrounding area on
    this side as well so keep an eye out for that. After all that is done
    take the ladder thats on the eastern side into the next area.
    
    After climbing the ladder, in the next area search around the rooms
    to find some more shotgun shells and another grenade inside the
    cabinet. Afterwards proceed farther and you will come across a little
    camp site full of soldiers, easily enough you don't have to fight most
    of them head on, so just blow one of the explosive barrels near them
    safely and you would have gotten rid of most of them, afterwards jump
    down into the main area and take care of the rest of them using the
    shotgun or anything like that. Take all the items you can find in this
    area by killing and breaking the barrels which include a yellow herb
    and some more ammo.
    
    Once your done here jump down into the hole thats near a tent. Down
    here you will spot a merchant and a save game spot, so save your game
    at the typewriter then dont forget to upgrade the broken butterfly's
    ammo capacity and if you had the one bullet in it like I asked you to
    then it will be refilled automatically once upgrades. Besides that 
    smash the barrles in the area to find some more ammo and take the
    note near the merchant. The door there leads to another shooting 
    range game if you wish to take it. Afterwards take the ladder out of
    this area when your finished.
    
    In this area, just break the barrels for some more items and after
    that proceed through the area to the next one.
    
    -----
    
    Now the following section of the game can be really annoying if you
    are playing the game for the first time and have no idea of what is
    gonna happen, a little while after you enter this new area Jack Krauser
    will appear and start to do combat with you, one sided combat that is
    as we cannot and will not want to kill him at this point. You cannot
    kill Krauser properly until you have 2 pieces of a key and the third
    piece is with Krauser, thats when you get to kill him.
    
    During the raid Krauser will come at you with all sorts of attacks from
    most of which can be dodged by either moving around or pressing the dodge
    keys when he throws a grenade at you, sometimes he will lunge at you with
    his knife and the only method of stopping that is by shooting him a little
    before he actually makes it to you, the TMP works best in this situation
    since its a really fast weapon and Krauser is a very quick person and he
    can dodge some of your ammo too.
    
    The Shotgun is a good weapon in this area as well since its got a good
    scatter you have a higher chance of hitting Jack with it, but dont even
    think about using the magnum here since we're going to need it for the
    final battle with Jack and it won't be the final battle with him unless
    I tell you that it is so keep the magnum at bay for the time being and
    stick to your TMP and Shotgun's.
    
    -----
    
    When you enter this area for the first time proceed a little and you
    will have a little scene involving Krauser, and the first of your many
    mini fights will begin, dont bother with the magnum at this point but
    equip the TMP or the shotgun, you will be in a tight area and you will
    have to fight Krauser and damage him enough so that he throws a flash
    grenade and escapes the area, before you escape however check the area
    for a green herb as well since you won't be returning here afterwards.
    
    Once the fighting starts, make sure that you have the TMP ready at all
    times since he will try to attack you a lot, but since you are in a 
    tight spot dont be afraid of taking a herb or two if your health drops
    a little bit but you should try to hit him on the head more often as
    that will stun him momentarily giving you a chance to fire some more
    TMP rounds into him. Soon after he will throw a flash grenade and flee
    the area, the gate leading further will open. So you should proceed.
    
    Now, in this area, start running east wards and you will suddenly be
    surprised by Krauser and he will most definitely try to grab you by
    the head, if that happens quickly mash the controls to make him stop
    and after that quickly press the dodge buttons as well since he'll
    most likely go for a knife swing once you are free from his grasp. The
    good thing is that in this are you don't have to keep fighting him to
    make him escape, you just have to run to the other end of this place
    yourself. So start running in the north eastern direction.
    
    If you are attacked by any other enemies during this trek then be
    sure to take some time off to kill them as they can be really pain
    in the butt, while your proceeding you will come across a bridge and
    once you cross it if your quicker then Krauser jump into the small
    building after the bridge, in this building you can find some real
    life saving items including a first aid spray, shotgun shells and
    some TMP ammo as well.
    
    After you've taken these items escape this house and continue your
    journey to the end of that direction. Before you go up the stairs
    find a green herb thats around there and after that climb up them
    and Leon will automatically take the Piece of the Holy Beast, Panther.
    
    Once you manage to take the first piece of the holy beast, Krauser
    will arrive and you will have to fight him again like we did at the
    start of this thing, now that was a closed area but this is an open
    area meaning Krauser can do plenty of new tricks to kill you, first
    of which is if he jumps to the upper platform that means that he is
    either about to throw a grenade or two down towards Leon or he is
    getting ready to fire with the machine gun. The grenade can be dodged
    by pressing the dodge keys as the game tells you and the machine gun
    fire can also be avoided by standing behind one of the walls thats on
    the central part of this area.
    
    Afterwards, use similar tactics to end this fight and pretty soon
    Krauser will escape this area as well, time for us to do the same.
    
    You will now have to do a small puzzle in order to proceed which is
    not hard at all, you will see a statue and you have to move it to 
    the appropriate panel on the floor to reveal two lever's that will
    open your path out of here. That isnt hard at all, so once you've
    pushed the statue over head back to where the small building right
    after the bridge was and you'll find the second lever here.
    
    Watch out for Krauser and his head grabbing move like he did before
    and when you reach this area press the lever and you will gain access
    to the lower area's. Afterwards jump down into the area that you just
    unlocked, and down here you will be attacked by some more of those
    small flying robot thingies, they aren't that hard to kill as they
    take only one bullet to explode but the damage they cause can be big
    as well as the explosion after their death so dont stand too close to
    any one of them when they're exploding.
    
    Proceeding through the area you will come across Krauser and you will
    have a little talking scene immediately after which you will see two
    more robots, take them out quickly as well and lets head for the final
    confrontation with this @$$ hole.
    
    Continue down this path and you will come to a tower of sorts, climb
    it and when you reach the top most area before proceeding further go
    left and find the magnum ammo and a green herb that will help you
    out during the coming fight, after that proceed back to the starrting
    area and proceed forward until you find the Piece of the Holy Beast, 
    Eagle. But immediately after you take that Krauser will appear and
    its time for out final fight.
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
    BOSS FIGHT : JACK KRAUSER
    -------------------------
    
    As soon as you pick the Piece of the Holy Beast, Eagle. Krauser will
    come into view but you won't be fighting his normal self, instead at
    the start of the fight his Los Plagas will mutate and burst out of
    his body, now thats what your going to have to fight. As soon as it
    happens Krauser will immediately try to surprise you so keep your
    fingers on the dodge key during the scene to quickly respond, if he
    manages to knock you off the platform quickly tap the A button so
    Leon gets back up. Phew.
    
    This form of the boss isnt that hard to deal with depending on the
    kind of weaponry that you have been saving up till this point, the
    biggest annoyance is that Krauser can block off all attacks to his
    upper body by his arm so you will first have to hit him in the open
    exposed area of the body which is his legs and knees. IF you want to
    deal the most damage to him the quickly shoot his legs until he drops
    down to his feet after which he will expose his head and chest for
    attacking, take the time and pump some bullets into his head for the
    most damage caused.
    
    If you happen to have a butterfly with plenty of ammo for it then
    you can finish this fight quicker since it only takes one bullet
    from the magnum to his knees to make him stagger after which you
    are free to pump him in the head. Besides that if you dont have a
    lot of spare ammo for the butterfly then you would have to switch
    weaponry which isn't nice. Take out the TMP here and aim for his legs
    and when he's down quickly take out the magnum and finish the rest.
    Though the shotgun sounds tempting for this battle its actually not
    a real good damage dealer for Krauser so try your best not to use it.
    
    If you don't have any magnum ammo at all then you would have to do
    this entire fight using your TMP or shotgun if you don't have enough
    TMP ammo either. Krauser has many different attacks but thankfully
    most of them can be dodged by pressing the L and R buttons together.
    Krauser will flip backwards after doing an attack or after you dodge
    one of his attacks and when he stops he will most certainly leave
    his head and chest open for a few seconds for you to take aim and
    fire some pot shots at. So take this time to do that as well.
    
    Now if you are forced to take action with your shotgun I would still
    ask you to rather use the rifle or something because the scatter of
    the shotgun makes the damage less so you would first have to lure
    Krauser to come dangerously close to you if you want to deal lethal
    damage to him.
    
    One thing you'll notice in this fight is the timer thats on your head
    you need to quickly kill Krauser and escape this area, it shouldn't
    be a problem once you have mastered the broken butterfly but besides
    that it shouldn't take a whole lot of time either, once Krauser is dead
    take the Piece of the Holy Beast, Serpent and proceed.
    
    ------
    
    The timer is still running even after the boss fight so with all 3
    pieces of the holy beasts and head back down the ladder you took
    up and go through the open area here, at the end use the three
    pieces on their slots and before exiting take the handgun ammo from
    the nearby area. Proceed through the area when your done to end
    this chapter as well.
    
    Two boss fights in the same chapter, this was one hell of a chapter
    if you ask me. but we're not that far from the ending of the game 
    now, rejoice.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                 ___         ___|_|                
                                | __|  ___  |__ /
                                |__ \ |___|  |_ \
                                |___/       |___/
    
                     
    Chapter 5-4
    ===========
    
    Right near the entrance of this chapter you will encounter a save
    game spot, so save your game before proceeding further.
    
    Afterwards proceed through the area once your little conversation is
    finished. You will see a little scene of a helicopter pilot named Mike
    coming to Leon's assistance. Now what you really have to do in this
    area is to get from one side to the other side while you will be in
    heavy assault from the enemies, but luckily enough for you your friend
    here will be able to take out most of the turrets and stuff like that.
    
    So from where you start this area, quickly find the shotgun shells
    that are around your area, after wards carefully make your way to
    where the turret is firing at you from and blow the barrles here to
    find some items like a herb and some more magnum ammo. Take these
    items and wait until your friend yells "Take Cover " and thats when
    you have to run like hell to find a safe spot to hide while your
    friend destroys anything thats causing you trouble. First here your
    friend will take care of the turret thats along the way.
    
    Afterwards you should proceed forward, and when you come to a spot
    where you see a small scene of a bunch of enemies don't rush into
    them and don't let them see you as there is a rocket launcher one
    or two among them as well, anyway back a little bit after you see
    the scene and its helicopter dude to the rescue. He will come in
    and gun the hell out of the enemies that are standing here, the
    best thing however is that they still drop items after they die
    and you can take a minute or two to explore the area's to find any
    items that the enemies had dropped.
    
    Either way continue your trek down this path while dodging and hiding
    inside tents and behind walls as your helicopter friend takes care of
    any enemies that you will have to encounter in the coming times, after
    that you will come to an area with a pad lock on a door blocking your
    way but that shouldn't be a problem, shoot the lock off and proceed.
    
    Proceed through this area and where you come out the other side you
    might have to fight some armored opponents here, also keep an eye
    out for any enemies coming from your behind since it will be hard to
    keep track of all the enemies due to all this hectic going around.
    A little while later you will see the helicopter take out the tower
    after which you should climb up and inside you will find a switch
    that unlocks the door nearby. Before proceeding how ever take all
    the items that you can find inside the tower including herbs and ammo.
    
    Through this door you will come across a chain gun equipped enemy
    as well as some other enemies on the other side who will also come
    into this area shortly, soon after you enter you should take cover
    behind something to avoid the machine gun fire. You can use the
    slidy thing to surprise the machine gunner as well, anyway, drop
    down near the machine gunner and quickly take him out, he will drop
    about 5000 peseta's and an item or two as well. You will find a lever
    near where the guy was initially and that will unlock the gate that
    leads to the further area's but before you go you can search around
    the area for some items including a grenade and another herb or two.
    
    Now in this new area that you come out, you will have a shit load
    of enemies and three different gun emplacements to take out, but
    like before we will leave the bigger things and a lot of the enemies
    on to our helicopter friend, once you get near the emplacements hide
    and take cover and you will see the chopper coming and destroying the
    turrets one by one, after that if you want some serious cash you
    should dive into the area and run for all the money dropped by the
    enemies that are killed by the chopper before it disappears, you
    need to switch the two levers which are down the paths which are
    being guarded by the initial 2 gun turrets, so once they are taken
    out quickly go in either direction and flip the two levers so you
    can proceed through the central exit.
    
    Once all the commotion ends here all you have to do is find any
    spoils of war that you can find then proceed through the central
    door to proceed to the next area.
    
    Once you go through the door you will see a little scene of your
    good friend being killed with his super awesome helicopter. Say
    a heart felt good bye to him and its time to press on forward, we
    will take vengeance for his death from Saddler. Afterwards proceed
    forward and go through the area's, you can break some barrels to
    find useful items like a first aid spray, also you can find an
    emerald on one of the pillars near the area you entered from.
    
    Proceeding through the area you will come up to a scene where Ada
    is back to calm Leon down before his Los plagas acts up again, but
    she doesn't stay there for long and decided to split up. Once the
    scene is over you can find a Pearl Pendent in this area also you
    can find some handgun ammo in the local area as well.
    
    Afterwards proceed through the door and when you reach the area
    with the typewriter start searching around for some items, you
    can quickly find some magnum ammo and a flash grenade before the
    regenerator comes in from the far side, you should still have the
    thermal scope and the rifle with some ammo to take it out with. It
    will have five parasites inside it like an iron maiden but its a
    normal regenerator so it shouldn't be that hard to kill. After you
    have taken care of the regen, sweep the area once more for any
    items that you may have missed and climb the side of the stairs on
    the southern side of this area to proceed further.
    
    Afterwards proceed down the steps in the next area and once down
    check the surrounding area's for more herbs before you proceed on
    further where you have to face a crap load more opponents. Starting
    the fight you should run forward and round the corner to start the
    fighting, if you are a little low on the ammunition then head for
    the lower area near the small control room where there is a barrel
    which can explode, so lure the enemies after you and while they go
    down the ladder you can destroy the explosive barrel to take out
    a bunch of them quickly.
    
    After you have killed a few of them a chain gun enemy will appear
    in the area and immediately that should be your primary target.
    Take him out as quick as you can using the shotgun shells from
    close range of magnum rounds from deadly close range. After he
    died take the items that he drops and afterwards take care of the
    rest of the enemies before proceeding anywhere farther, since a
    action we do in a little while will prompt more enemies to appear
    in this area we want to take out the one's that are already here
    first. Once all the enemies have been taken care of take all the
    items that they have dropped. Then proceed towards the small control
    room in the south western corner and check on the machine here.
    
    Once you check it a card key will pop out of a different place but
    a commando will pick it up along the way meaning you have to kill
    everyone to find out which one has it. The best place to kill them
    is right from where you turned on the machine, since it is an
    enclosed area and all the enemies are aware of your presense they
    will rush towards you to kill you, shotgun any enemies that try
    to enter through the doorway, if you get an uncomfortable amount
    of Los Plagas enemies then be sure to throw a flash grenade which
    kills all the revealed Plagas immediately.
    
    Once all the enemies are finally dead take up all the items and
    money that they drop and finally get the Emergency Lock Card Key 
    from the one that took it, once your done with this entire area
    its time to press on forward.
    
    Finally after all the ruckus we can escape this damned area, once
    your ready to escape, with the emergency card key in hand head over
    to the top most room in the north western corner, and I mean top
    most when I say that, you will find the card reader here on which
    you can use your card key, once you've used this you will be able
    to turn off both the switches in the two guard rooms and be able
    to escape out of this area.
    
    So after using the card initially, head back one level down and 
    use both the switches, this will in turn open the door that you
    need to go to in the central area, so go there and proceed.
    
    Now the end of this chapter is drawing near and so are we drawing
    near to Ashley, so from where you begin in this area immediately
    turn to where the two armored enemies are and take care of them
    quickly, once they're down take the door you see.
     
    In this room you will finally run into Ashley once more and after
    a scene or two Ashley and Leon will be together again, time for
    us to make our grand escape out of this area.
    
    In this area, from where you enter if you go right and break the
    barrels in this corner you can get yourself some pretty high
    number of pesetas, besides that in this room you will run into
    another merchant, going through the previous area's, you should
    have shit load of stuff that you want to sell to the merchant
    and take this opportunity (since you have a lot of money too)
    to upgrade your powerful weaponry like the broken butterfly
    to its maximum stats. Also take the memo Luis wrote from this
    room before proceeding through the only other exit.
    
    In the next area you will have to face a total of 4 more enemies
    so tell Ashley to stay near the entrance door while you go on
    to take care of the enemies, shouldn't be a problem at this point
    in the game, after you've done the enemies proceed through the
    first door leading to the next area.
    
    You will now come out in a familiar room but this time Saddler is
    not there so you can safely explore the area and you will find
    some useful ammo for the magnum and shotgun and another herb.
    Once you've taken these items head back to the previous area.
    
    Once back here, proceed further down the hall and enter the door
    which leads to the operating room.
    
    Now a somewhat kinky (cough) scene where Leon and Ashley "remove
    the parasites" from their bodies, you will end this chapter once
    the scene is over and its time for the final chapter.
    
                      _        __      _              _           
          ___ _ _  __| |  ___ / _|  __| |_  __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ 
         / -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \  _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \  _/ -_) '_|
         \___|_||_\__,_| \___/_|   \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|  
                                       ___      |_|                
                                      | __|
                                      |__ \
                                      |___/
         
    
    CHAPTER 6-1 : THE FINAL CHAPTER
    ===============================
    
    Let the grand final chapter of the awesome game begin, one thing
    I would like to tell you in advance is that you will be able to
    keep all the weaponry that you have in this game for the next one
    so when you run into the final merchant don't hesitate to update
    your weaponry as it would most definitely help you out in the next
    game that you begin. Besides that from the start free enough room
    in your inventory in advance so that you can fit a rocket launcher
    in it when the game gives you one during the final boss fight.
    
    From where you start in this area, proceed forward and take the
    stairs when you can since there's nothing else of importance here.
    Above the stairs you will find some items like a herb, some ammo
    and one final memo to read. After taking all this proceed through
    the door here. In the next area you can find some more items like
    another herb, some TMP ammo and a grenade or two, this is also the
    final merchants room and the final save room in the entire game.
    So save your game here immediately and trade with the merchant to
    make just about all the weaponry you use the most high powered
    and at full ammo capacity. 
    
    Once your finally done and ready to end the damn game, proceed
    down the final stairs and Leon will use the elevator at the end.
    
    Up there the final series of scenes will begin, first Leon will
    see that Saddler's got Ada trapped in this area, but when he
    tries to use his powerful arm to control the Plagas inside Leon
    he replies with a witty remark, bad idea Leon as soon after
    Saddler begins to mutate into his final huge ass spider form 
    and your boss fight with him begins.
                                                                          
                                                                          
                                                                          
    BOSS FIGHT : LORD SADDLER
    -------------------------
    
    When the boss fight begins Saddler would have already mutated to
    his final boss form which is a huge spider with many legs and 1
    big eye on him which as you all might have guessed is the weak
    spot for this bad boy. But before we actually start fighting we
    will check the surroundings for possible safety or escape areas.
    
    The area where your fighting on has three main sections where
    you can fight from, first is the middle section where you are
    starting the fight from, you shouldn't stay here that often since
    its an open area and it gives Saddler enough room to easily pound
    you from all directions. Besides that there are two other smaller
    platforms as well which are connected to the central area by a
    set of small moving bridges which don't work well. They will move
    a lot and if they move while your on them then you will quickly
    have to press the dodge keys to make Leon jump and hang to the
    other side where you would then have to tap the action key like
    mad to make him climb up quickly.
    
    Saddler has a wide range of attacks at his disposal but he mostly
    just runs up to you and slashes you with one of its limbs, that
    being said Saddler isn't as fast as you might think and Leon can
    easily outrun him if the occasion calls for it so if you see
    him charging at you run away, if your on one of the smaller area's
    then dodging Saddler would be much difficult since he's very big, 
    in that case you would have to run circles around him or just go
    under him to avoid his attacks.
    
    Often times you will also see Saddler quickly jump in the air
    and try to stomp you, but that can be easily avoided by moving
    forward or backward as quickly as you can, getting caught by
    this attack will result in you taking a shit load of damage.
    So try to avoid this at all costs. Saddler isn't just a dumb
    boss either he will often pick up the girders in the surrounding
    areas and try to throw them at you, these are very hard to dodge
    and end up taking a lot of health out of you, but they're not
    entirely impossible to dodge either so try your best but you'll
    probably end up taking damage.
    
    You should have enough healing items in your inventory to go
    through this fight and if you start loosing health rapidly
    take a healing item or two to restore your status.
    
    Now when it comes to actually fighting the monster head on you
    will have to be slightly more creative, you will have to first
    hit the monster's popping eyes through out his bodies and when
    you manage to hit one of them it will crash on the ground and
    THEN you will be able to hit the big eye to cause some serious
    damage to the boss, the best weapon to use here is the TMP as
    you only need to hit any eye with 1 bullet to make Saddler go
    down for the count, but after that you should take out something
    powerful. The best method to do this is to wait for when Saddler
    is charging towards you then take aim at Saddler with the TMP
    and wait for one of the eyes to pop out before shooting it.
    
    Besides that the game also provides you methods with which you
    can make the fight easier, on each of the two platforms you can
    find explosive barrels which if you shoot when Saddler is near
    will cause him to fall down and reveal the weak eye. Also on
    either platforms is a small raised area and a switch on them, 
    get over to them and when Saddler is standing right next to
    this area press the switch and some girders will fall down and
    give you a chance to shoot Saddler's weak spot. Besides that you
    can also find a grenade on one of the corners which you can also
    use to instantly bring Saddler down to his knees. Oh joy.
    
    When it comes to hitting the eye I would ask you to use nothing
    else but the broken butterfly as its a very powerful gun and you
    can easily shoot the eye a couple of times before it finally goes
    back inside and Saddler gets up. Besides that like Gigante you
    can also climb up on Saddler and use the knife to hit his eye
    in a heroic but stupid manner.
    
    After you've cause enough damage to the central eye of Saddler
    you will have a small scene where Ada will drop off a rocket
    launcher on one of the platforms. Deje vu anyone ?!.
    
    After that scene ends quickly make your way across to where
    the rocket launcher was and quickly equip it, don't just think
    that the game is over automatically, you have to carefully
    take aim with the rocket launcher and fire directly at Saddler
    and HIT him, you only get 1 rocket so if you happen to miss it
    first hit yourself on the head and then load a previous game
    sicne its damn near over once you miss. The rocket will hit
    and its game over..
    
    not quiet yet
    ---------
    
    After you manage to kill Saddler the game still isn't over, you
    will have a scene where Ada being the bitch that she is takes
    the plagas sample from Leon and jumps into a flying helicopter
    whats even more weird is that the wings don't slice her up into
    tiny pieces. Anyway, during the scene Ada presses a button and
    a timer appears, its 3 minutes but half a minute will be over
    before the scene is finished, during which Ada will toss over
    a cute teddy bear key to a Jet ski towards Leon and suggest him
    to escape from this area.
    
    BEFORE heading back down however take a second or two to find
    the money that Saddler drops, its a crap load full and it will
    definitely help out during the next play through the game, after
    that head back down to where Ashley is, after the reuniting jump
    down the ladder and catch the jumping Ashley as well. Afterwards
    proceed forward and you will find the Jet ski, use the key and
    its time to hit the pedal to the .. er.. water.
    
    The Jet ski part isn't a hard one but it can get really annoying
    use the analog controller to control the speed of the jet ski,
    all you have to do is to survive the ride and swirve left or
    right to dodge the approaching debree, this shouldn't take a
    very long time and soon afterwards you should reach the ending
    of the game.
    
    After watching the utterly boring ending and wishing that Leon
    just left Ashley in the water, see the final transmission that
    Leon makes and its game over... THE END !!.
    
                     _   _                      _ 
                    | |_| |_  ___   ___ _ _  __| |
                    |  _| ' \/ -_) / -_) ' \/ _` |
                     \__|_||_\___| \___|_||_\__,_|
                                  
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    8.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                              _ _                 _      _ 
      _ _  ___   ____ __  ___(_) |___ _ _   _ __ (_)_ _ (_)
     | ' \/ _ \ (_-< '_ \/ _ \ | / -_) '_| | '  \| | ' \| |
     |_||_\___/ /__/ .__/\___/_|_\___|_|   |_|_|_|_|_||_|_|
                  |_|                                     
                     __ _ _  _(_)__| |___ 
                    / _` | || | / _` / -_)
                    \__, |\_,_|_\__,_\___|
                    |___/                 
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4008
    
    This is a first for me when it comes to Walkthroughs, since Resident
    evil 4 is such a big game and many people want to read a non spoiling
    walkthrough I decided to create this section just for them, basically
    this is a non spoiling very short version of the main walkthrough in
    which I will tell you EXACTLY what to do. No side item quests or any
    thing like that and most certainly no story elements revealed. 
    
    So lets carry on with it.
    
    
    CHAPTER 1-1
    ===========
    
    - Start the game and watch the intro.
    - When your in control of Leon, proceed down the path and enter the
      cabin after taking the grenade from the side shack.
    - Inside, watch the scene and kill the villager.
    - Head to 2F of the house, take items and jump out of the window.
    - If you wish to, head back to the bridge but the path is destroyed.
    - Proceed further down the trail checking cabins and shacks for items
      and killing any villagers that you encounter
    - Enter through the door at the end of the path.
    - In the new area run forward for a scene.
    - Proceed through the path on the left, sneak attack the villagers and
      start fighting them.
    - Head to the house where Leon barricades himself.
    - Head for the second floor, take the shotgun and various other items.
    - Kill the first wave of villagers until the next one arrives.
    - Kill the chainsaw guy first, once you've killed enough people you
      will have a scene and the villagers will all escape.
    - Explore the area to find any items you can take
    - Head through the western door to enter the farm area.
    - Kill any villagers you encounter, take note of the door that needs
      two people to open, take any items you can find in the area like eggs.
    - Head through the north-east door.
    - Proceed through the path, outrun and dodge the boulder as prompted.
    - Proceed through the sewer area until you come to a small field with a
      house in the distance.
    - Kill the villagers in the field, watch out for the dynamites. Once your
      done proceed for the house.
    - Shoot the lock off, head inside, save game and take items inside the
      house, proceed to the back and push the book case out of the way.
    - Meet Luis, and its the end of the chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 1-2
    ===========
    
    - Watch scene and press the action button when prompted to escape the
      ropes and save yourself from the villager.
    - After Luis escapes, take any items in this area then go through the
      same door the villager came from.
    - Follow the merchant, purchase the rifle and scope from him.
    - Take aim for the villagers from the crack on the wall, and kill most.
    - Go through the door when done sniping.
    - Head up the path after killing the villagers and take the plate piece.
    - Jump down, head to the roof of the shack and take the other plate piece.
    - Combine the two pieces, then head for the northern door and open it.
    - In the new area proceed forward and kill all enemies.
    - Enter through the right door and jump through the opening at the end.
    - Hide behind the mine car, kill villagers and avoid the bear traps.
    - Go through the door, on the other side smash board on the left and
      take the mask.
    - Proceed through the door, and kill the villager, head for the ladder.
    - Head down to find some fish for healing
    - Head up the ladder to come back outside.
    - Head further through the path until you reach the big house, enter it.
    - Enter the house, head for the locked door and solve the small puzzle.
    - In the room, take the various items including a key in the box, exit.
    - Outside, watch the scene, and thats the end of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 1-3
    ===========
    
    - Head back into the chief's room to see a special and hidden scene.
    - Find more items on the lower area of the floor.
    - Head back out the house and kill all enemies, take out the chainsaw
      guy first to make it easy.
    - Proceed through the door on the other end after taking all items.
    - Enter the village again, take out the newly spawned enemies.
    - Enter the door with the red marking with the key you just got.
    - Save your game here, then proceed to the underground passage.
    - Proceed to the end of the passage, find the merchant, trade with
      him, take the door behind him, then head up the ladder.
    - Come outside of a cemetery.
    - Head for the church door to find that its locked for now.
    - Solve the optional puzzle here for a special item.
    - Proceed to the back of the church and go over the gap in the bridge
      after taking anyone out.
    - Enter through the door at the end of the passage after the bridge.
    - Proceed through the new area, find items on nearby shacks and take
      the door below the stairs at the end of the path.
    - In this room find the merchant and trade with him if you wish to.
    - Head back out and this time take the double doors out.
    - Go through this mountain path and avoid the boulder when required.
    - Enter the swamp area, go through the abandoned buildings to find
      items, take care of the buildings and enter the big door at the end.
    - You'll reach the lake, proceed left to see the fate of one of the cops.
    - Head for the shack first and save your game inside.
    - Jump into the boat at the end of the docks.
    - Control the boat and when attacked by the big fish, fight back.
    - Read the boss strategy of Del Lago in the strategies area for info.
    - Defeat the boss.
    - Quickly tap A when the boss fight is over to save yourself.
    - Watch the series of scenes that takes place afterwards.
    - End of the chapter. 
    
    
    CHAPTER 2-1
    ===========
    
    - Wake up from the nightmare, watch scenes, and take the memo here.
    - Take any other items, then head outside.
    - Go through the door on the north.
    - Proceed forward until you come against a villager, he'll mutate.
    - Fight the new enemy, proceed forward and cross the dam.
    - Head down the rope ladder and take note of the control
    - Shoot the chains of the boxes to make a bridge to the other side
      of the stream.
    - Shoot all the boxes and make a complete path.
    - Cross the bridge, climb the ladder to access the tower.
    - Use the switch here.
    - The path will now be cleared but more enemies pop out.
    - Take care of the enemies as they jump the gaps.
    - Go through the opening after doing all that.
    - Proceed to the end of this passage, head down the passage.
    - At the end take the plate on the altar. 
    - Go through the newly opened secret passage.
    - Head through this passage and enter through the door at the end.
    - Head forward and take the boat back to the main land.
    - Trade with the merchant here if you wish.
    - Head back through the swamp into the arene area.
    - Watch the scene involving your next boss.
    - Go to the boss strategies section to know how to beat this boss.
    - Collect the money it drops after being defeated.
    - Head back through the path towards the village.
    - Jump the bridge and fight the new enemies here. The infected wolves.
    - Head for the main church door and use the item to unlock it. Enter.
    - Enter the church and climb the ladder on the left to the second floor.
    - Take note of the locked door here. We'll be coming here.
    - Jump over the chandelier from the balcony and go to the other end.
    - Solve the simple puzzle here to unlock the door.
    - Proceed back and enter the newly unlocked area.
    - Watch the scene, now Ashley is with you for quiet a while.
    - Once the scene is over, head back out and back down to the main area.
    - Watch the scene involving Saddler.
    - End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 2-2
    ===========
    
    - Learn the Ashley commands from the controls menu. Learn them well.
    - Take any items you find, afterward proceed out.
    - Head back to the original path for the village.
    - Trade with the merchant along the way if you wish.
    - Proceed back across the cavern into the main village.
    - Kill all enemies here and proceed to the farm side area.
    - Kill all enemies here, then take the door we couldn't open before.
    - Trade with the merchant here if you feel like it.
    - Cross the bridge to see some scenes.
    - Go on a killing spree until Luis calls you to the second floor
    - Continue your killing spree on the second floor until the bell
      rings again.
    - Its the end of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 2-3
    ===========
    
    - Check both floor of cabins for any items dropped by enemies.
    - Head outside the cabin and trade with the merchant if wished.
    - Save your game in the cabin behind the merchant and proceed.
    - Proceed past the merchant, find the two huge gates.
    - If you take the ganodo path, enter the door and kill all you
      see, until you get the key.
    - Proceed through the internal area after getting the key and
      kill the ganodo squad here.
    - Head for the door at the end of the path and go through.
    - If you enter the gigante path then proceed a little further
      into it to see the arrival of Gigante.
    - Fight him like you did with the previous battle.
    - Shoot the boulder and stun the giant if you want to escape.
    - Take the old key and use at the door at the end of the path.
    - You will come out of the area where you will come out from
      either of the doors. Proceed.
    - Trade with the merchant here if you wish.
    - Check the cabin for a memo and typewriter, save here.
    - Proceed further down taking note of the locked door.
    - Make your way further to the gondola station.
    - Board the gondola.
    - Take care of the enemies during the gondola ride and make it
      to the other end alive.
    - Take items in the adjacent control room and take stairs down.
    - Go through cave path straight ahead for a valuable item.
    - Take the area behind the stairs to proceed.
    - Trade with the merchant here and save your game here.
    - Continue down the path until a scene starts.
    - Time for your boss fight with Bitores Mendez.
    - Check the Boss strategies secion for details on how to win.
    - After defeating him, take the false eye.
    - Find the exit and re unite with Ashley.
    - Head back to the merchant, save your game here.
    - Take the gondola back to the original spot.
    - Head for the locked door that was on the way.
    - Open the door with the newly found false eye.
    - Head forward in the new are killing all enemies.
    - Disable the truck before it arrives, proceed farther for a scene.
    - Thats the end of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 3-1
    ===========
    
    - Find the merchant, trade and buy new weaponry from this guy.
    - Proceed to the castle door and enter through it.
    - Meet the new enemies you will be facing.
    - Take care of the initial batch of enemies you encounter.
    - Make your way up the spiral staircase while avoiding fire.
    - Proceed farther and use the barrel to kill first catapault.
    - Proceed until you come to a room with helmet wearing enemy.
    - Store Ashley in here for now.
    - Shoot the other explosive barrel to disarm next catapault.
    - Find proper window cover and shoot the final catapaulter.
    - Proceed by operating the crank here repeatedly until you
      can use the cannon.
    - Use the cannon to make a path for yourself.
    - Proceed through, find the merchant here and trade if you wish.
    - Proceed through the only other door.
    - Take the various items here, then take the platinum sword.
    - Head for the second floor afterwards.
    - Take care of the enemies that you run into on the second floor.
    - Take the gold sword at the end and replace with platinum sword.
    - Take care of the enemies, shoot the red monk from the 2F.
    - Put gold sword where platinum one was.
    - Your next path will be revealed, so go through.
    - Watch the scene here. Proceed afterwards.
    - Kill the various enemies in here, proceed through the door next.
    - Kill the various enemies here as well, afterwards find the items
      and the Castle Gate Key then exit back.
    - Kill the newly arrived enemies, head to where Luis came from.
    - Use the castle gate key to proceed.
    - Proceed forward until a scene starts.
    - After the scene, head forward to have the wall block you.
    - Take any items now, save at the typewriter, then go through the
      door next to it.
    - Go right, head forward until you see your path is blocked by flames.
    - Take the Prison Key from the painting. Take various other items here.
    - Head back the opposite direction, taking various items on the way
      and use the Prison Key on the blue door.
    - Leave Ashley here for now, head down and meet the new enemy.
    - It is the garrador, read sub boss (after boss strategies) to learn
      how to defeat it.
    - Raise the lever once its defeated and had back up.
    - Go through the fire area after defeating the enemies in here.
    - Kill all the monks in this are, then proceed down the stairs to   
      the door at the bottom.
    - Have Ashley stand on pressure pad, you stand on one then exit back.
    - Use crank here, while fighting more monks.
    - When the stairs arrive, take them and help Ashley climb to the next
      crank.
    - Protect Ashley while she's working it and catch her when she's done.
    - Head over the new platform to the next area.
    - Head forward, save your game here if you wish, trade with the merchant.
    - Play shooting gallary if you wish here too.
    - Head to hall next to typewriter, watch scene at the end.
    - End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 3-2
    ===========
    
    - Once in control, go through the brown door.
    - Proceed forward jump down into the new area and face the new enemy here.
    - Proceed after killing it, kill 2 more of its kind.
    - Take the ladder up and enter the door here.
    - In the new area, kill all enemies, then find various items in cells.
    - Open the final cell door where the pool was.
    - Take the stairs up and take the door on the right.
    - Dodge the swinging obstacles and proceed through the door.
    - Take the ladder up, take more items and proceed via the door.
    - Fight the monks here for valueable items, afterwards use the chandelier
      to proceed to next area.
    - Trade with the merchant here if you wish then enter the door.
    - Take the memo here, proceed to the next room.
    - Kill all available enemies here and proceed through upper door.
    - Kill the armored monks here and go through the other door.
    - Kill all monks here, jump after the red monk and give persuit.
    - Keep following killing all enemies in here until you have to fight
      the red monk equipped with a gattling gun.
    - Kill him and take the Gallery key.
    - Head back 2 rooms, drop to where the monk originally was, and enter
      the gallery room via the key.
    - Solve the simple painting puzzle here and proceed through the door.
    - In this area, kill all the monks, from where the rocket launcher one's
      appear, go right and turn the switch off.
    - Afterwards, head left on the balcony and go through the door.
    - In here, find a switch under some vases, then return to previous room.
    - Find the Goat Ornament from the extended area.
    - Head to the door next to the first switch and enter.
    - Save your game in this room if desired. Then proceed through the door.
    - Continue forward, run past the fountain, the right door is locked. Go
      through the door beyond the fountains.
    - After the scene enter the main garden area.
    - Find the 2 moon stone pieces in the garden and combine them.
    - Find the appropriate door to use them and enter the door.
    - Watch the scene and its the end of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 3-3
    ===========
    
    - Proceed farther into the area and trade with the merchant.
    - Proceed to the dining area, read some clues on the painting.
    - From the locked door, go right and enter the door at the end.
    - Find items in here and head back to the dining hall.
    - Ring the bell then shoot the bottle.
    - Proceed through the unlocked path.
    - Proceed to the chest, then kill all enemies that drop.
    - Go through the door on the north wall.
    - To exit, take the door to the north west.
    - Proceed forward and start killing the monks.
    - Drop down and operate the lever here. Head across the bridge
      drop down on the other side and take the stuff.
    - Go back up, shoot the lock off, proceed back across the bridge
      and enter the door where the enemies came from.
    - Save your game if you wish, also trade with the merchant as you
      please then proceed through the door.
    - Thats the end of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 3-4
    ===========
    
    - In the new area, take note of where Ashley is captured, then
      take the tons of items you can find in this room.
    - Take the stairs down and kill the enemies here.
    - Protect Ashley from the arriving enemies.
    - Kill the red monk as soon as he appears with the other enemies.
    - Ashley manages to escape.
    - Time to control Ashley now.
    - Save your game and proceed to the next area.
    - Avoid the enemies, crawl under the table next to left door.
    - Use crank in here, do the same for 2 more.
    - Proceed through the opened area.
    - Proceed forard in this area, ignore the door on the wall.
    - Go to the end of the area and enter the door.
    - In the new area, push the bookcase, find the switch behind it
      but DONT use it yet.
    - Crawl under the table, reach the next switch and use it.
    - Take the Stone Tablet from the fire place, press next switch.
    - Now press the switch from the book case and proceed to the
      other side of the room.
    - Proceed through the door.
    - Run forward and continue till you reach a pedestal and another
      puzzle. Solve it then place the stone tablet on it.
    - Enter the new area.
    - Take the Salazar Family Insignia and the Serpant Ornament.
    - Proceed back to previous area, dodge the newly awakened enemies
    - Make your way back a few rooms to the door we ignored before.
    - In the new area, take items and memo, the use the Salazar family
      insignia on the pedastal. Proceed out via the new exit.
    - Proceed further and meet Leon.
    - End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 4-1
    ===========
    
    - Proceed back to the coutryard area for Broken Butterfly
    - Give Ashley a boost into the previously inacessible area.
    - Return to chapter starting place when you've got the gun.
    - Head past the small area to the next door.
    - Proceed in the area until you reach the typewriter.
    - Use the platform next to it to proceed further in the area.
    - Kill all the monks operating the flame throwers in the area and
    - Take the Lion Ornament once all enemies are dead, take any other
      dropped item then proceed back to the previous area.
    - Reunite with Ashley and save your game at the typewriter.
    - Use the rail after your done saving.
    - Proceed forward until you come to the area where you have to use
      the three ornaments, once used your next path will be available.
    - Proceed forward and use the next rail.
    - Proceed forward a few rooms and take the right door to find the
      merchant here, trade with him if you wish. There's also another
      shooting range room here.
    - Exit back to the previous hall, proceed forward and take the door
      leading to the king's grail.
    - In the area proceed further while dodging the suits of armor. Head
      into the door at the end after telling Ashley to stay outside.
    - Take the King's grail from the center of the room, kill the newly
      arrived suits of armors and head back outside.
    - Get Ashley and head one hallway back.
    - Take the door on the opposite side now.
    - Simple puzzle here, push the 2 knight statues on two pressure
      pads, Ashley on one and Leon on the final, proceed.
    - Fire the 4 objects to stop the trap, proceed further.
    - Proceed forward, when Ashley gets trapped shoot the two monks
      driving the on coming machine, afterwards save Ashley.
    - Take the Queen's grail here.
    - Shoot the padlock off the door and go through. Once back in the
      knight statue room, proceed one hall back.
    - Kill the newly arrived enemies here, use the two grails on their
      statues and proceed through the opened path.
    - In the new area, proceed further, jump out the window, take the
      ladder up, proceed forward and jump down the ledge at the end.
    - Watch the scene, fight the on coming Novistadors and afterwards
      use the lever at the other end, then shoot the bridge chains.
    - Proceed forward, trade with the merchant, save your game if you
      wish, enter the next area.
    - Proced further, kill all enemies and enter the clock tower.
    - In here, shoot the two objects blocking the clock gears, then
      head up the ladder, go to the top and shoot the third object.
      Operate the lever afterwrads.
    - Head back to the lowest level once that's done.
    - Proceed across the bridge killing enemies. Enter the doora at the end.
    - Kill all the enemies here, including 2 garrador's, proceed further.
    - Wath scene, be ready to press dodge keys when prompted.
    - Take items from dead people, save your game, trade with the merchant
      in this area, then take the ladder up.
    - Proceed to the end of the tunnel, use the door at the end.
    - Run to the other end pressing the dodge keys when required.
    - Use the switch here, time for boss fight.
    - See boss strategies for Right hand man
    - Take the elevator when its done to end this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 4-2
    ===========
    
    - Save game at the typewriter, trade with the merchant, take the
      right door for shooting range otherwise go Left
    - Kill the villagers and proceed to mining area.
    - Activate the lever that gets the trolley to work
    - Kill arriving enemies then go check the circut breaker on the
      other side, use it as well.
    - Head back to the first lever, kill the chainsaw guy, use the
      first lever agian, when the trolley is down take the dynamites
      from it.
    - Use the dynamites on the boulder, proceed across to the next area
    - Proceed forward until 2 el gigante's appear.
    - Use the furnace to kill one and dispose the other like normal.
    - Proceed forward until you start facing the novistradors.
    - Use the map to navigate to two dead end area's where actually you
      will find switches (area's are on east and west).
    - Fight the oncoming enemies after pressing each switch.
    - Proceed through the opened hallway when done with that
    - Dodge the rolling stones (hehe) and proceed forward.
    - Take the Royal Insignia from the pedastal.
    - End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 4-3
    ===========
    
    - Head inside Merchant shack to shop and save, proceed when done.
    - Kill the villagers and head to where they were.
    - From here proceed further to the bonfire and kill all enemies.
    - Check one of the area's surrounding the bonfire till you find the
      crank needed to open the next area.
    - Go through the opened pit.
    - Proceed further down this new area taking note of the sign
    - Proceed carefully forward dodging the traps, proceed and try to
      find the Staff Of Royalty if possible. Head for the locked door.
    - Head for the building to the left of this door. Kill the 2 chainsaw
      villagers here and take the ladder up.
    - Take the key above, kill the newly arriving villagers.
    - Head for the door and enter it now.
    - Head across and take the next area.
    - Another ceiling trap, disable it like before, kill all the small
      plagas as well. Check the coffin for items. Proceed to next area.
    - Proceed across and enter the red door.
    - Proceed forward, enter the mine cart and shoot the lever to start
    - Kill the approaching enemies on the cart.
    - When the cart stops momentarily, shoot the chainsaw villager then
      proceed on with the ride.
    - Dodge or shoot the planks which now come along the way.
    - Be ready to press the dodge keys when the ride ends.
    - Enter the door near you and take the Stone Of Sacrifice.
    - Proceed forward and take the ladder up.
    - Your in a familiar area now, use the Stone Of Sacrifice on the
      Lion door. GO through it.
    - Use the elevator here to end the chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 4-4
    ===========
    
    - Proceed forward until you reach the statue of Salazar
    - When the enemy activates a lever, proceed a little back where 
      some pots are, take the ladder up here.
    - Kill all enemies here, then head for the central platform.
    - Use the left switch to get the left arm working.
    - Use the lever behind the statue to change arm movements.
    - Take the right hand, and go across, take the ladder down on
      the other side and use the lever here.
    - Kill the newly arriving enemies
    - Head for the third lever here and use it.
    - The platform further should now appear, take it.
    - Start running with A when the statue wakes up.
    - Dodge left or right with the L or R keys, press L and R as the
      same time if called for.
    - Shoot the lock off the door when you get to it
    - Continue sprinting until you come to the end.
    - In the new area, head up the spiral stairway until enemies start
      tossing barrels down.
    - Shoot the barrels out of your way, proceed up the stairs.
    - Kill all enemies here, push the crates off and use the elevator.
    - Take it up while killing enemies along the way.
    - Take the other elevator to the top of the tower.
    - Proceed until you meet with the merchant, save your game here
      too, take the valuable ammo in the surrounding area, and then
      proceed further.
    - Encounter Salazar here.
    - Check Boss strategies for Salazar's strategy.
    - Proceed further to the next area after Salazar is dead
    - Take the rope down in the new area then use the lift.
    - Meet the merchant again, save at the typewriter now. Proceed.
    - Hitch a ride on the boat with a familiar person.
    - End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 5-1
    ===========
    
    - Proceed further, go down the ledge and keep proceeding.
    - When you reach the buildings, jump over the gap here to run
      into your new enemies.
    - Proceed to the central area until the chain gun enemy appears.
    - Proceed forward to the locked door, check the mechanism with
      it to activate the laser.
    - Head to the tower where the laser is going.
    - Head up and turn the reflecting device once left so it hits
      the other reflector on another tower.
    - Go to the next tower.
    - Turn the reflector right once, and the door shall unlock.
    - Head through the new area, sprint from the boulder like before
      when prompted to.
    - Head forward, kill all opposition and climb the ladder.
    - Jump the gap here, proceed across and through the window your
      close to, kill all enemies in here, proceed to where the lights
      are coming from.
    - Use the cart to your advantage if possible. After killing all
      opposition, proceed to the end and use the switch to proceed.
    - Find the merchant here, trade and purchase tressure map, save
      your game if desired. Proceed across to the next area.
    - Enter the kitchen, ignore first door on left, proceed past the
      enemy on fire. Enter the area beyond.
    - You'll hear Ashley. Kill all enemies in this area, proceed to
      where the case is and get the Red Stone of Faith from in it.
    - Proceed across the area's for the time being, nothing eventful.
    - Find the merchant in the armory, trade if you wish, you can go
      for a target practice game if you wish.
    - Once you reach the area with the opening and closing shutter.
      Kill the enemies on the other side of it, kill the second batch
      of enemies as well then take all items they drop.
    - Go through the shutter and proceed further.
    - In the new area, head left and enter the door to find a typewriter
    - Head back to the previous area and enter blue doors now.
    - In the autopsy room, head for the door with the security panel.
    - Solve the puzzle here to gain access inside.
    - Take the several items here including Freezer Card Key and exit.
    - The monster will awaken, you cannot kill it with your current gun
      so exit back to the previous hallway.
    - Back in the hallway, dodge the other creature, use the new found
      Freezer Card Key on the white door. Enter.
    - Inside, use the cyrogenic device, then use your freezer cardkey
      on the device to turn it into Waste Disposal Cardkey. Afterwards
      take the Infrared Scope from the freezer. Equip it with the rifle
      Now snipe the plagas inside the creature to kill them for good.
    - Back outside, kill enemies and use the waste disposal keycard on
      the appropriate door. Enter.
    - Kill the enemies in here and head for the bottom level door.
    - Proceed forward and enter the next door.
    - Kill the enemies here, go near Ashley's door, its locked for now
      so go through other northern door.
    - Kill all enemies in here, go forward, head down the stairs and
      go through the door.
    - In the next area, find the typewriter save your game and once
      ready, head on ahead.
    - Kill the Iron Maiden here, take the Storage Room Card Key from
      its body, now head back to Ashley.
    - KIll all enemies on your way, use the Storage Room Card Key to
      enter the previously locked door.
    - Find Ashley. End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 5-2
    ===========
    
    - Take any items, proceed back outside.
    - Kill any enemies in here, then proceed to garbage disposal room.
    - Kill all enemies in here, then flick the security switch, kill
      the newly arriving enemies, then proceed to dumping area.
    - Leon and Ashley jump.
    - Take note of the Iron Maiden and flip the switch.
    - Flip the lever on the other side, the gate will drop between you
      and the Iron Maiden.
    - Do the same for the second gate and take it out safely.
    - Push the container in the water to form a bridge.
    - Kill the second arriving Iron maiden.
    - Push the next container out of the way then enter the green door.
    - Kill all opposition, pass through the gate then drop to 1st floor.
    - Take Ashley to the controls of the wrecking ball, protect her as
      she operates, keep operating until next path is clear.
    - Proceed forward in the new area, flip the swith and fight the new
      regenerator. Afterwards go through the shutter
    - Kill the regenerator here, ignore the lever for now and enter the
      door on the left.
    - Press the red switch and head back outside.
    - Have Ashley crawl under the shutter and open it from the other end.
    - Go through the opened shutter and go through the red door.
    - There's a merchant here, save your game and trade if you wish. Exit
      afterwards.
    - Have Ashley stand on left lever, you operate right one, as the light
      is on the middle area, press A to proceed.
    - Head forwad and while Ashley rides the bulldozer, take out the trash.
    - If a truck is coming, take out its engine to slow it down.
    - The truck will stop eventually.
    - Head up to the lever, take out any enemies that attack Ashley and use
      the lever afterwards.
    - When the ride resumes, take out any enemies like before until the 
      ride comes to a permanent stop.
    - Head through the door, save at the merchant here, trade too and take
      Green Stone of Judgement. Proceed through the door.
    - End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 5-3
    ===========
    
    - Go up the stairs, take the door on the left.
    - Kill all enemies in here, then take the stairs down and enter the
      door at the bottom of the stairs.
    - Go forward, go right and enter the door here, kill the enemy.
    - Run to the opposite side, take the stairs up, kill any emeies and
      go down the other side, enter the door at the end.
    - Proceed forward and use the door at the end.
    - Take the lift up.
    - Head forward to meet Jack Krauser
    - Quickly press or tap rapidly the buttons that are indicated on
      screen or Leon dies during the middle of the scene (awesome).
    - Once the scene is over, go down and take the door here.
    - Go through the laser hallway (cough movie reference) and dodge
      the lasers as prompted. Use the switch at the end.
    - Dodge the final laser and go through now unlocked door.
    - Take the elevator in the area behind the throne.
    - Head forward, proceed until you come to the merchant. Save game
      here since an annoying section is coming.
    - Go through the double doors.
    - Proceed forward in the new area until you encounter "IT"
    - You'll now be in the cargo holds.
    - Proceed through the three cargo holds, dodging IT as required 
      and shooting the buttons to open the switches which access you
      to the next container. 
    - End the god damn area.
    - Proceed forward until IT returns, boss fight time.
    - See boss strategies for IT to learn how to kill it.
    - Go through the only door after the fight is over.
    - Take the ladder up, in the next area up again and through the door.
    - Take the ladder down, kill all enemies here then jump through the
      hole.
    - Trade with the merchant here if desired, afterwards save at the 
      typewriter, another shooting range here too. Take the ladder when
      your ready to proceed.
    - Go through the door.
    - Proceed forward and Krauser is back. Proceed forward 'till you
      come to a locked door. Dodge and fight Krauser until he throws a 
      flash grenade and escapes.
    - Go through the now unlocked gates.
    - Proceed forward, dodge Krauser and proceed further, cross over
      the bridge.
    - Enter the building for items, dodge the robo thingies, jump from
      the roof after taking all items. Continue your path.
    - Go up the stairs, take the Piece of the Holy Beast, Panther.
    - Fight Krauser until he escapes.
    - Push the statue where indicated, reveal the lever.
    - Flip it, go back to where the bridge was but instead go right for
      the gate. Go through
    - Proceed in this area until you meet with Krauser again.
    - Go through the door as soon as you can.
    - Take the stairs, and climb the ladder afterwards.
    - Proceed further and take the Piece of the Holy Beast, Eagle
    - Krauser boss fight time, check boss strategies for Krauser
      to see how to deal with this.
    - Take the Piece of the Holy Beast, Serpent after the fight.
    - Go back down the ladder, go through the opened door.
    - Head forward, use the three holy beast pieces as required.
    - Go through the exit.
    - End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 5-4
    ===========
    
    - Proceed further, save at the typewriter. Proceed more further.
    - Meet your helicopter buddy.
    - Navigate through the area fighting hordes of enemies with help
      from the helicopter buddy occasionally.
    - Shoot the padlock off the door in the way, and up the ladder.
    - Go in the tower, kill all enemies then climb to the top.
    - Kill the machine gunner, use the lever and go through.
    - Use the two levers to unlock the next area, let the chopper
      take out the turrets. Proceed through door when done.
    - Yep, he's dead.
    - Proceed further, go through the only single door.
    - Go down, watch scene and follow the path Ada took.
    - Check the dustbin, kill the arriving regenerator then take the
      ledge at the end.
    - Go down the stairs and proceed.
    - In the new area, battle the tough enemies, check the machine in
      the south western control room, watch the commando take the card.
    - Fight all the enemies until you get the card back.
    - Head up the ladder on the other side.
    - Up there, move over to the next tower.
    - Enter and take note of the machine which cannot be used now.
    - Take the ladder further up here.
    - Proceed further until you reach the card reader, use the new
      Emergency Lock Card Key on it.
    - Back down the ladder, turn both switches on in either tower.
    - Drop back down to the ground floor.
    - Head through the upper left side, take the stairs then the door
      at the end.
    - Go left, kill all enemies and go through door.
    - Re unite with Ashley, afterwards go through door.
    - Trade with the merchant here if desired, proceed through the
      next door.
    - Kill all enemies in here, go through the first door once done.
    - Take items in this familiar room, proceed back.
    - Go further ahead and enter the surgery room.
    - Watch the parasite extraction scene.
    - End of this chapter.
    
    
    CHAPTER 6-0
    ===========
    
    - Go through the door and up the stairs.
    - Up the stairs, go through the door.
    - Trade with the final merchant as desired.
    - Save at the final save spot as desired.
    - Take the stairs down. Watch the scenes.
    - Its the start of the final battle.
    - Read the boss strategies for Lord Saddler for info on how to
      beat this bastard.
    - Watch scenes when done and proceed back.
    - Ride the jet ski.
    - Dodge the obstacles and hope you make it out alive.
    - Watch the well deserved but rather boring ending.
    
    - THE END.
    
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    9.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                   _      _                          
             _ __ (_)_ _ (_)  __ _ __ _ _ __  ___ ___
            | '  \| | ' \| | / _` / _` | '  \/ -_|_-<
            |_|_|_|_|_||_|_| \__, \__,_|_|_|_\___/__/
                             |___/                   
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4009
    
    
    Alright, by now most of the people would know that there are two
    unlockable mini games in Resident Evil 4, Assignment Ada where 
    you get to play as Ada Wong, and the Mercenaries game where you 
    can play as several characters and unlock several more. To reach 
    the one that you want to read about here, type in one of the 
    following codes in the search bar.
    
    Assignment Ada : adare4
    Mercenaries    : mercre4
    Shooting Range : shtrgre4
                                                         
                                                         
                          ,                                 /)   
             _   _   _      _  __  ___    _ __  _/_   _   _(/ _  
            (_(_/_)_/_)__(_(_/_/ (_// (__(/_/ (_(__  (_(_(_(_(_(_
    adare4                .-/                                    
                         (_/                                    
                                                         
    Assignment Ada is one of the two mini games that you can unlock
    once you beat the main game, its a fairly simple game in  which
    you will be playing with none other as Ada Wong and  her  quest
    to find the five Los Plagas samples, you can say that  this one
    is actually a fairly big part of the story, just  like  the 4th
    Survivor was the only mini game related to the story before this.
    
    One thing I should tell all you right now is that Ada can take
    twice the amount of damage Leon does in a single hit,  meaning
    that she can die really really quickly  if  you  let  her  get
    attacked continuously. Be aware of that.
    
    Mission Objective : Collect the Five Las Plagas samples and make
                        your way to the check point.
                                                                    
                                                                    
    START                                                             
                                                                    
    When the game starts, head straight down the path and keep going
    down it until you come to a fork in the way, ignore the right way
    for now and head for the left direction. You will encounter  some
    resistance from here on, but since ammo can be scarce very quickly
    you should try to save it and use as many kicks as  possible. Work
    fine too.
    
    Since Ada doesn't start with a knife its really hard to save ammo
    as her as you have to use bullets for just about  everything.  On
    the left side of the fork continue forward and climb up the ledge
    and shoot open the crates and boxes up here to find some items in
    here, take all them. Head back to the fork and this time head for
    the other direction, on this side continue forward and  blow  the
    crate to find some handgun ammo inside it. From  here head inside
    the window on the right side and take the ladder up to the second
    floor. Up the ladder you will find a first aid spray, take it and
    head back down the ladder.
    
    From the ladder, head to the small enclosed area to find some TMP 
    machine gun ammo, take it. You will probably be attacked by  some 
    more enemies at this time, ignore them for now and  head  quickly 
    right now out of the room and take the herb on  the  left side of 
    the room. From this place go in the  opposite direction and enter 
    the other room, find some handgun ammo in here and take the ladder 
    up to the above area, here you can find some rifle ammo.
    
    From this high vintage spot you can take care of  any  enemies  who
    are following you through out the room, once the area is clear head
    back down and head in the north eastern direction  now, you will see
    some stairs here. Find the TMP ammo near the stairs and also search
    the surrounding area to find a green herb. Go through the door near
    the stairs now, and take the yellow herb from the room here. Head to
    the south corner of this area now and take the red herb here. Watch
    out for any enemies attacking you.
                                                                         
    Take the ladder up here, and head left, there's some crates here, so
    destroy them and take whatever is inside, jump the gap to the north
    and you will be attacked by some enemies  on  the  ledgy area's, if
    your good enough you can save some ammo here by kicking the enemies
    off the ledges. From the ledge area head right and you'll find some
    items in a small area, take the handgun amm, grenade and the yellow
    herb from inside this room. Head back to the path and head north.
                                                                         
    Now here, I would first ask you to kill anyone who was behind you or 
    who you thought we could run away from since this is a sniping  area 
    and you cant have distractions. From the path take cover  behind the 
    box and equip the rifle. First aim at the red barrel on  the  bridge 
    in the distance and take it out. Then try and take out  the dynamite 
    villager as quickly as you   can, afterwards   take out  any  normal 
    villager you see from this distance.
                                                                         
    When your done here, take the right path heading ingo the open cave
    like area, and head inside. Keep going through it and you will find
    a red herb at the end of the path. Head back to the bridge area now
    and while crossing it, jump down and take the  path  heading  north,
    you will have to go through a tunnel now.  Whilst going through the
    tunnel you can find a green herb and some rifle ammo, and there will
    be a ladder on the left to climb.  After  that you can find an open
    vent shaft and in typical RE fashion, you should enter it.
    
    Right from the bat here, head north ignoring all other paths,  and 
    take the stairs down on the north path. Down the stairs go through
    the small room on the right to find some needed TMP ammo,  there's
    a box here too so break it and see. Now head all the  way  back to
    the place where we started this area from and take  the south part.
    Take the green herb lying next to some barrels  on  the way and go
    left to find a cupboard with  some  handgun  ammo  inside. Take it.
    Keep going down this path and open  the  boxes  where  the path is
    turning, take whatever's inside and head to the south path leading
    to the autopsy room at the end. 
    
    You can spot 2 enemies from where you are and they cant, so equip
    the rifle and snipe their heads off. Grab the TMP ammo  from  the
    desk in front of the entrance, now head where the two enemies were
    standing and take the yellow herb from the break-able glass. Take
    the east door now. You'll see an enemy at the other end  of  this
    hall, you can take him out with the rifle from here  if  you wish.
    After taking the guy out, take the handgun  ammo  from the bed to 
    the left and take the first Los Plagas sample  from the dead body
    laying on the floor. When you try to exit you will be attacked by
    three armed enemies so be aware of them and take them out quickly.
    
    Head back to the main area of this place. This time head via  the
    dor on the west end, in here take the red herb  from  inside  the
    cupboard on the other side. There's a cross  bow wielding  maniac
    here too, take him out and check the briefcase  behind him to get
    some TMP ammo. Take the north door now  leading  into the freezer.
    In here you can find a green  herb  and  another grenade from the
    break-able glass on the north end  of the room. Also, there's the
    second Los Plagas sample  to  be  taken  here from the freezer on
    the north east corner. Now exit this freezer area.
    
    Back in the previous area, head for the north western door this
    time and be aware of the new enemies here. Take  these  enemies
    out and go to the north western door ASAP. Once  through it, go
    down the hallway taking the handgun ammo at the end of the hall.
    Take the door into the next room now, kill any enemies you find
    in here and grab the rifle rounds too. From here you should equip
    the rifle and try to take out as many enemies on the lower ends
    as possible. Since it all helps out for the better.
    
    Once your done shooting, head eastwards. Keep going and you will
    find 2 dynamite wielding enemies, get close to them and let them
    see you but then quickly head back so their fuses run out before
    they can reach Ada, killing them. Take the red herb hiding behind
    a crate and exit through the door on the southern corner. Directly
    in front of the door is a green herb and some TMP ammo can be taken
    from the desk. Now you'll be locked in this room and its time for
    some fierce shooting so equip the TMP for quick killings.
    
    Kill any enemies here but be sure to save ammo by using the kick
    command more then often, after that is done check  the  computer
    console and you can unlock the door from there,  but you will be
    attacked by more enemies once that happens. These new enemies may
    be too hard to kill with the TMP so take the time when  ever you
    can to take out the rifle and use that to kill if  the  TMP isnt
    doing the trick for you. Once that is done  go  through the door
    that we just unlocked. Woohoo.
    
    In here, take the path forward and turn left when you can, grab
    the yellow herb from near the cupboard then check it to find  a
    grenade inside it. Head forward now and go near where the  cell
    is. Take out any enemies in the area and after the area is clear
    take the handgun ammo from the table and some TMP  ammo near it.
    Take them, now go through the case in the corner of the room to
    get your third Los Plagas sample. Exit this area once you've got
    it and take the path north. Continue north and when you enter a
    new area, you will find some enemies in there, take them out any
    way you suit and take the TMP ammo from the  table  next to the 
    door you entered from. Take the green herb from near the stairs
    here. 
    
    Head down the stairs and you will see  some items laying around in 
    the area, like a red herb and handgun ammo. There's a door too but 
    before you can go through it you will  be  attacked  by  some  new 
    enemies here, the quickest method to take  them  out  is  to use a 
    grenade so they're damaged a little, then run  back  up the stairs 
    and  from  there  use  the rifle to take  them out safely and 
    efficiently. One of the enemies will leave a first  aid  spray  on 
    death, so you should take it and this time go  through the door we 
    were about to before.  (you  can't  go  through  it when there are 
    enemies here since its mysteriously locked at that time.).
    
    In this new area you will probably be attacked immediately, so 
    take out the TMP for close quarter combat and take out any one
    you see here. Head for the doors on the lower end and you will
    be attacked by two dynamite enemies, try to shoot one  from  a
    distance so that when he explodes he will take  out  the other
    one too. Nifty. Enter the door that they just  came out of and
    inside you will find some TMP ammo and  another yellow herb on
    a table. Go through the door on the east side now, in this new
    room you will find a green herb and a single enemy. Go a little
    to the south and you can shoot at some of the enemies through a
    window. Head through the southern path and on your way take the
    TMP ammo from a crater on the left side.
    
    Keep going and you will eventually come to a lab area, take the
    green herb, red herb and yellow herb from the shelf on the left 
    side. This should be indication enough that the game isnt  that
    far from being over now. Afterwards, see the  cylinders,  break
    it to find another  Las  Plagas  sample,  four  now. After that 
    break the glass on the right  to find more rifle ammo, TMP ammo
    and handgun ammo. Take all of it.  On  the  upper corner of the
    room you will find some more  TMP  ammo.  Once you've taken all
    the items get ready for enemies attacking through windows.
    
    You will be attacked by some more enemies,  take them out as best 
    as you can, after you have cleaned the   area,  go  through  the 
    window they came out yourself now. Once through, see the case on 
    the western end to find more handgun ammo. After taking it check 
    the control panel on the right side  to open  the  doors.  After 
    doing that  head   in  the  southern direction going through the 
    attacking enemies. One of them will drop another first aid spray 
    for the taking. Take it and head for the door on the south side. 
    Go through  it  killing any enemies that you might encounter on 
    your way or through the door.  After that go east and you'll be 
    out of the labs area for good. Continue  down the path now, and 
    pop open any barrels you might find on your way there. Your about 
    to enter the boss fight so be prepared.
                                                                    
                                                                    
    BOSS FIGHT : JACK KRAUSER
    -------------------------
                                                                    
    This can be a real hard or not that hard fight depending  on  how
    well you have managed to learn the dodging  and  aiming  straight
    at a target, the good thing about the battle however is that Jack
    isnt that strong of a boss and you can take him  out  in a little
    time if you use the right techniques.  The  best  method to take
    him out is to use the standard TMP on the  legs  and try to knock
    him down or when he's not moving try to  throw  a  grenade at him
    so that it takes a good chunk of his health  quickly.  Now if you
    are good enough and manage to knock Jack off his feet then quickly
    go a little back and take out the rifle, then  start  pumping him
    full of lead, try to aim above the waist area for the most amount
    of damage that you can deal. To avoid his attacks you should keep
    your dodging fingers ready also always try to step  backwards for
    this fight and not turn your back to Jack, that way you can dodge
    his attacks even more easily. An easier method to get through this
    fight safely is to just walk backwards when fighting  him, I mean
    no turning around and running, just pressing the down key to walk
    a step back at a time, you'll be able to dodge his  attacks  like
    this too.
                                                                    
    The fight shouldn't be that hard and Jack will eventually fall down
    and die and leave the final Las Plagas sample behind for the taking.
    Take it. After that is done and you have all the samples that you
    need, take the elevator up and use the control panel there to call
    for your backup, and the game is over.
    
    Tip for fighting the final boss
    -------------------------------
    
    Here is a small tip on making the final boss in assignment ada a
    little easier, thanks to Steve Kostadinovich
    
    When fighting krauser, all you have to do is leave the area equip the
    semi-auto rifle, and then go back to it.  He'll start all the way
    across the bridge from you.  Quickly open the scope, shoot him in the
    legs, then head as usual.  I think it takes three shots to the head to
    off him.  If you do this quick enough you will not get hit once when
    fighting this boss.  It makes a somewhat difficult battle very simple
                                                                    
                                                                    
    The Rewards : Once you finish this assignment you will be able to
                  purchase the chicago typewriter gun for the main game
                  on your next play. Its priced at 1 million peseta's.
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
    END ASSIGNMENT ADA
    
                                                                    
                                                                    
             /)                                          ,        
         _/_(/    _    ___    _  __  _   _ __   _   __      _  _  
         (__/ )__(/_   // (__(/_/ (_(___(/_/ (_(_(_/ (__(__(/_/_)_
    mercre4                                                  
                                                                    
                                                             
    Those who have played Resident Evil 3 might remember the name of
    this mini game, in the Mercenaries mini game you took control of
    one of the three mercenaries from the UBCS  (Umbrella  Biohazard 
    Countermeasure Services) and take them from one end of the field
    to the other end killing anything that  tries to  stop  you, and
    getting rewarded for the number of enemies  you killed along the
    way once you reach the end of the mission.
    
    Well dont worry about it being any different  since the basic
    concept of the game has remained unchanged  for all  accounts.
    You will control one of the 5 characters (you  have to unlock
    the rest of them besides Leon) and not a lot of ammo to go by
    and you will be dropped in the middle of a war zone, with your
    primary objective being to kill and survive.
    
    
    BASIC GAME SYSTEM
    -----------------
    
    Now as best as I can tell you guys, the method in which you can
    score points in this game is slightly similar  to  the  scoring
    system in Dino Crisis 2 if you  guys  remember  it, you will be
    given points after each enemy you  have  killed  and if you are
    able to kill plenty of enemies in a  row  within  the time that
    the score remains on top of the screen and doesnt disappear then
    you will get a slight increase in the total which is called as a
    combo or *bonus*. When you dont kill any enemy for a little while
    the combo meter will start to flash red and when it disappears
    it means that you will now have to start from scratch to score
    new bonus points, other then that if you want to keep it running
    you should kill a enemy as long as it remains.
    
    Another thing to note is that there are several treasures and
    bonus time zones in each area that you must find on your own,
    the  time  zones are marked on your navigational map but you
    should keep on the look out for boxes which might contain some
    more time for you to continue your killing ways.
    
    THE CHARACTERS
    --------------
    
    Here is a list of characters for use in the mercenaries mini
    game, I just wish they put Ashley in here too :( wonder what
    kind of weapon she'd be using and what her action attack be ?!
                                                                    
    * Leon S Kennedy
                                                                    
    Status : Unlocked, Leon is the only player who is unlocked by
             default at the start of mercenaries so you dont have
             a lot of choice to go by if this is your first time
             playing through the mercenaries game.
                                                                    
    Equipment : Leon starts with the following gear.
                ` Black tail = a strong handgun
                ` Riot gun   = a strong shotgun
                ` First aid spray = heals to full health
                ` Handgun ammo = for the black tail
                ` Shotgun shells = for the riot gun
                                                                    
    Notes : Leon is probably the most balanced character and  the
    one that most players would use in most of the missions,  his
    equipment is similar to what the player would be using in the
    main game so you should be very familiar with his  basics  by
    now. His kicks are still as effective and should be utilized.
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * Ada Wong
                                                                    
    Status : Locked, Ada Wong can be unlocked once you have done
             the village level with a rating of four stars or 
             higher then that. Ada's worth unlocking just to
             SEE her so get her.
                                                                    
    Equipment : Ada starts with the following gear.
                ` Punisher = a very strong weapon
                ` TMP gun  = a fast but weak gun
                ` Semi auto rifle = a good sniping weapon
                ` rifle scope = for use with the rifle
                ` First aid spray = heals to full health
                ` Handgun ammo = for the punisher
                ` Rifle rounds = for the semi auto rifle
                ` Grenade = its an incendiary grenade
                ` TMP ammo = for the TMP machine gun
                                                                    
    Notes : Ada  comes with  a good semi automatic rifle which you
    can use to snipe  heads off  from a distance, and she also has
    an automatic machine gun which  can come in handy for when you
    are under attack from a group of enemies, but at the same time
    her action attack is a bummer. Overall  she's a good character.
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * Hunk aka Mr. Death
                                                                    
    Status : Locked, good old Mr.Death from Resident Evil 2 is back
             for another go here, he's probably the only mini game
             character to appear multiple times. Hunk can be unlocked
             after getting a rating of 4 stars on the island level.
                                                                    
    equipment : Hunk starts with the following gear.
                ` TMP gun  = a fast but weak gun
                ` TMP ammo = for the TMP machine gun
                ` First aid spray = heals to full health
                ` Grenades = the normal kind
                                                                    
    Notes : Hunk doesn't have an aweful lot of weaponry  to go by
    but thats not a bad thing because Hunk comes  with   probably
    the best action attack of them all, Hunk does a neck breaking
    move which will result in sudden death for the  enemies. Also
    since he has more grenades then  any  characters, you can use
    them to advantage by throwing  at wildly populated area's for
    a shit load of points.
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * Jack Krauser
                                                                    
    Status : Locked, Krauser is available to play in the mini game
             as well and he's probably got one of the coolest moves.
             He can be unlocked by getting a rating of 4 stars on
             the castle map.
                                                                    
    Equipment : Krauser starts with the following gear.
                ` BOW = weapon with good power
                ` Bow arrows = arrows for the bow
                ` First aid spray = heals to full health
                ` Grenades = the flash grenades
                                                                    
    Notes : Krauser comes with one of the most useful weapons in the 
    entire game, his bow has a very good attack power and since  the 
    bow is his only weapon, you'll only  get  ammo  for  it  so ammo 
    running out should be the least of your  concerns playing as him.
    Besides that Krauser's  action  attack  is  a very powerful kick,
    but thats not all, while playing  as  him  you  will notice that
    his arm starts going red, when that  happens  press the X button
    and it turns into a blade, then you  can use the analog controls
    to aim and press the A button to perform instant death attack on
    anything that comes in the way.
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * Albert Wesker
                                                                    
    Status : Locked, possibly the coolest video gaming character
             to date is back in Resident Evil 4 but exclusively
             for the mercenaries mini game, you can unlock him by
             getting a rating of 4 stars in the water world level.
                                                                    
    Equipment : Wesker starts with the following gear.           
                ` Handgun = a standard side arm                  
                ` Silencer = to be used with hand guns           
                ` Semi auto rifle = a good sniping weapon        
                ` Killer 7 = a very strong gun                   
                ` First aid spray = heals to full health         
                ` Grenades = the normal kind                     
                ` Grenades = the flash grenades                  
                ` Grenade = its an incendiary grenade            
                                                                    
    Notes : Its just an incredible experience playing  as  Wesker 
    as he is probably the most loved Resident Evil  character  to
    date, besides that in this game Wesker has a very nifty  tool
    for his handgun, a silencer, with it you can take out enemies
    silently and maintain your stealth,  comes  in  really  handy.
    Besides that he also has the uber  awesome Killer 7 gun and a
    very useful semi auto rifle as well.  He  also comes with all
    three kinds of grenades, the  ideal  person for when you want
    to score big. Wekser.
                                                                    
                                                                    
    THE PLAYING FIELDS
    ------------------
    
    Since there is no real concept to the game other then  going
    through fixed area's and shooting the crap out of everything
    that comes in your way, there won't have to be any  detailed
    guides for the mercenaries, but what I can give  you is list
    the levels and tell  you  in  brief  paragraphs what kind of
    resistance you can expect  from  that  level. One more thing 
    you  should know is that each level has one  extremely  hard 
    enemy unique  to  it,  sort  of  like the sub bosses of that
    level, so be aware of  them,  but  do try to kill them since
    they will also give you more then ordinary points as well.
    
    
    * THE ISLAND
                                                                    
    This is probably the easiest level in the mercenaries game and 
    in this one you will mostly only  encounter  small  groups  of 
    villagers at a time, for  the  smaller groups you should stick 
    to your basic handgun weapons,  but  when  the groups start to 
    get bigger, you should change your weapons as well. Try to use 
    action attacks when ever you are  left  with only one enemy in 
    front of you. Grenades work good too. The unique enemy for this 
    level are the gunners so you should take them out quickly (not 
    like you have a choice anyway loL) to get some much appreciated 
    points. At some points in this  level you will see red barrels 
    which   explode   on  shooting  at  them so use those for your 
    advantage and you can  get  enough points to get a high rating 
    on this level.
                                                                    
    This level lets you unlock Hunk if you manage to get a four 
    star rating. 
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * THE VILLAGE
                                                                    
    This level starts at slow pace for a little  while  but  when
    your further into it sometimes the place can get a little too
    crowded with villagers  trying  to  kill your character.  For 
    this weapon your better off  using  someone with an automatic
    weapon like Hunk or Ada since  they  can thin down the crowds
    a lot quicker, the unique enemies  to  this  level  are three
    chainsaw wielding mad women. Yes chainsaw  women.  You should
    try to kill them from a  distance using only grenades because
    just like their male counter  parts  they're  a real nuisance.
    If you want time  bonuses  there's  one  that  gives you 1:30
    minutes in one of the  houses.  Like  the island there's some
    red barrels too which you  can  use  for high points. If your
    getting attacked  from  all sides  then  try to back yourself
    into any corner to make  shooting  easy  and  not  be worried
    about back attacks.
                                                                    
    This level lets you unlock Ada Wong if you manage to get a four 
    star rating. 
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * THE CASTLE
                                                                    
    For some ghastly reason this place reminds me of  Luis,  also
    makes me wonder why he  wasn't  a  character  in  mercenaries.
    I would highly recommend using  any  character who comes with
    the semi automatic rifle  for  this  level, namely either Ada
    or Wesker, since in the starting parts of this level you will
    be easily able to snipe enemies from a distance. Besides that
    the enemy numbers can easily reach mind boggeling in a matter
    of seconds and you'll easily get trapped  in them. The unique
    enemies for this level are the blind enemies that you meet in
    the prison in the main game. Dont let it  hear you and try to
    shoot at the parasite on his back for killing  him, the rifle
    weapon can kill it in one shot thats  why  anyone with rifles
    is highly recommended in this  level.  In the later stages of
    the level the rifle will  become obsolete  since  the  crowds
    will be too big for you to give  time for aiming steadily. At
    that time automatic or powerful handguns are recommended.
                                                                    
    This level lets you unlock Krauser if you manage to get a four 
    star rating. 
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * WATER WORLD
                                                                    
    This is no doubt the hardest level in the  mercenaries  game
    and it packs quiet a few surprises for the player,  first  I
    would recommend none other then Wesker (which is weird since
    you originally unlock him in this level) or Jack Krauser for
    this level just because its meant for  some  one  like  them.
    Secondly, this level itself,  and  many  of the things in it
    are unique to  the  entire  game meaning  you  wouldnt  have 
    seen these unique  things while playing the main game unlike
    the other levels. The unique  monster for this level are two
    extra ordinary chainsaw men who are way bigger and harder to
    kill then any normal  chainsaw people. The normal enemies in
    this level are no piece of  cake  either, they come from any
    where between dynamite  equipped  suicidal  people to rocket
    launcher   equipped  bastards. Worst of all most of them are
    armored meaning  no  easy killings. The game compensates for
    this by giving you a lot  of  explosive  barrels through out
    the level meaning you  can  use  them  to  your advantage to
    make your life a little easier.  Krauser's  blade hand trick
    works best in this level as it can kill just  about anything
    including the big chainsaw people in a single hit.
                                                                    
    This level lets you unlock Wesker if you manage to get a four 
    star rating. 
                                                                    
                                                                    
    
    UNLOCKING THE HANDCANNON
    ------------------------
    
    One thing that the mercenaries mini game does for your main
    game is allows you to unlock possibly the  best  weapon  in
    the main game, the hand cannon is  an  infinite magnum like
    weapon with superb attack power. The only method of unlocking
    this bastard of a gun is by  finishing  all the levels with
    all the characters and getting a  five  star rating in each
    game, meaning you will have  to  play the fricking hell out
    of the mercenaries in order to unlock the hand cannon. 
    
    END MERCENARIES MINI GAME
    
     
    
    
    
              /)             ,                              
          _  (/   _______/_   __   _     __  _  __   _    _ 
         /_)_/ )_(_)(_) (___(_/ (_(_/_  / (_(_(_/ (_(_/__(/_
    shtrgre4                     .-/               .-/      
                                (_/               (_/       
    
    
    The shooting range is more sort of an in-game mini game not
    like the above which you have to unlock after beating the
    game once. The Shooting range can be accessed in more then
    one locations of the game, you will find all of the shooting
    ranges near a merchant so they shouldn't be that hard to find.
    
    
    OVERVIEW
    --------
    
    The basic idea of the Shooting Range is just what it sounds,
    its a shooting range where you shoot targets that  come  on
    the screen to earn points. Make sure that you dont hit  the
    good guy targets (in this case Ashley) and  hit  any  other 
    that you see to earn points. You will clear a "stage" when
    a certain number of points have been obtained  by  shooting 
    the on coming enemies .
    
    
    SCORING
    -------
    
    You just dont have to blindly shoot everything that comes on
    screen, you get a set number of points for the targets, well
    there's really only 2 main targets that you can shoot normally
    besides that there's the one you DONT want to shoot and then
    the one who pops up if you shoot the bad guys in a row. Here
    is a brief chart.
    
    Villager (male)     - 50 points torso, 100 points head.
    Villager (female)   - 50 points torso, 200 points head.
    Ashley (friendly)    - 1000 points deducted from score.
    Salazar (bonus)     - 500 points.
    
    Keep in mind that the Salazar target only appears once you
    shoot 5 enemy targets in a row. So that gives you just one
    more reason to why not to miss your shots.
    
    
    THE WEAPONRY
    ------------
    
    Before starting a game you must choose the kind of "stuff" 
    that you want to start the game with, there's two kinds of
    weaponry that you can shoose from. Here's what they are..
    
    Rapid Fire   : Includes, Shotgun, TMP
    Sniper style : Includes, Rifle, Handgun
    
    Now I wont go and exactly TELL you what kind of equipment you
    should choose, that totally depends on what kind of equipment
    you personally think your better off shooting with, some guys
    like to take the faster weaponry, some prefer the sniper one's.
    
    
    THE REWARDS
    -----------
    
    Now the scoring is a very simple statistic for this game, all 
    you have to do is score by shooting the targets that you can
    score off, no shooting the Ashley target, and try to get the
    Salazar target to earn some more scores. What you get for that
    is that you earn some rare Bottle caps. Thats right, Bottle caps.
    
    They generally come with a quote on them and thats the fun.
    
    Besides that if you manage to get all the bottle caps for a stage
    then you will get a big money prize at the end. Here's what you
    get for the stage your at.
    
    Row A    : 15, 000 Peseta's.
    Row B    : 25, 000 Peseta's.
    Row C    : 35, 000 Peseta's.
    Row D    : 50, 000 Peseta's.
    
    Besides that there are rare bottle caps which should also come 
    in the rewards area, because they're rare.. duh... anyway the
    only way to get yourself a rare bottle cap is by shooting all
    the targets besides the Ashley one successfully. Check below
    for the bottle caps list, the final one's in each row are the
    rare caps for that row.
    
    
    THE BOTTLE CAPS
    ---------------
    
    In general, here are the bottle caps that you get for the rows.
    Listed from row A to row D.
    
    
         ROW A CAPS                           ROW B CAPS
         ----------                           ---------- 
                                                        
    1/ Leon S Kennedy (rocket launcher)     1/ Don Jose
    2/ Leon S Kennedy (Shotgun)             2/ Don Diego
    3/ Leon S Kennedy (handgun)             3/ Don Esteban
    4/ Ashley Graham                        4/ Don Manuel
    5/ Luis Sera                            5/ Dr. Salvador
    6/ Ada Wong                             6/ Bella Sisters
    
    
         ROW C CAPS                           ROW D CAPS
         ----------                           ---------- 
                                                        
    1/ The Merchant                         1/ Soldier (dynamite)
    2/ Zealot (monk) (scythe)               2/ Soldier (tazer)  
    3/ Zealot (monk) (shield)               3/ Soldier (hammer)
    4/ Zealot (monk) (bowgun)               4/ Isabel
    5/ Leader Zealot (red monk)             5/ Maria
    6/ Don Pedro                            6/ J.J.
    
    
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    10.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                  _ _               _ _    _   
                 (_) |_ ___ _ __   | (_)__| |_ 
                 | |  _/ -_) '  \  | | (_-<  _|
                 |_|\__\___|_|_|_| |_|_/__/\__|
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4010
    
    
    Here is a list of all the important items that you can find in the
    game listed in alphabetical order. From A to Z for the dorks lol.
    
    Note : I have not included the treasure items in this menu because
    they're just so many of them, and this is just an item's listing.
    
    
    BLACK BASS                                                       
    Found : Anywhere where you can find water, try to look for these.
    The Black Bass restore your health a little bit, like the herbs.
    
    
    BLACK BASS LARGE                                                
    Found : Anywhere where you can find water, try to look for these.
    Just the same as Bass, but larger and they restore full health.
    
    
    BLACK TAIL                                                       
    Found : Can be purchased from the merchants at 24,000 $$ price.
    This is nothing more then a stronger version of a normal handgun.
    
    
    BROWN CHICKEN EGG                                              
    Found : Initially can be found inside the village chief's house
    Like the black bass, these will restore a small chunk of health.
    
    
    BROKEN BUTTERFLY                                                 
    Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    A magnum style gun with all the power and killing fun of it.
    
    
    CAMP KEY                                                         
    Found : You will find this after killing one of the chainsaw women.
    This key is used to open the central door in the camp area.
    
    
    CASTLE GATE KEY                                                   
    Found : Inside a treasure chest after doing the sword puzzle thing.
    This key will open the main castle door allowing you access inside.
    
    
    CHICKEN EGG                                                         
    Found : Anywhere you can find chickens, stand by for a little while.
    Like the black bass, these will restore a little chunk of health.
    
    
    COMBAT KNIFE                                                       
    Found : Leon starts off with it, its his most favorite secondary weapon
    The combat knife can be used as a last resort or for saving ammo too.
    
    
    DYNAMITE                                                            
    Found : On one of the trolleys in the mine area later into the game.
    The dynamite has just one function, destroy anything it sets eyes on.
    
    
    EMBLEM LEFT HALF                                                     
    Found : This can be found in the valley sort of area with the village.
    The left half of the emblem is to be combined with the right half of it.
    
    
    EMBLEM RIGHT HALF                                                    
    Found : This can be found in the valley sort of area with the village.
    The right half of the emblem is to be combined with the left half of it.
    
    
    EMERGENCY LOCK CARD KEY                                             
    Found : You'll find this on a dead villager after the island assault.
    This card key is used on one of the panels in the area.
    
    
    FALSE EYE                                                              
    Found : Found after winning the Bitores Mendez boss fight, with pesetas.
    The false eye is actually a key item used to open the door to the exit.
    
    
    FIRST AID SPRAY                                                         
    Found : You can find these babies on more then one location during RE4.
    These awesome things can restore your health completely, save for bosses.
    
    
    FLASH GRENADES                                                        
    Found : You can find these babies on more then one location during RE4.
    Use the flash of the grenade to temporary blind any opponents effected.
    
    
    FREEZER CARD KEY                                                     
    Found : Inside the hand of a dead body in the autopsy room with memo.
    Use this card key not long afterwards to open a set of double doors.
    
    
    GALLERY KEY                                                          
    Found : You can find this after defeating the red guy in the castle.
    Use this key to open the doors leading into the gallery room.
    
    
    GOAT ORNAMENT                                                        
    Found : It can be found inside the castle gallery area with 2 enemies.
    Use the goat ornament with the other ornaments in the grand hall.
    
    
    GOLD CHICKEN EGG                                                        
    Found : Found around some chickens or after shooting barrel snakes.
    These awesome things can restore your health completely, save for bosses.
    
    
    GOLDEN SWORD                                                         
    Found : Found on the panels in the upper parts of the barracks.
    Interchange the positions of the golden sword and the platinum sword.
    
    
    GREEN HERB                                                          
    Found : You can find these green herbs on various locations in RE4.
    They will restore a small but totally manageable portion of health.
    
    
    HAND GRENADE                                                        
    Found : You can find these hand grenades on various locations in RE4.
    Standard explosive grenades, explode after a few seconds of throwing.
    
    
    HANDGUN                                                               
    Found : Leon starts off with it, its his most used primary weapon.
    Standard 9mm handgun, can be used as long as your a good shot with it.
    
    
    HANDGUN AMMO
    Found : You can find these handgun ammo on various locations in RE4.
    Standard 9mm rounds used with most handguns, just load and start 'poppin.
    
    
    HEXAGONAL EMBLEM                                                      
    Found : This is what you get for combining the two emblem pieces together.
    The emblem can be used to open the gate at the top of the path
    
    
    INCENDIARY GRENADE                                                    
    Found : You can find these type of grenades on various locations in RE4.
    These are high powered grenades which come with an added flame effect.
    
    
    INFRA RED SCOPE                                                       
    Found : Inside a freezer later on in the island area of the game.
    This can be used as an attachment for the rifle for some true sniping.
    
    
    INSIGNIA KEY                                                           
    Found : You find this inside a treasure chest in Bitoris Mendez's house.
    Use this key to open the doors leading into a building not long after.
    
    
    JET SKI KEY                                                          
    Found : Only after defeating the final boss of the game, as a gift.
    The name of the key tells what its function is so I won't elaborate.
    
    
    KEY TO THE MINES                                          
    Found : On the upper part of a pedastal in the chapter 4-3.
    Used to open a locked door not so far from where you find it.
    
    
    KILLER 7                                                           
    Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    This is probably the most expensive standard gun in the game, but worthy.
    
    
    KING's GRAIL                                                        
    Found : Inside the armory of the castle, at the far end of it really.
    Use it alongside with the queen's grail a little later into the game.
    
    
    LION's ORNAMENT                                                     
    Found : Found inside a treasure chest not long after starting 4-1.
    Use the goat ornament with the other ornaments in the grand hall.
    
    
    MAGNUM AMMO                                                       
    Found : You can find these magnum ammo on various locations in RE4.
    Standard rounds used with most magnums, just load and start 'poppin.
    
    
    MOON STONE LEFT HALF                                                  
    Found : This can be found after examining the fountain in chapter 3-2.
    Combine it with the other half of the moon stone to get a full one.
    
    
    MOON STONE RIGHT HALF                                                 
    Found : This can be found after examining the fountain in chapter 3-2.
    Combine it with the other half of the moon stone to get a full one.
    
    
    MOON STONE
    Found : This is what you get after combining the two moon stones.
    Use it to open the door which leads to the ending of chapter 3-2.
    
    
    OLD KEY                                                               
    Found : Found inside a cabin when taking the right path in "Two routes".
    This key is used to open the door leading from the back side of the cabin.
    
    
    HOLY BEAST EAGLE PIECE                                          
    Found : Right before you have the Krauser fight, on the walkway.
    Use it with the other holy beast pieces to reveal a door shortly.
    
    
    HOLY BEAST PANTHER PIECE                                            
    Found : Found after going through the spiral stairs, before Krauser figth.
    Use it with the other holy beast pieces to reveal a door shortly.
    
    
    HOLY BEAST SERPENT PIECE                                            
    Found : Found after defeating Krauser in the boss fight with him.
    Use it with the other holy beast pieces to reveal a door shortly.
    
    
    PLATINUM SWORD                                                      
    Found : Found on the panels in the lower parts of the barracks.
    Interchange the positions of the golden sword and the platinum sword.
    
    
    PRISON KEY                                                         
    Found : Can be found after exmanining the paintings besides statues
    This key is used to gain access to the underground prison area.
    
    
    PUNISHER                                                         
    Found : The Punisher can be found after shooting all the medallions.
    One of the most powerful small arm in the entire game, sweet.
    
    
    QUEEN's GRAIL                                                     
    Found : Inside a treasure chest along side the elegant chessboard.
    Use it alongside with the king's grail a little later into the game.
    
    
    RED 9                                                                
    Found : The RED9 can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    This is the same as the weapon that Luis carries through out the game
    
    
    RED HERBS                                                          
    Found : You can find these red herbs on various locations in RE4.
    Not useable on their own but mix with the green herbs to boost effect.
    
    
    RIFLE                                                                
    Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    The rifle is your starting sniper weapon, paired with a scope its awesome.
    
    
    RIOT GUN                                                              
    Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    The Riot gun is just a stronger and better version of your shotgun.
    
    
    RIFLE AMMO
    Found : You can find these rifle ammunition on various locations in RE4.
    The ammo can be used with any rifle weapon you find in the game.
    
    
    ROCKET LAUNCHER
    Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    The weapon which ends it all, isnt really that expensive.
    
    
    ROUND INSIGNIA                                                    
    Found : You will find this after the waterfall area of the village.
    This insignia can be used to open the doors of the church .
    
    
    SALAZAR FAMILY INSIGNIA                                         
    Found : You can find this only when playing as Ashley, fireplace.
    This insignia can be used in the armor passageway to continue 
    
    
    SCOPES                                                               
    Found : You can buy the scopes from any weapon selling merchant in RE4.
    There are different kinds of scopes you can purchase for your weapons.
    
    
    SEMI AUTOMATIC RIFLE                                                
    Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    An improved version of the normal rifle, no reloading after each shot.
    
    
    SERPENT ORNAMENT                                                        
    Found : Can only be obtained after obtaining the Salazar family insignia.
    Use the serpent ornament with the other ornaments in the grand hall.
    
    
    SHOTGUN                                                               
    Found : Not long after starting the game, found on the decoration rack.
    Probably the most useful weapon in the entire game, dont forget it !.
    
    
    SHOTGUN SHELLS                                                         
    Found : You can find these shotgun shells on various locations in RE4.
    For use with any kind of shotgun that you may find during the game.
    
    
    STRIKER                                                               
    Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    The Striker is another variation of your shotgun, another good one
    
    
    STOCKS                                                                 
    Found : You can buy the stocks from any weapon selling merchant in RE4.
    There are different kinds of stocks you can purchase for your weapons.
    
    
    STONE OF SACRIFICE                                                 
    Found : You can find this not long after doing the mine cart thingy.
    Used to open a door not long after you find the thing in the first place.
    
    
    STONE TABLET                                                        
    Found : Playing as Ashley, check the item on top of the fire place.
    Use it after doing the puzzle after finding the spinel to open the door.
    
    
    STORAGE ROOM CARDKEY                                                    
    Found : Found after defeating the Iron maiden enemy in the research lab.
    Use it to open the cell door where Ashley was trapped, and thats it.
    
    
    TMP MACHINE GUN                                                          
    Found : The TMP can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
    A pistol machine gun which uses custom made 9mm rounds at very fast pace.
    
    
    TMP AMMO                                                               
    Found : You can find these TMP ammo on various locations in RE4.
    Custom made 9mm ammo for the TMP use only, very fast but not that strong.
    
    
    YELLOW HERB                                                            
    Found : You can find these yellow herbs on various locations in RE4.
    Ineffective on its own but mix it with green herbs to raise max health.
    
    
    
    
    END SECTION                                                                    
                                                                        
    11.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                                    _        
                 ___ _ _  ___ _ __ (_)___ ___
                / -_) ' \/ -_) '  \| / -_|_-<
                \___|_||_\___|_|_|_|_\___/__/                         
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4011
    
    
    Here are the enemies that you encounter during the course of the
    game, with information about them I have also put down the best
    methods to take them out. The boss descriptions and strategies 
    are in a totally separate section for spoilers sake .
    
    VIlLAGERS
    =========
    
    The former inhabitants of the peaceful  village  who were just like
    any normal man, until they were infected by  the  Las Plagas plague.
    Now they are crazed maniacs who dont know anything  else   but   to 
    cause mayhem and try to kill Leon. The plague has turned these poor
    stale villagers into almost mindless slaves who feel no pain and no
    remorse. They are far stronger then any normal human  because  they
    can take more pain  then  any  normal  person.  They can take a few
    bullets before they finally  die.  Sometimes even straight shots to
    the head isnt enough to get rid of them quickly.
    
    But thats not the bad part, the villagers are smart enough  to  use
    weapons when they are attacking, these weapons can  range  anywhere
    from pitch forks, to something like a dynamite. If  they're unarmed
    then all they want to do is strangle Leon and kill him. Later parts
    of the game change the villagers completely, if you are able to blow
    their heads off, huge tentacles will come out of their throats  and
    start attacking you. Then you must focus your fire power on them.
    
    The best method when taking on the villagers is to fire them on the
    head once with a handgun so they fall down to their knees, then run
    up to them and kick them so they fall down on the floor, where they
    are practically helpless for a little period of time, until they are
    up you can easily slash them to death with Leon's handy combat knife.
    
    
    
    CHAINSAW VILLAGERS
    ==================
    
    These are just like the normal villagers, but they're just about
    double dangerous and can kill you in half the time a normal one
    will. The biggest difference is the huge chainsaw that they are
    carrying around with them. The chainsaw can drain Leon's health
    like a waterfall. You should kill them as soon as you spot them.
    
    The best thing you need to do when your facing them is to use a
    shotgun and blast their knees off and keep shooting when they're
    on the ground, firing at them with the regular handgun is  just
    about useless since those bullets do nothing. Fighting with the
    knife is also useless since you DONT wanna get in  close combat
    with these buggers. They can kill you in seconds, just fight them
    from a distance. Fortunately there  aren't  many of them in the
    game and thats a good thing.
    
    
    
    MONKS
    =====
    
    Just like all Resident Evil games where the normal zombies were
    replaced by stronger enemies later, thats the case here,  these
    Monks will replace villagers later on in the game, and  they're
    about as hard as they can get. Like the villagers they use some
    weapons from scythes to cross bows. The best method to  take on
    them is the same as the villagers, shoot them on  the  head and
    then kick, and then slash them when they're on  the ground. But
    very rarely some one might be wearing a  metal face cover plate
    in which case you should immediately  take out the shotgun and
    use it to kill them immediately.
    
    Just like the villagers, the monks have Las Plagas inside them
    as well and they come out of the throat when you  shoot  their
    heads off, but with the monks sometimes  even  when you havent
    even shot the monk, the Las Plagas will  sprout out and attack
    your character, their Las Plagas  are  very dangerous compared
    to the villagers and can kill instantly. If you face them then
    try to keep a good distance when firing. No close quarter combat.
    
    
    
    COMMANDO
    ========
    
    Much later into the game you will come across some commando's
    as well, but they have already been turned by the Las  Plagas
    and your left to deal with the threat. The worst  thing about
    them is that they're very heavily  armored, from bullet proof
    vests to helmets meaning you cant  do head shots on them too.
    The best thing to do when facing  them is to use the shotgun
    and try to aim for  their  face  area, hitting them anywhere
    else will mostly result in you wasting your ammo.
    
    They also carry tons of weapons which range from guns and
    crossbows to meelee weapons, keep a distance and  try  to 
    blind side them when fighting.
    
    
    
    COLMILLO's
    ==========
    
    These are wolf "like" creatures who are your standard replacement
    for the cerebrus dogs from the previous  RE games.  Most  of  the
    time when you face them  they  will  be  in  packs and will annoy
    you  to  hell.  The  best  bid  when  fighting them is to use the
    shotgun and try to cut down the pack from  a  distance,  shotguns
    are the best weapon even in close quarters. Kill them quickly.
    
    
    
    NOVISTADOR
    ==========
    
    These are partially invisible insect like things that you face
    later in the game, they can fly a little bit and kick and slash
    Leon to drain his health very quickly, the best thing to use
    when fighting them is a shotgun and you should try to shoot
    them straight out of the air. Don't let them get close to you.
    
    
    
    ARMADURA
    ========
    
    Like the name says, arma means suits of armors, and dura means
    that these bastards are dureable as hell. Later parts  of  the
    games will have you go through big hallways  which  are  lined 
    with suits of armors, some  of  which  have  hidden Las Plagas
    inside them.  The  Las  Plagas inside them have mutated enough
    that they can control the suit of armor and use it to kill.
    
    The only thing you can do when fighting them is to try and
    knock their helmet parts out since the rest of the body is
    pretty much impervious to anything, when the helmet is out
    you will see the plagas inside it and thats your target from
    there on. Kill the plagas inside with accurate shots and its
    game over for them.
    
    
    
    GARRADOR
    ========
    
    Do you guys remember the clawed thing from half life, this is
    not the same but the basic concept of this thing is exactly
    as same as that. These are totally blind and cannot see Leon.
    The only way they attack you is by hearing Leon's footsteps or
    the noise of his gun, so you should know that running around
    them or shooting near them will only result in pain for Leon.
    
    The best thing to do against them is to walk so that they don't
    spot you as quickly, and when ever you are facing its back, shoot
    the mass on its back since that is the only vulnerable spot in
    the entire body, be aware that once you shoot it, it will know
    where you are and will definetly attack. Dodge and live.
    
    
    
    REGENERATOR
    ===========
    
    Now this is what im talking about, the real challenging enemy.
    These monsters are extremely hard to kill but besides that
    they also have the uber-annoying ability to regenerate their
    lost limbs, right down to their heads. Thats really annoying.
    They can also turn invisible at times which makes it that
    harder to find them and do any sort of damage. Fighting them
    is the hardest thing you can imagine.
    
    The only method to kill them is by using something infrared.
    When you have find the infra red scope attachment for the 
    rifle, aim at their body with the scope and you should be 
    able to see the squirming Las Plagas inside their body.
    Thats your primary target, try to take out the Las Plagas
    with the rifle, once the Las Plagas is dead, use standard
    weaponry to take out the rest of the creature. Fun fun fun.
    
    
    
    IRON MAIDEN
    ===========
    
    What do you get when you take a regenerator and make it a
    little more harder, and add spikes to it. You get the iron
    maiden. Every bit as dangerous as the regenerator counter
    parts, but a little more violent. The methods of taking them
    out are exactly the same as above.
    
    The bad things about them are the spikes, because if you
    happen to get within close range of them, they will pick
    your character up and impale him/her with the spikes
    causing a drainage of huge amounts of health, so always
    keep a good distance from them.
    
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    12.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    
              __ __ _____ __ _ _ __  ___ _ _  ___
              \ V  V / -_) _` | '_ \/ _ \ ' \(_-<
               \_/\_/\___\__,_| .__/\___/_||_/__/
                              |_|                
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4012
    
    
    This is  a first in a Resident Evil games, you will have to  buy
    most of the guns from the mysterious merchants that you can find
    in a few spots in the game, the weapons here are  listed  in  no
    particular  order.  I've also put the price of a weapon with its
    name.
    
    
    Note : $$ signs means local currency, dont just confuse it with
           American dollars.
    
    Note 2 : Once you've upgraded all your weapons upgrades, you will
             have the option to buy an exclusive upgrade for that gun
             which can be just about anything cool. Read on.
    
    
    COMBAT KNIFE
    ============
    
    Price : You start with it.
    
    One of the most useful but under rated weapons in the entire game
    you can use this baby to fight off from  villagers  to  the  much
    harder Monks, if you are able to  beat  the chainsaw villagers as
    well them im yours to command. The combat knife is most effective
    and best used when your enemy is stunned  or  on  the ground, aim
    for the head area to deal the most amounts of damage. Overall its
    a very good weapon, and since you can use it side by side without
    having to change your weapons from the inventory menu, that makes
    for even more fast paced action and frantic slashing. Just look at
    how well Jack and Leon handle their knives in that single awesome
    cut scene where they "knife it out".
    
    
                             SMALL SIDE ARMS
                             ===============
    
    
    HANDGUN
    =======
    
    Price : You start with it. or 8000 $$
    
    Probably  the  weapon you'll be mostly using in the first quarter
    or so of the game, the handgun has tons of ammo flying around the
    village and should be used more often then anything else, for the
    standard villagers and  even for the monks, handguns are the best
    thing to use. But make sure that you hit the enemies in sweet spots
    so they either fall down or  get  on  their knees, giving you the
    opertunity to fire away till they are dead or use the knife or to
    just even kick your enemies to the ground.  I would advice you to 
    keep using the handgun as your primary weapon  until you get some
    more powerful kinds of handguns later into the game.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 1.0                         Rank: 1 0.47 
    Rank: 2 1.2                         Rank: 2 0.40 
    Rank: 3 1.4                         Rank: 3 0.33  
    Rank: 4 1.6                                      
    Rank: 5 1.8                                     
    Rank: 6 2.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 1.73                        Rank: 1 10 
    Rank: 2 1.47                        Rank: 2 13 
    Rank: 3 0.87                        Rank: 3 16  
                                        Rank: 4 19 
                                        Rank: 5 22 
                                        Rank: 6 25 
    
    
    Exclusive : Critical shot x4. (More head shots)
                57000 peseta's.
    
    
    RED 9
    =====
    
    Price : 14,000 $$
    
    This  is just about the same thing as Leon's standard handgun is
    but its slightly more stronger, the one thing you should know is
    that this  is  the same gun as Luis carries through out the game,
    use the extra power  to your advantage and use head shots on any
    enemies you come face to face with these enemies. If your a good
    shot then you can even  take  out  the villager's knee caps with
    this cool gun.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 4x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 1.4                         Rank: 1 0.53 
    Rank: 2 1.7                         Rank: 2 0.47 
    Rank: 3 2.0                         Rank: 3 0.40  
    Rank: 4 2.4                                      
    Rank: 5 2.8                                     
    Rank: 6 3.5                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 2.37                        Rank: 1 8 
    Rank: 2 2.20                        Rank: 2 10 
    Rank: 3 1.67                        Rank: 3 12  
                                        Rank: 4 15 
                                        Rank: 5 18 
    
    
    Exclusive : Power reaches 5.0
                80000 peseta's.
    
    
    
    PUNISHER
    ========
    
    Price : Not bought, its won. or around 20,000 $$
    
    First time play through gamers would probably miss out  on this
    gun, you can get this for free once you've shot down all of the
    fifteen medallions you  see  in  the game, you first read about
    them at the farm area before  meeting   Luis.  Anyway, this gun
    pack a sh** load of  power,  and  is  very useful against human
    enemies. The best thing is that it can shoot through two people
    at a time if they are standing  too close to each other. Sweet.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 0.9                         Rank: 1 0.47 
    Rank: 2 1.1                         Rank: 2 0.40 
    Rank: 3 1.3                         Rank: 3 0.33  
    Rank: 4 1.5                                      
    Rank: 5 1.7                                     
    Rank: 6 1.9                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 1.70                        Rank: 1 10 
    Rank: 2 1.47                        Rank: 2 13 
    Rank: 3 0.83                        Rank: 3 16  
                                        Rank: 4 20 
                                        Rank: 5 24 
                                        Rank: 6 28 
    
    
    Exclusive : Penetration power x5 (go through more)
                40000 peseta's.
    
    
    
    BLACK TAIL
    ==========
    
    Price :  24,000 $$
    
    This is not really a useful weapon, down to the basics this
    is just a slightly stronger version of the handgun Leon has.
    I would avoid this most of the times, since the red 9 is so
    much more cooler then this gun. Avoid. Buy a red 9 instead.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 1.6                         Rank: 1 0.47 
    Rank: 2 1.8                         Rank: 2 0.40 
    Rank: 3 2.0                         Rank: 3 0.27  
    Rank: 4 2.3                                      
    Rank: 5 2.7                                     
    Rank: 6 3.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 1.70                        Rank: 1 15 
    Rank: 2 1.47                        Rank: 2 18 
    Rank: 3 0.83                        Rank: 3 21  
                                        Rank: 4 25 
                                        Rank: 5 30 
                                        Rank: 6 35 
    
    
    Exclusive : Power reaches 3.4
                80000 peseta's.
    
    
    
    THE MATILDA
    ===========
    
    Price : Unlocked only after finishing game.
    
    The Matilda is one of the weapons that you unlock only after
    finishing the game once, now when you use the next game save
    data to start the new game you will be able to purchase one
    from any local merchant that you find, the matilda is in easy
    words a rapid firing handgun, it fires rounds three in a row
    similar to Leon's RE2 handgun upgrade, but you can manually
    make it fire one at a time by quickly tapping the fire button.
    
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 1.0                         Rank: 1 0.47 
    Rank: 2 1.2                         
    Rank: 3 1.4                         
    Rank: 4 1.6                                      
    Rank: 5 1.8                                     
    Rank: 6 2.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 1.73                        Rank: 1 15 
    Rank: 2 1.47                        Rank: 2 18 
    Rank: 3 0.87                        Rank: 3 21  
                                        Rank: 4 24 
                                        Rank: 5 27 
                                        Rank: 6 30 
    
    
    Exclusive : Capacity reaches 100
                35000 peseta's.
    
    
    
                             THE USEFUL SHOTGUNS
                             ===================
    
    SHOTGUN
    =======
    
    Price :  Found in beginning of game, or 20,000 $$
    
    Now you dont expect there to be a Resident Evil game and NOT
    have a shotgun in it, do you !? Capcom have done  one  thing
    old school and thats a shotgun. Just like the previous games
    this is probably the most useful weapons in the game and can
    be used on just about any enemy in the game as well. You can
    use the shotgun to blow the villagers heads off and paint the
    town in Red, you can also use it to blow their  limbs off to
    make slashing a little more easier. Dont forget that this is
    probably the only weapon which can stop the chainsaw villagers
    in their tracks, use ONLY this when fighting them.
    
    You can initially find the shotgun at the start of the game,
    in  that house that Leon barricades himself into, go to its
    second floor and find the shotgun on a rack. Don't worry for
    traps, this isnt RE1 for gods sake lol.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 8x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 4.0                         Rank: 1 1.53 
    Rank: 2 4.5                         
    Rank: 3 5.0                         
    Rank: 4 6.0                                      
    Rank: 5 7.0                                     
    Rank: 6 8.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 3.03                        Rank: 1 6 
    Rank: 2 2.43                        Rank: 2 8 
    Rank: 3 1.50                        Rank: 3 10  
                                        Rank: 4 12 
                                        Rank: 5 15 
                                        Rank: 6 18 
    
    
    Exclusive : Distant shot power increases.
                
    
    
    RIOT GUN
    ========
    
    Price : 32,000 $$
    
    Just about everything in this gun is the same as a shotgun
    but it has a faster rate of fire, a stronger shot power and
    the ability to upgrade it into an even better weapon later
    on in the game, one of the best weapons when you just want
    to stomp a mud hole in your opponents or just want to have
    some fun. The weapon which can stop just about anything in
    their tracks and make them think twice.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 8x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 5.0                         Rank: 1 1.53
    Rank: 2 5.5                         
    Rank: 3 6.0                         
    Rank: 4 6.5                                      
    Rank: 5 7.0                                     
    Rank: 6 8.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 3.30                        Rank: 1 7 
    Rank: 2 2.43                        Rank: 2 9 
    Rank: 3 1.50                        Rank: 3 11  
                                        Rank: 4 13 
                                        Rank: 5 15 
                                        Rank: 6 17 
    
    
    Exclusive : General gun power increases to 10.
    
    
    
    STRIKER
    =======
    
    Price : 43,000 $$
    
    Another improved version of the shotgun, this one though as
    not powerful as a riot gun is, but it still has its own set
    of perks like a much larger ammo clip and a even faster shot
    speed  ratio.  Which means that you can clear rooms in very
    short periods of time when you've got this equipped as your
    weapon. A very good gun but i still prefer the riot gun.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 5x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 6.0                         Rank: 1 0.73 
    Rank: 2 7.0                         
    Rank: 3 8.0                         
    Rank: 4 9.0                                      
    Rank: 5 10.0                                     
    Rank: 6 12.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 3.00                        Rank: 1 12 
    Rank: 2 2.4                         Rank: 2 14 
    Rank: 3 1.5                         Rank: 3 16  
                                        Rank: 4 20 
                                        Rank: 5 24 
                                        Rank: 6 28 
    
    
    Exclusive : Capacity increases to 100.
    
    
    
                             THE POWERFUL MAGNUMS
                             ====================
    
    
    
    BROKEN BUTTERFLY
    ================
    
    Price : 38,000 $$
    
    One of the most powerful guns in real life, this is the
    substitute for the  normal resident evil game's magnums.
    Every bit as powerful and with the ability to blow heads
    off with single shots,  a  recommended  purchase for the
    later parts of the game.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 4x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 13.0                         Rank: 1 0.70 
    Rank: 2 15.0                         no further
    Rank: 3 17.0                         upgrades.
    Rank: 4 20.0                                      
    Rank: 5 24.0                                     
    Rank: 6 28.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 3.67                        Rank: 1 6 
    Rank: 2 3.00                        Rank: 2 8 
    Rank: 3 2.33                        Rank: 3 10  
                                        Rank: 4 12 
                                        
                                        
    Exclusive : Power reaches 50.0
                150000 peseta's
    
    
    KILLER 7
    ========
    
    Price : 77,700 $$
    
    Yes, I know what your thinking, Killer 7 is  the  name  of
    a Capcom game, cheap advertising at  its  best, but  thats
    not all, this is probably THE best  gun in the entire game,
    its probably the most expensive  gun in the entire game as
    well but what the hell.  Will  kill most normal enemies in
    a single shot, simply  put  this  gun does the most damage
    in gun categories.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 4x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 25.0                         Rank: 1 0.70
    Rank: 2 30.0                         
    Rank: 3 35.0                         
    
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 1.83                        Rank: 1 7 
    Rank: 2 1.53                        Rank: 2 10 
    Rank: 3 0.93                        Rank: 3 14  
    
    
    
    Exclusive : None.
    
    
                             THE SNEAKY RIFLES
                             =================
    
    
    SPRINGFIELD SNIPER RIFLE
    ========================
    
    Price : 12,000
    
    The first sniper rifle you can purchase in the  game after
    you meet the first merchant, this is one of  the most used
    guns from the world was 2. Anyone who has played the Medal
    of Honor games would know how this gun  works, slow firing
    rate and must be reloaded after  each  shot, but since its
    meant to be used as a sniper rifle thats perfectly fine.
    
    The weapon really shines if you get  the  scope  attachment
    for it as well, snipe off  villager's heads from a distance
    and clear the paths your going to go to before you actually
    do. Makes life a whole lot easier.
    
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 9x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 4.0                         Rank: 1 0.67
    Rank: 2 5.0                         
    Rank: 3 6.0                         
    Rank: 4 8.0                                      
    Rank: 5 10.0                                     
    Rank: 6 12.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 4.00                        Rank: 1 5 
    Rank: 2 3.23                        Rank: 2 7 
    Rank: 3 2.33                        Rank: 3 9  
                                        Rank: 4 12 
                                        Rank: 5 15 
                                        Rank: 6 18 
    
    
    Exclusive : Power reaches 18.0
                80000 peseta's
    
    
    SEMI-AUTO SNIPER RIFLE
    ======================
    
    Price :  35,000 $$
    
    Just about exactly the same thing as the springfield sniper
    rifle, but the good thing is that you dont have  to  reload
    between each shot, meaning now you can snipe heads  without
    waiting for a second or two to reload. Buy.
    
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 7x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 7.0                         Rank: 1 1.43 
    Rank: 2 8.0                         
    Rank: 3 9.0                         
    Rank: 4 11.0                                      
    Rank: 5 13.0                                     
    Rank: 6 15.0                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 2.33                        Rank: 1 10 
    Rank: 2 1.90                        Rank: 2 12 
    Rank: 3 1.33                        Rank: 3 14  
                                        Rank: 4 17 
                                        Rank: 5 20 
                                        Rank: 6 24 
    
    
    
    Exclusive : Firing speed increases
                80000 peseta's
     
    
                             THE MISC. WEAPONS
                             =================
    
    
    TMP MACHINE GUN
    ===============
    
    Price : 15,000 $$
    
    Those who have played Code Veronica will be well  aware  of
    the concept of using a Sub machine gun,  well  that concept
    can be applied here as well, since this  is practically the
    same sub machine gun, meant to be used on a group of enemies
    who are charging towards you at the same time,  though  the
    fire power is very minor, you will find this   weapon  is a
    good stopping tool and will stop   most  villagers or human
    enemies in their tracks.  Here's  a little tip for you, buy
    the stock upgrade for this  and you will  notice  that  the
    aiming improves drastically, making fast paced shooting easy.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 0.4                         Rank: 1 0.10 
    Rank: 2 0.5                         
    Rank: 3 0.6                         
    Rank: 4 0.8                                      
    Rank: 5 1.0                                     
    Rank: 6 1.2                                     
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 2.37                        Rank: 1 30 
    Rank: 2 1.93                        Rank: 2 50 
    Rank: 3 1.17                        Rank: 3 100  
                                        Rank: 4 150 
                                        Rank: 5 200 
                                        Rank: 6 250 
    
    Exclusive : Power reaches 1.8
                100000 peseta's
    
    
    THE MINE LAUNCHER
    =================
    
    The mine thrower is some what of a double edged sword when
    it comes to a weapon, though its a useful weapon it has its
    own set of flaws too, the first bad thing is that after you
    fire a mine you have to wait a couple of seconds before it
    explodes, and if the enemy gets close to you in that time
    you will be damaged as well, but that also helps that you
    can take out a group of enemies thanks to the explosive
    blast radius. The worst thing however is the total lack of
    ammo for this gun during the main game, you'll hardly find it.
    Note that the fire power stat for the mine thrower is actually
    the blast radius from an explosion, the actual power does NOT
    increase itself.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 5x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 2.0                         Rank: 1 1.33 
    Rank: 2 4.0                         
    Rank: 3 6.0                         
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 3.43                        Rank: 1 5 
    Rank: 2 2.57                        Rank: 2 7 
                                        Rank: 3 10  
    
    
    Exclusive : Power reaches 6.0 and becomes homing
                30000 peseta's
    
    
    ROCKET LAUNCHER
    ===============
    
    Price : 30,000 
    
    Yes, just like the shotgun it couldn't possible be  a  resi
    game if you dont have a game ending weapon such as  the one
    rocket launcher in this game, the obvious thing is  to save
    it for the boss battles, but often times when your ambushed
    by large number of villagers or monks later on  in the game
    dont hesitate to clear the crowds with  this weapon, a must
    purchase and a powerful one at that.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: 8x2
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 FULL                        Rank: 1 FULL
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 FULL                        Rank: 1 FULL
    
    
    Exclusive : NOne.
    
    
    CHICAGO TYPEWRITER
    ==================
    
    The only unlockable thing you get after finishing the ada
    assignment mini game is the chicago typewriter, its more
    like the tommy gun from the classic american movies, the
    good thing is that it comes with infinite ammo, the bad
    thing is that you must pay 1,000,000 peseta's in order to
    purchase the god damn thing, but once purchased it will
    make the rest of the game a piece of cake for you.
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: ?x?
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 10.0                        Rank: 1 0.10
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 1.63                        Rank: 1 unlimited.
    
    
    Exclusive : NOne.
    
    
    
    THE HANDCANNON
    ==============
    
    The Hand cannon is sort of like a more powerful version of a
    magnum, this baby can only be unlocked after beating the entire
    mercenaries mini game with five stars for all characters in all
    of the given stages. The ammo for it can not be found normally
    either, you'll eventually get some from enemies, but if you have
    tons of money to spend then just upgrade this baby to full 'cause
    once its fully upgraded you'll get the infinite ammo kit as the
    exclusive for this gun.
    
    
                             STATS
    
    Inventory Spaces Required: ?x?
                                                     
    Firepower                           Firing Speed    
    Rank: 1 30.0                        Rank: 1 ??
    Rank: 2 35.0                        Rank: 1 ??
    Rank: 3 40.0                        Rank: 1 ??
    Rank: 4 45.0                        Rank: 1 ??
    Rank: 4 50.0                        Rank: 1 ??
    Rank: 4 60.0                        Rank: 1 ??
    
                                                     
    Reload Speed                        Capacity 
    Rank: 1 ??                          Rank: 1 3
                                        Rank: 2 4
                                        Rank: 3 5
                                        Rank: 4 6
                                        Rank: 5 7
                                        Rank: 6 10
    
    Exclusive : Power reaches 99.9 (WOAH) and you get infinite
                ammo for the gun.
    
    
    
    GRENADES
    ========
    
    For those not familiar, there were grenades  in  the  RE  1.5
    version of Resident Evil 2, so its just fair that Leon should
    get to toss some grenades in this game, after Resident Evil 0
    did the concept so well, capcom have added  throwing grenades
    in this game as well, you can find three kinds of grenades in
    this game, explosive hand grenades  which  are quiet standard.
    Flash grenades, which flash,  err  and kill, and the last and
    most powerful kind, incendiary grenades, with added burn side
    effect. Beware of the incendiary grenades though as the damage
    they do is scattered.
    
    
    HARPOON
    =======
    
    Harpoons are another "First timer" in Resident Evil history
    but here they're in the game for a very good reason,  later
    on in the game Leon will have to cross a lake and the lake's
    occupants dont want Leon to do so, and then Leon  must use
    these harpoons to fend off the monsters, really cool one's.
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    
    13.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                                    _ _    _   
              _ __  ___ _ __  ___  | (_)__| |_ 
             | '  \/ -_) '  \/ _ \ | | (_-<  _|
             |_|_|_\___|_|_|_\___/ |_|_/__/\__|
                                      
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4013
    
    
    Here are all the files in the game listed in the order that you come
    across them, read them for some revelaing story events if you haven't
    finished the game yet.
    
    
    
                                PLAYING MANUAL 1
                                ================
    
    1. Shooting = Hold down the R button then use the control stick to aim
                  the laser sight.
    2. Combat Knife = Press and hold the L button to ready your knife and
                      press the A button to swing the weapon.
    3. Action Button = You'll be able to perform various actions by pressing
                       the appropriate button that appears on the screen.
    
    
    
                                INFO ON ASHLEY
                                ==============
    
    Name = Ashley Graham
    Age  = 20
    Daughter of the President of United States.
    
    She was kidnapped by an unidentified group while on her way home from her
    university. The kidnappers motive's are still unknown.  Although  there's
    reliable information that the perpetrator is  an  insider. Only a handful
    of people  know  about  this  kidnapping.  Its  been kept under the wraps
    mostly due to the fact that we cant determine who the traitor is.
    
    The guy's in intelligence say that they have reliable information that
    Ashley's been sighted somewhere in Europe. But until we find out   who
    the insider is, I dont want to believe. It could be a ploy.  We   have
    very few leads as to the where abouts of Ashley. But  members   of the
    secret service and anyone related to Ashley  are being  questioned  by
    an investigative team.
    
    Even active agents are being investigated for some information. Its 
    just a matter before the kidnapper is exposed.
    
    
                                PLAYING MANUAL 2
                                ================
    
    1. Reloading = Press the B button while holding down the firearm to
                   reload your weapon.
    2. Kicks = Approaching enemies that are either stunned or on their
               knees will allow Leon to perform kicks as prompted by
               the action button.
    3. Changing Inventory Screens = Use the L R buttons to switch back
                                    and forth between the weapon/recovery
                                    and the keys/treasure screens.
    
    
    
                                ALERT ORDER
                                ===========
    
    Recently there has been information that a United States government
    agent is here investigating the village. Do not let  this  American
    agent get in contact with the prisoner.  For  those  of you not yet
    informed, the prisoner is  being  held  in  an old house beyond the
    farm. We  will  transfer  the prisoner to a more secure location in
    the valley when  we  are  ready. The prisoner is to stay here until
    further notice. Meanwhile do  not  let  the American agent near the
    prisoner. 
    
    We do not know how the American government found out about our 
    village. But we are investigating. I sense a third party other
    then the United States government involved here. My fellow men
    stay alert.
    
    - Chief, Bitores Mendez.
    
    
    
                                ABOUT THE BLUE MADELLIONs
                                =========================
    
    15 Blue Medallions. 
    7 in the farm.. 8 in the cemetery.
    For those of you who destroy more then 10 medallions, you will be
    awarded. (The rest is illegible).
    
    
    
                                CHIEF's NOTE
                                ============
    
    As instructed by Lord Saddler, I have the agent in confinement, alive.
    Why keep him alive ?! I do not fully understand what the lord's inten-
    tions are. I would however think he'd keep them separate. Not confine
    them together as has been ordered. I do not believe Luis will trust a
    stranger but by chance they did cooperate the situation could  get  a
    bit more complicated.
    
    If for some reason, an unknwon third party is involved,  i  don't think
    they'd let a chance like this slip by. But maybe its all Lord Saddler's
    ploy. Leaving us vulnerable so this third party  will  surface, if they
    even exit that is...
    
    It is an unlikely possibilaty, but if a prowler is already amongst us 
    then our plans could be ruined. I guess the lord thinks its worth the
    risk, if we're able to stop whatever conspiracy is at  work.  At  any
    rate its the Lord's call, we will trust his judgement as always.
    
    
    
                                CLOSURE OF THE CHURCH
                                =====================
    
    Reguarding the two fugitives, the apprehension of Luis is  our  top
    priority. The american agent a distant second. What Luis stole from
    us is far more important then the girl. Unless we  get  it back the
    girl will become useless to us. We must get it  back to execute our
    plan to the end. If it gets in the wrong hands the world would become
    a totally different place then what Lord Saddler has envisioned.
    
    At all costs we mustn't let that happen. Never the less, we're not
    letting go of the girl, to ensure that the agent does not  get  to
    her. I have locked the church door where the  girl  is  being held. 
    Anyone who needs access to the church must first get approval from
    Lord Saddler. There is a key beyond the lake but it should be safe
    now that the Del Lago has been awakened by our lord. No one will get
    across the lake alive.
    
    Plus, our same blood courses through the agent's veins. It'll be just
    a matter of time before he joins us. Once  he  does,  there  will  be
    nobody else left that will come looking for the girl.
    
    
    
                                ANONYMOUS LETTER
                                ================
    
    There is an important item hidden in the falls, if you are able to
    get it you might be able to get Ashely out of the church. But i'll
    warn you, the route to the church isnt a walk in the park  by  any 
    means. They've developed whats called an "El gigante" so god bless.
    
    About whats been going on in your body, if I could help you, I would.
    But unfortunately its beyond my power.
    
    
    
                                PLAYING MANUAL 3
                                ================
    
    1. Commands = Leon can give commands to Ashley to either Wait or 
                  Follow by pressing the X button.
    2. Ashley and action buttons = Depending on the situation Leon and
                                   Ashley can cooperate to get past 
                                   various obstacles.
    3. Ashley's health = You can use recovery items not only on Leon
                         but on Ashley as well.
    4. Ashley and game over = Leon has failed his mission if Ashley is
                              either killed or carried away by enemies.
    
    
    
                                SERA AND THE THIRD PARTY
                                ========================
    
    Where abouts of Sera are still unknown. Most likely he's using an
    old secret passage taught to him by his grand father who used to 
    hunt in this region long ago. Im pretty certain that he's hiding
    our property somewhere in the forest.
    
    If his grand father was stil alive, i would have used him to find
    Sera. But HOW did he find out about the egg injected into his body?
    And the fact that he was able to remove it before it hatched is
    concering. Another factor taht concerns me is that Sera escaped with
    our property just before the American agent arrived. I don't believe
    that was just a coincidence.
    
    There has to be another player involved in this. In order to settle
    this whole situation, we have to capture Sera and wait for the effects
    of the drug to wear off before we inject him with another egg. Once
    this is done, whoever is behind all of this will surface. Nobody shall
    interfere with our plas. Those who do shall suffer seera consequences.
    
    
    
                                TWO ROUTES
                                ==========
    
    Just a while ago, I was informed by Lord Saddler that our men had
    shot down a United States military helicopter. There shouldn't be
    any more outside interference for a while now. Unless the United
    States government determines who the traitor is, they can only
    initiate very small covert operations. We must use this time to our
    advantage and recapture the girl.
    
    The two Americans can only get out of our terrotiry by using one of
    two routes. This is where we'll stop them. We shall make use of our
    forces to the greatest degree.
    
    We will deploy a large number of Ganados in one of the routes to
    ensure that they do not slip by us. for the other route we shall
    leave the task to El gigante. Which ever route they take, the agent
    will never leave here alive. Not with the girl atleast.
    
    
    
                                VILLAGE's LAST DEFENCE
                                ======================
    
    I clearly underestimated the American agent's capabilaty. He's still
    alive. i thought that we could wait until the egg hatched, but at
    this rate he could destroy the entire village before it does. We
    must take care of this nuisance.
    
    We shall change our priorities, for the time being we will cease our
    hunt for Luis and ambush the two Americans. There is a building used
    to enlighten betrayers just beyond the point where you get off the
    lift. Its a perfect place for ambushing them. If all else fails, they
    still would need to face me in order o get past the last gate that
    leads out of the village. For only before my sight will the gate open.
    
    
    
                                CAPTURE LUIS SERA
                                =================
    
    I have confirmation that Sera has entered the castle. Why would he
    return during his escape leaves me to question his motives. But we
    must seize this moment to capture him. We will get the other two
    Americans after we apprehent Sera. It appears he took some vaccines
    when he stole our "Sample". The vaccines we can do without but we
    must retriev the sample for it is our life blood.
    
    I feel there is somebody else or soem other group involved in this
    whole affair. if the sample were to get into the hands of that other
    entity, the world which we seek to create will not come. We must
    apprehent Sera as quickly as possible.
    
    
    
                                LUIS's MEMO
                                ===========
    
    There are some parasites that have the ability to control their 
    hosts.  It's basic knowledge among biologists but not  much  is 
    known as to how the parasites do it.  Studying these  parasites 
    specifically might reveal some clues to as to how the powers of 
    the Las Plagas work.  And perhaps provide  more  insight on the 
    victimes of the Las Plagas, the Los Ganados.  Here is a list of 
    some of the parasites that have  the  ability to manipulate the 
    behavioral patterns of their host.
    
    Dicrocoelium = Once the larvae of this parasite migrates to the 
    ant's esophagus, it alters the behavior of the ant.   When  the 
    temperature drops in the evening,  the infected  any  climbs to 
    the top of a plant and clamps onto a  leaf  using  its mandible.  
    It stays there immobile until the next morning, placing the ant 
    where it's most vulnerable to be  eaten by a browsing herbivore 
    such  as  sheep.   One  could  conclude that the parasite is 
    manipulating the host's behavior to its way into the body of 
    its definitive host.
    
    
    Galactosomum = The larvae of this parasite makes its home inside 
    the brain of a fish such as the yellowtail and the  parrot  bass.  
    Once infected, the fish make their way up to the water's surface 
    where they'll swim until eaten  by  seabirds.   Once  again, the 
    peculiar behavior can only be explained by the parasite's desire 
    to get into the bodies of the seabirds.
    
    Leucochlordium = This parasite's sporcysts develop in the snail's 
    tentacles.  The sporocysts are vivid in color and pulsate continually 
    somewhat like a worm.  Surprisingly the infected snail  makes its 
    way to the top of a plant where it is most visible to the eyes of 
    birds, therefore more likely to be eaten.   Once  eaten by a bird, 
    the parasite will complete its metamorphosis into an adult.
    
    
    
                                CASTELLAN MEMO
                                ==============
    
    For many years the Salazar family has served as the  castellans  of 
    this castle. However, not everything is bright, for my ancestry has 
    a dark past.  Long ago there once was a religious group that had deep 
    roots in this region called the Los Illuminados.  Unjustly  however, 
    the first castellan of the castle took away their rights and powers. 
    As a follower of this religion and as the 8th Castellan, I felt that 
    it was my duty as well as my responsibility to atone for that sin. I 
    knew the best way to atone for that sin was to  give power  back to 
    those who we once took it away from, the Los Illunimados.  
    
    As expected  it  took  a little time, but we were able to rejuvenate 
    the once sealed Las Plagas.  With this success I was one step closer 
    to the revival of the Los Illuminados.   The  reason  why I released 
    the Las Plagas from deep under  the  castle  and  gave  them to Lord 
    Saddler was not  only  to  repay  for the sins of my ancestors but I 
    felt certain that  the  Lord  would make better use of this power to 
    help save the world.  To save those that  have sinned with the power 
    of the Las Plagas and to cleanse  the  their  souls creating a world 
    without sinners.  The way it  was meant  to be.  Once cleansed, they 
    would become  one  of  the  many  Ganados where they will find their 
    reason to  live.   And  after the Lord has succeeded in creating the 
    world in which  he  has envisioned,  then  the  sins  of  my Salazar 
    family will be atoned for.
    
    
    
                                FEMALE INTRUDER
                                ===============
    
    There seems to be a female intruder among us.  We believe she's connected 
    with Sera.  We also believe that she was the  one  who  removed  the  egg 
    injected into Sera before it hatched. She may have  had  him  retirve the 
    "sample" before the American  agent's  arrival.   It's  obvious  that her 
    objective is the "sample".   We  must  get  to  her before she is able to 
    reestablish contact with Sera.  
    
    There's also reason to believe that she's working  for somebody. We need 
    her alive  for  interrogation.  The female should be able to answer all 
    our questions.  After  we  have captured her, Sera will no longer be of  
    any  concern.   As  long  as  we  retrieve the "sample", you may dispose 
    of him as you see fit.
    
    
    
                                BUTLER's MEMO
                                =============
    
    Knowing that Sr. Ramon Salazar has no family, Lord Saddler must have
     used his strong faith in the Los Illuminados to his advantage to 
    talk Sr. Salazar into undoing the seal of the Las Plagas once done 
    by his ancestor.  Sr. Salazar would never do such a thing unless he 
    was in some way being used unknowingly.  I should have sensed the 
    Lord's dirty scheme sooner.  I feel I'm partly responsible for all 
    of this.  I have no idea as to what the Lord is planning but Sr. 
    Salazar was just being used.  
    
    It is too late now however, Sr. Salazar has already taken the Plaga 
    into his body.  There is no turning back once the Plaga has turned 
    into an adult in the body.  The Plaga parasite will not die unless 
    the host dies.  There's no cure.  Perhaps, Sr. Salazar may have been 
    vaguely aware of the Lord's plan all along.  But it's so hard to 
    tell.  Nevertheless, there's nothing I can do about it now.  I have 
    served the Salazar family for generations.  I am prepared to continue 
    my services until the very end.
    
    
    
                                SAMPLE RETRIEVED
                                ================
    
    As you may have heard, Luis Sera has been disposed of by Lord Saddler.
    The "sample" is back where it belongs.  I had hoped  that the whole 
    matter could be resolved without troubling the  Lord.  However,  as  
    long as the "sample" is safe we can all rejoice, for  our  time  is  
    nearly at hand.  Now that the "sample" is  back  in  our safe hands, 
    it'll be a bit more difficult for  that troublesome woman to get it.  
    In light of all this, it's unfortunate  that Sera had to go. Like us,
     he would have had a bright future if only he had shown more fiath in 
    our beliefs.  
    
    As for the other two Americans, the Lord has left the matter in our
    hands.  We must not disappoint the Lord.  We shall capture Ashley 
    and take her to the Lord and dispose of the American agent.
    
    
    
                                RITUAL PREPRATIONS
                                ==================
    
    Thanks to the efforts of the "Novistadors," we have been able to 
    recapture Ashley.  We shall prepare for the sacred ritual as 
    quickly as possible and make Ashley an official member of the Los 
    Illuminados.  While we prepare for the ritual, those of you who 
    feel inclined can attend to our American friend.  We should be able 
    to hold off our friend for at least a little while by jamming the 
    gears in the clock tower with something.  
    
    I think if we jam the gears in 3 places, it should give us enough 
    time to prepare everything for the ritual.  Now go and entertain o
    ur American tourist.
    
    
    
                                LUIS's MEMO 2
                                =============
    
    The first castellan buried the Las Plagas deep underground below 
    the castle to hide their very existence.  But when Salazar released 
    the Las Plagas, no one thought he could bring them back  to  life.
    Because when Salazar found them they  were  all  just  fossilized 
    remains.  Everyone knew that the parasitic  organisms  could  not 
    survive without their hosts.  That they couldn't sustain life on 
    their own.  But when Salazar and his men excavated the remains, it 
    almost appeared as if the  Las  Plagas  were  just  waiting to be 
    discovered so that they could  resurrect.   Several  years  later, 
    unexplainable convulsions started occurring among  the  villagers 
    who helped with the excavation of the  Las  Plagas.  Then one day, 
    all of a sudden, these villagers turned into violent savages. 
    
    They later found out it was caused by the Las Plagas. Although they 
    appeared fossilized, they were able to survive the long years by 
    lying in a dormant state at the cellular level remaining in a 
    spore-like form.Apparently during the excavation, the villagers 
    inhaled the spores and within their bodies the parasites became 
    active again. This is how the Las Plagas were resurrected. Even 
    as I;m writing, the excavation of the Las Plagas continues. God 
    only knows how many of these Plagas have been resurrected. Not to 
    mention the countless number of Ganados that have been created. 
    Their inhumane activity must be put to an end.  If they are not 
    stopped, people around the world could turn into victims of this 
    crazy cult organization.
    
    
    
                                LETTER FROM ADA
                                ===============
    
    Once a Plaga egg hatches, it's nearly impossible to remove it from 
    the body.  But if it's before it hatches, then it can be nautralized 
    by medication.  If it does hatch you might be able to get it out by 
    surgery before it turns to an adult.  But it won't be easy.  There's 
    a high chance you won't survive the operation.  As far as I know the 
    girl was injected with the egg before you.   Her  time  is  ticking.  
    You should prepare yourself for the worst case scenario.
    
    
    
                                LUIS's MEMO 3
                                =============
    
    The hideous creates such as the El Gigante and the Novistadors are 
    merely by-products of  the  diabolical  and  inhumane  experiments 
    conducted on the specimens  that  were once human. But there's one 
    type of creature that clearly distinguishes itself from  the rest.  
    These creatures are  called  Regenerators.  Regeneratoes  have  a 
    superior metabolism that allows them to regenerate their lost body
    parts at incredible speeds.  I've never seen anything like it... 
    
    It is this characteristic that makes them almost invincible to 
    conventional weapons.  But like any living creature, there's a 
    way to kill it.  Apparently there are Plagas that live in its 
    body somewhat like leeches.  
    
    To stop its regeneration process, these leech-like Plagas  must 
    be located and then destroyed.  But they can't be seen with the 
    naked eye.  They can only be  located  through  thermal imaging.  
    As far as I know, most of the Regererators most a number of these 
    leech like Plagas.  The kill the  Regenerators, each one of these 
    leech like Plagas must be killed.
    
    
    
                                OUR PLAN
                                ========
    
    Because of that agent we lost Chief Mendez and Ramon.  Never the 
    less, everything will proceed according  to plan.  I must  admit 
    however, the loss of my loyal men is a bit disheartening.  But I 
    will deal with it.  Replacing that loss will not come easy. I must 
    choose wisely; for the Plaga reflects the conscience of their hosts.  
    
    If chosen poorly, they could betray me. I need men who will swear 
    their allegiance to me.  I've learned my lesson when Sera betrayed 
    me. I will not make the same mistake again. In this important hour, 
    I cannot and will not have anyone stand in my way.
    
    
    
                                LUIS's MEMO 4
                                =============
    
    I'll report my findings about the Plagas here. The Plagas have 3 
    distinct characteristics.
    
    1. As mentioned previously, the Plagas have the ability to manipulate 
       the behavioral patterns of their hosts.
    
    2. The Plagas are social organisms. By this I mean that instead of 
       living individually, they live in perfect social harmony. It is
       believed that they have a collective intelligence.  This type of 
       behavior can be seen among insects such as bees and ants. However 
       this kind of social behavior is rarely seen among parasitic organisms.
       Perhaps it was a learned behavior by the Plagas.  I'm finding out if 
       this has any relationship with their first characteristic.
    
    3. The Plagas have exceptional adaptation skills.  They are able to 
       live off many kinds of organisms by creating a symbiotic environment 
       quickly. This ability, when combined with their social behaviors, 
       allows them to interact intelligently between hosts regardless of 
       the host organism.  
    
    I am ashamed to admit that my pure fascination with the  Plagas,  in 
    hindsight, has blinded me to the true research objectives of the Los 
    Illuminados.  Even with the knowledge that Saddler was going to abuse 
    the results of these experiments, I could not  pull  myself away from 
    my research. As a result, I am just as responsible for this whole mess 
    as he is. I see now that I was wrong, but can I stop their evil plans
    alone...?
    
    
    
                                KRAUSER's NOTES
                                ===============
    
    
    It turns out that old man Saddler wasn't buying me from the start.  
    Even though I succeeded in kidnapping Ashley, I sort of sensed this 
    when Saddler didn't completely let me in the loop.  Under the 
    circumstances, I had no other alternative bu to call for her assistance.
    Perhaps she knew this was the way it was going to turn out all along... 
    
    My guess is that her ultimate goal might be different from Wesker's 
    and mine.  This is just the perfect opoporunity to find out. And after 
    I get rid of Leon and retrieve the sample, I'll put her in a bodybag
     along with Leon and send them both to Wesker.
    
    
    
                                LUIS's MEMO 5
                                =============
    
    From the initial stages of the research, we have been searching for 
    a safe and practical removal of the Plaga. Ironically, it turns out 
    that the real objective of this research was not to find a way to 
    remove the Plagas from the infected persons but to find a way so that 
    the Plaga could not be removed from the body easily. In the end, we 
    were able to find out that the Plagas could be removed only by 
    exposing them to a special radiation.  
    
    The only drawback with this method is that is is a very painful 
    procedure. Since the Plaga attaches itself to the nerves, there 
    is a possibility that it may impair the consciousness of the host. 
    Another fact that must be mentioned is that once the Plaga grows 
    into an adult, the removal procedure could kill the host. But 
    perhaps death isn't so bad when you think about the alternative.
    
    
    
                                OUR MISSION
                                ===========
    
    
    The real power of the United States lies in  three  areas.  The 
    Justice Department, the Administrative bodies, and the Military. 
    In order to take control of these areas, we must  influence the
    minds of the people who advise the President. After this is done,
    the rest of the departments will quickly  fall  under  our  sway.
    If by chance the United States were to figure  out our plan, the
    damage caused should be minimal. We will still be able to conquer 
    the country as planned using our backup plan. Once we control the 
    country, we will use their international influence to our advantage. 
    The rest of the world will fall swiftly.  
    
    As already stated, if our first plan doesn't go  as  smoothly  as 
    expected, we'll proceed with out  secondary  plan.  By sending in 
    our "special" forces  we  will infiltrate the country from within. 
    Fear and chaos will spread through the nation like a virus. It'll 
    only be a matter of time  before  the country loses its stability.  
    At  that  time,  when  they're most vulnerable,  we  will strike.  
    Rejoice my brethren; the world shall soon be cleansed.
    
    
    
                                TARGET PRACTICE
                                ===============
    
    -Game Rules- 
    1) Receive prizes by scoring above 3000 Points. 
    2)Bonus Points will be awarded for headshots 
    3)a High-Scoring salazar target will appear with 5 consecutive hits. 
    4)Shooting an Ashley target will deduct points 
    
     -Prizes- 
    1) Normally one bottle cap will be awarded as a prize. 
    2) Special bottle caps will be awarded by either shooting as all the 
       wooden targets except Ashley or scoring above 4,000 points.
    3) There are 24 bottlecaps in all.  Each time you enter a new target 
       range, 6 new bottle caps will become available.
    
    -Special Bonuses- 
    1) each time you complete a row on the collector's base, you'll earn 
       bonus points.
    2) There are a total of 4 Rows.  You have 4 bonus chaces!
    
    -Note- Bottle cap collections can be viewed in the key/treasures screen.
    
    
    
                                PAPER AIRPLANE
                                ==============
    
    Perhaps you have it figured out already, but you might be able to get out 
    of here by using the waste disposal vent.
    
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    
    14.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                       _             _      
                    __| |_  ___ __ _| |_ ___
                   / _| ' \/ -_) _` |  _(_-<
                   \__|_||_\___\__,_|\__/__/
                           
      
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4014
    
    
                             SECRETS
                             #######
    
    
    ASSIGNMENT ADA
    --------------
                                                                         
    One of the two mini games that you can unlock after beating
    the game once normally, assignment ada is a mini game which
    features none other then Ada wong and her quest to find the
    samples that her mission requires her to find, complete with
    a sort of boss fight at the end of the mission. This one's a
    really fun game.
                                                                         
    THE MERCENARIES
    ---------------
                                                                         
    The second mini game unlocked after beating the game once is
    the mercenaries mini game, taking its name from the very fun
    mini game from Resident Evil 3, you can unlock even more 
    characters for this game by getting high ranks in various
    levels of the mercenaries.
                                                                         
    EXTRA CHARACTERS FOR MERCENARIES
    --------------------------------
                                                                         
    You can unlock even more characters to play around with in
    the mercenaries mode by getting 4 star ranks in the various
    maps of the mercenaries game, the characters and the maps
    you need to unlock them from are listed below.
                                                                         
    Ada wong = Unlocked with a 4 star on the Pueblo map.
    Albert Wesker = Unlocked with a 4 star on the Waterworld map.
    Hunk = Unlocked with a 4 star on the Island Commando Base map.
    Krauser = Unlocked with a 4 star on the Castle map.
                                                                         
    CHICAGO TYPEWRITER
    ------------------
                                                                         
    You can unlock this really cool tommy gun style machine gun
    after you have completed the assignment ada game once, you
    will be able to purchase this gun from there on for a price
    of about 1 million pesseta's.
                                                                         
    PROFESSIONAL MODE
    -----------------
                                                                         
    If you thought that the normal game was a little too easy
    to finish then you might enjoy repeating it on a harder
    difficulty level, professional mode can be unlocked after
    beating the main game once in normal mode.
                                                                         
    ALTERNATE COSTUMES
    ------------------
                                                                         
    Like the REmake had Jill's outfit from Re3 to unlock, this
    game has Leon's Resident evil 2 cop suit to unlock, and 
    special pop clothing for Ashley, these alternate clothes
    can be unlocked after finishing the game once.
                                                                         
    UNLOCKING MORE WEAPONS
    ----------------------
                                                                         
    Once you beat the main game, load up the round 2 save file
    and you will be able to purchase 2 new weapons from any
    merchants you find, first is an infinite rocket launcher
    and the other is a Mathilda handgun, but beware as the
    weapons are very very expensive.
                                                                         
    UNLOCKING EVEN MORE WEAPONS
    ---------------------------
                                                                         
    There's even more weapons that you can unlock, not only
    from the main game, but also from the mercenaries mini
    game as well. First is the Handcannon weapon, you can
    unlock this once you've gotten five star rankings on
    all the maps available in that game mode, not only that
    but you can upgrade the handcannon too, if you manage
    to get all the upgrades then you'll also get unlimited
    ammo for it as well.
                                                                         
    Also, there is the punisher pistol, which you can unlock
    after doing the shooting of the medallions side quest.
    You can upgrade it too by shooting the blue medallions
    before talking to a merchant.
                                                                         
    ALTERNATE TITLE SCREEN
    ----------------------
                                                                         
    Besides all the guns and mini games you can also open
    up an alternate title screen for the game after finishing
    the main game once, its good, its all good.
                                                                         
    ASHLEY CALLING LEON A PERVERT
    -----------------------------
                                                                         
    Okey its not really a secret but something so cool that I
    just know i won't live without putting it in the secrets
    area, during the course of the game when Ashley is with you
    and your in a place with high terrain as well, go up to
    the higher platform and order Ashley to stay there, climb
    down to the surface and use the C-stick to look up Ashley's
    skirt, she will cover her skirt and ask Leon what he's
    looking at, and then calls him a Perverted. Sweet lol.
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         
                                                                         
                             ADVANCED TIPS
                             #############
    
    These are a little more advanced tips, no where near the
    same as those beginners tips i've put at the beginning
    of the walkthrough, these are only for those who have
    played through the game and are comfertable with it.
    
    * Try this if you want to save some time or just want to
      surprise your opponents, when ever your near a door,
      instead of pressing the A button just once, tap it two
      times quickly when the game prompts you and Leon will
      Kick the door open causing anything standing immediatly
      behind it to be sent sprawling, and also surprising any
      opponents on the other side of the door.
    
    * See those crows hanging around the tree's in some of the
      open area's, well they're not just there to scare the hell
      out of the player, take aim at them and shoot them dead and
      you'll get some money from them. Cheap trick, but effective.
      Another similar trick is to shoot down bird nests if you
      spot any, and they'll be carrying some jewels or valueable
      items to sell most of the times.
    
    * A hard, but easy once you get used to it, method of taking
      out the monks without wasting too much ammo is to do the
      whole knee shot thing with the handgun, and press the action
      button when near them, instead of the kicks, Leon will do a
      cool maneuver on them which has more damage.
    
    * An easier trick of defeating the suit or armor opponents is
      to first fire off their helmet with any powerful weapon, and
      when they're head is visible just toss a flash grenade for
      instant death, this trick works best if there are plenty of
      suits in the area, first blow off all their heads and then 
      use a flash grenade to take out all of them.
    
    * The best method to take out a NOVISTADOR is to try and hit
      it when its air born since it will die in a single shot at
      that time, shotgun works best since its got scatter shots.
    
    * A small tip for the evil fellows out there, you CAN kill
      the merchant fellows but thats highly un adviced lol.
    
    * Another tip involving the merchant is that when ever your
      about to upgrade your weapon, you should know that the
      merchant is kind enough to refill your ammo afterwards,
      so its best to waste your weapon on enemies and upgrade 
      it when its empty to get free ammo.
    
    * Another trick for the wicked minded is that if you encounter
      any sort of animal in the game, dont let it remain alive and
      kill it to find either an item or some money, now thats what
      i call easy money.
    
    * This isnt a trick but more sort of an easter egg, once you've
      started the game do not press any button at the main menu for 
      a little time and then the game will play a trailer which was
      never publically launched, let the trailer finish but still
      dont touch anything and the game will play the TGS 2004 trailer
      , dont touch anything afterwards and the same two trailers will
      be repeated over and over again.
    
    * With the rocket launcher in hand most of the bosses can be
      killed with a single shot, but what people dont know is that
      the weak points of most of the bosses are their backs, hit them
      on their backs for almost confirmed one hit shots.
    
    * Another trick to make the game easy is that once you have enough
      money to buy a Killer 7 gun you won't have to do the whole scope
      method to kill the regenerators, the killer is strong enough to
      do it on its own, keep shooting it in the sheet until a hole
      appears then shoot it in the head to make it explode suddenly.
    
    
    
                             ACTION REPLAY CODES (FULL VERSION)
                             ###################
    
    Codes for the full version are now available.
    
    Taken from Cheathappens.com
    
    M) 
    VMVR-G7J9-19KQQ
    AE84-YAU2-FD2RE
    
    Infinite Health 
    GE6Z-T7QQ-BEPV9
    R4MU-C1T7-WUF9K
    
    Max Health 
    B6VW-E1HK-48K3C
    J6UE-WMGC-MW13J
    1RP6-79GH-PF76M
    M9E4-9UZ2-AYN14
    
    Partner: Infinite Health 
    47CQ-138V-E3H0W
    JJY7-RF99-HT20P
    
    Partner: Max Health 
    JKTW-E369-3F35M
    WDU5-6RFZ-PMZR0
    ZW7U-UME1-TBD5Y
    Z5XB-VBY0-NB71W
    
    Infinite Ammo 
    U359-REQE-JY2EZ
    Y9X3-1X57-8HEBW
    
    Infinite Rockets 
    34FN-MFQY-P2CTB
    YPUZ-RCY3-5BP1C
    AWK2-WJT6-E43KR
    RARC-M9G8-YY7P6
    
    Max/Infinite Money 
    DNPD-W7P7-0974H
    RM5V-ZT1Y-V921E
    
    Have Largest Attache Case 
    BEUZ-F7GQ-RAJ8W
    WJZP-EEPF-JDQ1H
    
    All Blue Medallions Destroyed 
    2YRB-M05D-1G9YW
    YVYV-PMDM-DRVAU
    EWVB-VETU-T3A5N
    JF0J-1FUT-Y0G53
    N1GJ-Q47Z-XH9TT
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    
    15.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
      __  __ _                         _    _ _              
     |  \/  (_)___ __   _ _ __ _ _ __ | |__| (_)_ _  __ _ ___
     | |\/| | (_-</ _| | '_/ _` | '  \| '_ \ | | ' \/ _` (_-<
     |_|  |_|_/__/\__| |_| \__,_|_|_|_|_.__/_|_|_||_\__, /__/
                                                    |___/    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4015
    
    
    
                  RESIDENT EVIL 4 : THE F-A-Q's
                  =============================
    
    Here is a list of some questions that are mostly associated
    with Resident Evil 4. Most of these are the kind I will most
    often get in Emails so people please look through this part
    before you email me in order to find the question and see if
    its already answered here.
    
    Believe it or not most of the Ashley questions i have posted
    here are what people ask me lol, dont think that im a crack.
    
    
    Q - Who the hell are you and what are you doing here ?
    A - Well, im ChandooG, and..er.. hello.
    
    Q - How often are you going to update this walkthrough of yours ?
    A - As often as i keep finding new things about the game.
    
    Q - Can you send me a new version every time you update at my
        email address <insert address> ?
    A - Abso frickin lutely no, you can always check the websites
        where this FAQ is located to find the newest versions.
    
    Q - I found some naked pictures of Ashley, what do i do ?
    A - Send them to me immediately, er.. you heard me now.
    
    Q - I can't beat <Insert boss name> help me with it 
    A - Look through the separate boss strategy section first.
    
    Q - I know a better method to get through a certain area or
        I know an easier strategy to beat a certain boss.
    A - If you happen to know anything like that then by all
        means please email me and I shall give you the proper
        credit if i use that in my walkthrough.
    
    Q - Whats the deal with the yellow herbs ? Are they supposed
        to be some sort of an abscure reference to Resident Evil
        Gaiden to tell us that it wasn't a cannon game ?
    A - The deal with the yellow herbs is that they raise your
        max health bar if you mix with the green and use it, but
        im not sure if its supposed to be a reference to anything.
    
    Q - Is Ashley Sherry ?
    A - For Gods sake people, no, Ashley is no way Sherry, for all
        we know Sherry is still under Wesker's confinement.
    
    Q - How the hell did Ada survive in RE2 ?! She died on screen !!.
    A - I think this question is better answered in Wesker's Report.
    
    Q - And how does Ada jump into the chopper through the wings ?
    A - I have no fricking idea, your better off asking her that.
    
    Q - Is wesker even IN the game ?
    A - Sadly, no, as much as I would have loved him to be in it
        Wesker is only present in one of the mini games you unlock
        after finishing the game.
    
    Q - So is Umbrella really dead ?
    A - Yes and no in a way, you'll hear about it from Krauser.
    
    Q - Where did the Los Plagas come from?
    A - Los Plagas is an ancient plague that was first discovered
        by the ancestors of Ramon Salazar.
    
    Q - What happens if i accidentally shoot Ashley ?
    A - err, she dies and the game is over. Simple as that.
    
    Q - What size are Ashley's breasts?
    A - Well, its a personal secret that i dont wish to share XD.
    
    Q - How do i gain access to Chief's room ?
    A - You have to rotate the green thing until it matches the
        insignia design thats on the door, its really simple .
    
    Q - Why do these dodge buttons appear during some of the scenes
        in the game ? what do i do.
    A - If you come into a scene where you are asked to dodge then
        dodge using the keys like you would normally do otherwise
        you can end up dead automatically during the scene.
    
    Q - Hey, isnt that red laser hallway a reference to the ...
    A - Dont even talk about it.
    
    Q - I accidentally missed the rocket launcher when i was in
        the last boss battle, what should i do now ?
    A - Reload a previous save game, there's nothing else you can
        do if you miss the rocket launcher.
    
    Q - How the hell does Leon do all the cool things he does in
        the game, he was so wimpy in RE 2 ?
    A - If you didnt pay attention to the story, then Leon has been
        training with the government agencies and thus he's learnt
        many new things during that time, including these skills.
    
    Q - Whats the deal with this shooting range thing ? What are
        these bottle caps ?
    A - The shooting range is just there for fun and the bottle
        caps are more like rare items, your ammo is infinite in
        the shooting range so that shouldnt be a bother for you
        besides that you can also earn money if your good in the
        shooting range.
    
    Q - So is RE4 really a gamecube exclusive game ?
    A - Not anymore, Capcom made a public announcement on their
        website some time ago in which they said that there is
        a PS2 version under works but it will take some time for
        it to be made and we won't be able to get it before the
        christmas time in 2005. 
    
    Q - Can i host your FAQ on my website ?
    A - Sure, as long as you give the proper credit to the author
        which is me, and you keep the FAQ in its un edited and 
        original state, i have no problems then.
    
    Q - I cant find the <insert item name here> ?
    A - Thats the main purpose why the item list menu was made in
        the first place, not only is it there to list the items
        but you can also use that same menu to find any items that
        you can't find since i've put in locations as well.
    
    Q - How do i open that door in chapter 2-1 which will let me
        get to Ashley to begin with ?
    A - First you have to find the control box then you have to
        rotate the colored levers on it in this order.
        Rotate the red one twice
        Rotate the green one three times
        Rotate the blue one once.
    
    Q - How do i solve the six death painting puzzle ?
    A - To solve that flip the paintings in this order
        2 -- 1 -- 4 -- 3 -- OK
    
    Q - What order to i press the key pad numbers in when im playing
        as Ashley ?
    A - The correct order is (from left to right).
        6 -- 3 -- 2 -- 5 -- 4 -- 7 -- 8 -- 9 -- 6 -- 5 -- 2 -- 1 -- 
        (after 1) -- 4 -- 7 -- 8 -- 5 -- 6 -- 9.
    
    Q - How do I open that locked door in the autopsy room ?
    A - You need to move the colored arrows in the following order
        Blue -- Green -- Green -- Red -- Red -- Red 
    
    Q - You know, the game is not as hard as people say it is.
    A - Good for you my friend.
    
    Q - How the freak do i navigate through the garden ?
    A - Look through the main walkthrough area, i have added a cool
        map for it courtsey of Outbreak's (fellow FAQ author) permit.
    
    
    
                  RESIDENT EVIL 4 : THE VOICES
                  ============================
    
    Ever wondered who the brilliant people behind the faces are who 
    do the voice acting ?! Well wonder no further and look at these
    names for the info. 
    
    If your wondering, the voice actor who did Leon in Resident Evil
    2 was Paul Haddad
    
    
    Credited cast:  
    
    Paul Mercier        ....  Leon S. Kennedy
    Carolyn Lawrence    ....  Ashley Graham 
    Rino Romano         ....  Luis Serra 
    Salli Saffioti      ....  Ingrid Hunnigan 
    Sally Cahill        ....  Ada Wong 
    Rene Mujica         ....  Ramon Salazar 
    Jesse Corti         ....  Bitores Mendez
    Jim Ward            ....  Jack Krauser 
    Michael Gough       ....  Osmund Saddler
    Richard Waugh       ....  Albert Wesker 
    Carlos Carrasco     ....  Villager/Zealot 
    Alex Mendoza        ....  Villagers & Zealots
    Carol Bach y Rita   ....  Villager/Zealot 
    Ward E. Sexton      ....  Title Call 
    
    
    
                  RESIDENT EVIL 4 : THE REFERENCES
                  ================================
    
    Here's a list of some movie references that you might  think  about
    when your playing through Resident Evil 4. Most of these come from
    the brilliant minds on the GameFAQ's RE4  message  boards, so hats 
    off for them :D
    
    * The first one that just about everyone will notice is the laser
      hallway after the Krauser scene, thats obviously a very big nod
      to the Resident Evil movie, but unlike the people in the movie
      Leon successfully manages to make it out alive.
    
    * The chainsaw guy seems to be a mixture of Leatherface from the
      Texas Chainsaw Massacre and Jason Voorhees from Friday the 13th
      part 2 (the sack on the head). The chainsaw is a dead give-away.
    
    * When ever Ada's on screen you can sure bet your ass off that
      there will likely be a Matrix style slow mo action sequence
      though it doesnt happen that much in RE4, she does have some.
    
    * The whole tentacles and the parasite thing are somewhat similar
      to cult classic movie The Thing (And its video game). For those
      who have seen the movie, they'll know the concept.
    
    * The El gigante looks strikingly similar to the big troll from
      the Lord of the Rings movies. Most noticeably the first one.
    
    * One thing that's a cause for tons of debate, the codec. IS IT
      a MGS rip off, thats for you guys to decide.
    
    * Red9, is one of the guns that you can purchase in the game was
      also the name of the x-wing or whatever type of fighter that it
      was, from the Star Wars movie
    
    * The escape through the final explosion and just the angel that
      the explosion and the jet ski coming out to the water are like
      the ending moments in Deep Rising (except for the Ashley falling
      down in the water thing).
    
    * The method in which Luis gets killed is strikingly similar to
      the method in which the Alien queen impales Bishop in Alien 2.
    
    * Boulders, running away from then, Indiana jones anyone ?
    
    
    
                  RESIDENT EVIL 4 : THE PS2 CHRONICLES
                  ====================================
    
    Well, for NOW the PS2 version is way far away so all the Gamecube
    readers dont have to worry about anything just yet, but still in a
    recent article we found out some of the porting differences that 
    will occur in the PS2 port of the game, so for your reading here 
    is the small article copied.
    
    From
    www.GameFront.de
    
    
    --------------
    The Japanese magazine CG World published an article, in which about 
    the conversion of resident Evil 4 is spoken for PS2 in its newest 
    expenditure 
    
    1. The original team led by Shinji Mikami was on the Gamecube in a the 
       position to insert 24-Bit textures.
    
    The team, which works on the conversion, must build downsampled 4 and 
    8-bit textures into the PS2-Version, since the texture storage capacity 
    of the PS2 is smaller than those of the Gamecube.
    
    2. As to 12.01.05 reports, Leon consists on the Gamecube of approximately 
    10,000 polygonen. On the PS2 must this value in opinion of the CG World be 
    halved. In addition one to it again a comparative table of the CG World, 
    which we had published in January:
    
    - Leon (Biohazard 4, office): approx.. 10,000 polygone
    - village inhabitant (Biohazard 4, office): approx.. 3.000 - 4,000 polygone
    - Snake (Metal Gear solvent 3, PS2): approx.. 4,000 polygone
    
    3. Due to the large Direct MEMORY Accces Bandwith of the PS2, will be the 
    team of the PS2-Version in the situation to be able to build an unusually 
    high number of textures into the play. However that will pressure the Frame 
    rate downward, even more than at the office version. This lies in the 
    limited PS2 texture storage capacity.
    
    According to CG World the PS2-Version dramatic Frame rate of problems will 
    have, if Capcom tries all Texture Layers and polygonally the Lighting of 
    the office version to insert. Therefore some larger adjustments would have 
    to be made within this range.
    --------------
    
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    
    16.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                     _                      _       _ _    
     _ _ ___ __ _ __| |___ _ _   __ ___ _ _| |_ _ _(_) |__ ' ___
    | '_/ -_) _` / _` / -_) '_| / _/ _ \ ' \  _| '_| | '_ \ (_-<
    |_| \___\__,_\__,_\___|_|   \__\___/_||_\__|_| |_|_.__/ /__/
                                                                     
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4016
    
    
    
    READER CONTRIBUTIONS
    --------------------
    
    Well, since the main walkthrough was already too big of a jumble and
    adding stuff to it would not be so noticeable, here's an entire area
    devoted to the tips and little nit picks that all the readers have 
    sent to me via email.
    
    
    * MOVIE REFERENCE : THE MATILDA
      -----------------------------
     From Duncan Brown  <dunxco@gmail.com> 
     
     The Mathilda handgun. Matilda was the name of the girl that Leon 
     (Jean Reno) rescued in the film Leon.
    
    
    * AMMO SAVING TIP
      ---------------
      From X0563511 <x0563511@gmail.com>
    
      In addition to slashing/shooting locks off of locked doors, you can
      kick the door a couple times (kick like you would any other door) 
      and the lock will snap off the door (and the door flies open).
    
    
    * TIP WHEN FIGHTING MENDEZ
      ------------------------
      From PLaYa7698@aol.com 
    
      I don't know why any of the walkthroughs I've read haven't mentioned 
      this really helpful tip on fighting Mendez.  There  is  an explosive 
      barrel near the base of the northern ladder.  If you pump a few shot
      gun rounds into Mendel's first form and then head  up  the  northern 
      ladder and wait for him to approach you can shoot the barrel with the 
      pistol and blow his bottom half off.  Just thought this might help some 
      people out.
    
    
    * SALAZAR BOSS FIGHT EASY TACTICS
      -------------------------------
      From Matt Caster  <mcaster26@hotmail.com 
     
      When I made it to this boss fight all I needed was the punisher, the riot
      gun and the semi-auto rifle with the scope. (only weapons I have used so
      far) So no need to buy a rocket launcher, broken butterfly ect. (unless you
      want to make the fight a little shorter, but not nessary) First make sure to
      have a good amount of punisher ammo. (I'd say around 50-60 rounds, easily
      acquired on the way to the fight) The riot gun is a bit better, but you may
      run out of ammo, so the punisher will suffice. Also, make sure to have a
      good bit of rifle ammo (around 30 to be safe). As soon as the fight starts
      head around the upper platform (the one you start the battle on) all the way
      to the right, almost up against the wall (just make sure to stay to the
      right of the latter to avoid the main head's attacks). This will put you
      real close to the right tentacle (when facing salazar).  No problem however.
      Just use your measly punisher and shoot it a few times and it will retract
      into the wall. (From this area the main head cannot hit you and the left one
      is all the way on the other side, so don't even bother with it.) Now it is
      important to get that tentacle out of there so you have a good look at the
      right eye of the main head. Shoot the eye a few times and the shell with the
      actual salazar will open up. Now (assuming you are good with the rifle and
      scope) get off as many rounds as possible. Then the shell will close.
      Repeat. That's it. The tentacle may come back and try to hit you, but it is
      easily dodged and does not really do too much damage anyway. So just shoot
      it again and it will retract back into the wall. 
    
    
    * ANOTHER NOD AT MGS
      ------------------
      From :  Royal <rs3@lunartrinity.com> 
    
      When Saddler takes out the helicopter in 5-4, he calls Leon on the 
      communicator and talks   about having to "swat a bothersome fly."  Those 
      words were also spoken by Liquid before   jumping into the Hind in the 
      beginning of MGS, if memory serves... thought that was kinda cute.
    
    
    * KILL SALAZAR IN 2 STEPS
      -----------------------
      From : anton chaisson <sharp_as_a_circle@hotmail.com>
    
      if you want to win w/ no health loss just get the rocket launcher and a 
      shoty (shot gun). 
    
      as soon as it starts, shoot the eye w/ the shoty and repeat until it 
      trys to bite. as soon as it rears back, take out the rocket launcher 
      and fire into mouth... there, he's dead 
    
    
    * ANOTHER AMMO SAVING TIP
      -----------------------
      From :  <Slp870621345knt@aol.com> 
    
      When ever there is a gap that you have to jump over..just lure enemies 
      to the gap and jump   to the opposite side of the gap...whenever they 
      begin  to jump over the gap shoot them   anywhere an they will fall in 
      the gap ... it only takes one shot to kill any of the regular enemies 
      like this thus  saving ammo.
    
    
    * KILL SALAZAR IN 2 STEPS (AGAIN)
      -------------------------------
      From :  William Giffin <billyg1225@yahoo.com 
    
      hi my name is william and i have a slightly different approch at ramon 
      salazar.instead of   a broken butterfly try an upgraded tmp.then when 
      he is exsposed use a rocket launcher.one   hit should take him out.i 
      think it was ahell of alot easier to do.
    
    
    * TIPS FOR MERCENARIES
      --------------------
    From :  Andy Bagwell <lilbird2001@hotmail.com> 
    
      I noticed you mentioned that the dual-wielding chainsaw maniacs in the 
      final mercenaries level were extremely difficult to beat, so I just 
      thought I'd let you know how I beat them with minimal effort and almost 
      no ammo used. There is a point in the level where you can climb an 
      extremely tall ladder. This will place you at the highest point in the 
      level. Simply get the chainsaw guys to follow you up the ladder, and once 
      they get to the top, blast them with anything. This will cause them to 
      fall all the way back down to the bottom, causing a LOT of damage to them. 
      When using Ada's rifle, I shot them once in the head, and the resulting 
      fall killed them. It would take three or four at the most though. Hope 
      it helps, 
    
    
    
    * LUIS FIGHTS BACK
      ----------------
      From :  BRIAN GRIBLER <gribster64@msn.com> 
    
      I found this very strange cinema scene while going through Chapter 2-2 
      or 2-3, when you're fighting off the Ganados with Luis Sera in the 
      Barricade Cabin section.  If you shoot Luis enough times, whether by 
      purpose or accident, he turns his gun on you, says "Adios, Leon" and 
      shoots you twice, killing Leon. Just a little thing I found, if you feel 
      like posting it in your walkthrough Thank you.
    
    
    
    * ANOTHER TIP FOR THE MERCENARIES
      -------------------------------
      From :  Jensen Lansaw <drstrangelove843@yahoo.com> 
    
      Anyway, on the Mercenaries mode, I noticed something strange, I was at 
      the castle stage and I was surrounded by monks.  I was Leon and with 
      my shotgun I blew off alot of their heads so alot of Las Plagas parasites 
      came out.  I was out of shells so I ran off and tossed a flash grenade, 
      apparently a flash grenade is instant death for Las Plagas enemies.  It 
      always seems to kill them and it's alot easier than trying to kill them 
      with a gun.  Anyway, keep up the good work and I hope this tip was 
      helpful to you.
    
    
    
    * EASY TIP FOR KILLING KRAUSER
      ----------------------------
      Robb Putek  <squirrul@hotmail.com>
    
      An easier of killing Jack Krauser is to pull out your knife and stab 
      him. you can kill him within 5-10 slashes and hes usually stunned after 
      you stab him so you can stab him again and repeat until hes dead. It's 
      a good way of saving a lot of ammo and unless you bad at dodging it wont 
      cost any health items either. I thought he would be weak against the knife 
      after that annoying slash and dodge sequence on the first encounter.
    
    
    
    * TIP FOR FIGHTING ARMADURA's
      ---------------------------
      From :  Jasper Dvorzsak <ocoli@hotmail.com> 
     
      You know that room where you take the jewel and the walls turn and 2 waves 
      of knights come out? well head shots don;t work on all of them like you 
      said.  each knight has a different weak spot.  i popped out a las plagas 
      by shotting one knight in the waist. and another knight in the shoulder.
    
    
    
    * KILLING MADE EASY
      -----------------
      From :  Matt Stoddard <stodds13@yahoo.com> 
    
      i always play the game first, then like to see ways
      game guides might have done something and i just beat
      el giante, and wanted to see some of the other ways
      you might of done it, and i just wanted to say, it is
      WAYYY easier to just use the rocket, purchase one
      rocket, as soon as he comes out, blast him in the
      chest and the fight is over before it even starts...
    
    
    
    * SAVING MORE AMMO
      ----------------
      From :  Matt Stoddard <stodds13@yahoo.com>
    
      To save some extra ammo you can use your knife to trip the bear traps. 
      If you slowly approach them & then when close enough pull out the knife 
      & look down at the trap & Slash Away. That's how I saved on ammo
    
    
    
    * SALAZAR ?! PSHhh
      ----------------
      From :  koji kimura <kojayy@yahoo.com>
    
      You can kill Salazar with one shot from the rocket launcher when he's out 
      of his shell.
    
    
    * HIDDEN BOAT SHOP AND TREASURES
      ------------------------------
      From :  fuzzy wuzzy <fuzzy_wuzzy2002@hotmail.com>
    
      first you forgot to mention that after fighting the Del Lago you can get 
      back in the boat to go to the slightly 'hidden' shop at the north end of 
      the lake. it has ammo and the green gem to finish the mask. second in 
      chapter four when ashley is taken by those 'novistadors', after you fight 
      them you can shoot that 'hive' (that big throbbing thing in the center) to 
      get a LOT of treasure. thats it. the timeline was pretty cool. 
    
    
    
    * SALAZAR, MONKS, SOLDIERS
      ------------------------
      From :  Jasper Dvorzsak <ocoli@hotmail.com> 
    
      well, i beat the game and found out that you can suplex the soldiers on 
      the island AND the monks.  i also found the easiest way of beating sadler 
      is to throw grenades up his ass and killer7 him to death.  yeah this is my 
      favorite game of all time, and it IS overated, and for the record, YES i 
      would like to see a RE/MGS hybrid game, BUT, this Las Plagas shit has to go, 
      it's kinda gay and they didn;t really explain it well.  we should fight 
      umbrella soldiers!! hows that for an idea
    
    
    
    * KILLING MENDEZ MADE EASY
      ------------------------
      From :  Kim Woodford <klikestowalk@msn.com> 
    
      For the first part of the battle just throw 2 incendiary grenades and he 
      changes to his second form thus saving ammo. Then take him out with the 
      tmp or pistol or even the shotgun if your low on ammo or didnt get the tmp. 
    
    
    * EXCLUSIVE UPGRADES
      ------------------
      From :  Myself 
    
      You dumbass you forgot to mention and write about the exclusive upgrades 
      each gun gets when you've done all the other upgrades.
    
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    
    17.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
             _             _        _                
            | |__  __ _ __| |__  __| |_ ___ _ _ _  _ 
            | '_ \/ _` / _| / / (_-<  _/ _ \ '_| || |
            |_.__/\__,_\__|_\_\ /__/\__\___/_|  \_, |
                                                |__/ 
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4017
    
    
    NOTE :.. Some people may complain that my TimeLine section
    
             looks alot the Excellent TimeLine FAQ which Rob
             McGreggor has. But I assure everyone that this is
             completely ORIGINAL STUFF. I DID NOT RIP OFF A
             SINGLE WORD.
    
    Source : partly capcom's official resident evil site
    
    
      *******************************
      -------------------------------
    * OFFICIAL RESIDENT EVIL TIMELINE
      -------------------------------
      *******************************
    
    
    
    1950's
    Doctor James Marcus, Lord Edward Ashford and Ozwell E Spencer discover
    the mother virus.
    
    1953
    Birth of Kenneth J. Sullivan S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team Scout.
    Deceased July 23, 1998 inside Spencer Mansion.  Devoured by Zombie.
    
    1957
    Birth of Enrico Marini.  Captain of the S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team.
    Wounded during Spencer Mansion penetration.  Killed July 23,
    1998 by a single gunshot wound.  Murderer unknown; possibly
    Barry Burton under the command of Albert Wesker.
    
    1960's
    Birth of Albert Wesker, captain of STARS Alpha team
    
    Early 1960's
    Alexander ashford graduated with a Ph.D in biogenetics and joins his
    father in research for the mother virus.
    
    1960
    Birth of Barry Burton.  Ex S.W.A.T. team member; currently part of
    S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team.  Working under threats to his family by
    Albert Wesker.  Competent helicopter pilot.
    
    1961
    Michael Warren, an engineer, moves to Raccoon city and begins work
    the city's cable car system.  He eventually becomes mayor.
    
    1963
    New york city architect George Trevor is hired by spencer to build a
    huge mansion in the arklay forest.
    
    Birth of Brad Vickers.  Part of S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team. Known as
    "chickenheart" he pilots the helicopter (and abandons the team)
    during a botched team disembark at the Spencer Mansion.
    
    1967
    
    November 10, 1967
    Progenitor Virus administered to Jessica and Lisa Trevor, wife and
    daughter of famed architect, George Trevor.  Kidnapped and held in
    the Spencer Mansion, Jessica eventually dies, Lisa lives.
    Trevor's Diary: George Trevor's aunt becomes ill and is sent to a
    nearby hospital.   Jessica and Lisa Trevor intend to visit her.
    
    November 13, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Architect George Trevor arrives at the Spencer
    Mansion, which he designed over a five-year period for Lord Ozwell E.
    Spencer.  Spencer tells Trevor that Trevor's family has recently
    departed to visit a sick aunt.   Both gentlemen feast in the dinning
    room before viewing the mansion's art collection.  Trevor mentions
    the house's "numerous secrets."
    Lisa Trevor's Letters: Part torture subject, part bio-experiment,
    Jessica Trevor writes a final, emotional note to her daughter,
    pleading for an escape plan and fearing the worst is upon them.
    
    November 14, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor views Lord Spencer's collection of
    European paintings and parchments.  Spencer tells Trevor he is
    contemplating turning the residence into a seaside resort.  He also
    wishes to start an "international industrial medicine company." The
    company's name would be "Umbrella."
    Lisa Trevor's Letters" Lisa Trevor feels dizzy from the shot she was
    given four days ago.  She wants to escape the mansion, but her mother
    hasn't returned.
    
    November 15, 1967
    Lisa Trevor's Letters: Lisa finds her mother and they eat together.
    Lisa is happy until she realizes her mother is a "fake" and "different
    inside." She locates her mother's face, peels it off her skull, and
    attaches it to herself.
    
    November 18, 1967
    Lisa Trevor's Letters: Lisa mentions a coffin under the house where
    her mother rests.  Little else of the letter is comprehensible.
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor notes in his diary that his wife and
    children have not returned from their Aunt Emma's.  There are no
    telephones, so he can't check their whereabouts.  Trevor heads to a
    second floor terrace.  Large crows perch here; Trevor feels strange,
    as if he is being watched.  He spies a lower courtyard with a ladder
    leading down into a hole  this wasn't in his design.
    
    November 20, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor notices that the shotgun gave Lord
    Spencer has been swapped for a broken one.  Trevor is alarmed at his
    family's disappearance, and his employer wants him back at work.
    
    November 21, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers:  Trevor is ushered into an enclosed
    reception chamber, where a man in a white lab coat tells Trevor
    that his family is dead.  Trevor feels pain in the back of his
    neck; he falls to the floor.
    
    November 24, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor is imprisoned in the room' the
    man in the white coat brings him "revolting" food.  Only he and
    Spencer know the mansion's terrible secrets.  He mentions
    preternatural entities roaming the manor grounds.  Trevor wonders
    if Spencer is testing the mansion's "secret mechanisms" on him.
    A strange ant-like creature lands on Trevor tramples a number of
    them.  Trevor's Diary also notes these occurrences.
    
    November 26, 1967
    Trevor's Diary: George Trevor loses his favorite lighter  the one
    Jessica gave him.
    
    November 27, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: George Trevor escapes from his room, but
    the mansion is securely locked.  He mentions Crests, an eye needed
    for a statue, and a Golden Emblem.  He hasn't time for these games.
    
    November 29, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers:  Trevor begins to lose his mind.  He stumbles
    upon a room with a giant plant growing through it.  He describes it
    as "absurdly gigantic." Trevor escapes the mansion and moves through
    a laboratory, in to a cave system.  He mentions high-heeled shoes.
    He hopes his wife escaped by this route.  Trevor's diary entries
    become increasingly disjointed.  He hasn't had food or water for
    days. He feels trapped.
    Trevor's Diary: Trevor continues to ramble on about being trapped,
    writing about large glass tubes and wet, eerie caves.
    
    November 31, 1967
    Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor is in the dark.  He scrambles through
    a secret tunnel that ends in a damp chamber.  Something monstrous
    looms in the shadows.  With his final match, he illuminates the room.
    Near him is a headstone carved with his name carved into it.  Trevor
    scrawls a final goodbye to his wife.
    
    Sometime in 1967
    It is assumed that Lord Ozwell Spencer and Alexander Ashford completed
    the experiment known as the T-virus.
    
    Sometime in 1967
    The Special Tactics and Recovery Squad (or S.T.A.R.S.) is formed in
    New York City as a special branch of the police force.  Its specially
    trained troops deal with cult-affiliated terrorism.
    
    
    1969
    Birth of Forest Speyer, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team sniper and vehicle
    specialist.  Deceased July 23, 1998 on a balcony inside Spencer Mansion.
    Devoured by an unknown entity.
    
    1970
    Estimated "birth" of Alfred Ashford and Alexia Ashford, twins in a
    long line of Ashfords.  Their father Alexander (along with Lord
    Spencer) created the T-virus.  The twins then experimented on
    Alexander, turning him into a "Nosferatu".  After the nvention
    of the T-Veronica Virus, Alexia enters a cryogenic state chamber to
    mutate and strengthen her powers.
    
    1971
    Birth of Joseph Frost, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team vehicles specialist,
    who joined Alpha Team under orders from Albert Wesker.
    Deceased July 23, 1998 on Spencer Mansion grounds.
    Devoured by zombified hounds.
    
    1972
    The Raccoon City chapter of S.T.A.R.S. is established.
    
    1973
    Birth of Chris Redfield S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team member.  Dishonorably
    discharged from the Air Force, Chris is recruited from S.T.A.R.S. by
    Barry Burton.
    
    1975
    Birth of Richard Aiken, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team communications specialist.
    Bitten to death July 23, 1998 on Spencer Mansion grounds.
    
    14th Feb 1975
    Birth of STARS alpha team member Jill valentine.
    Current status. Active.
    
    1978
    Wesker's Report II: Albert Wesker arrives at the Arklay Laboratories
    ignoring the Umbrella president and remaining aloof to the other staff.
    He commences research on the Ebola Virus, and attempts to create a
    Bio Organic Weapon (B.O.W. Entities).  Wesker first encounters the
    "woman," a creature who has been constantly experimented on with
    multiple viral strains since her first injection on November 10, 1967.
    
    1980
    Birth of Rebecca Chambers, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo team medic and part-time
    pianist.  One day before Alpha Team's arrival in Raccoon Forest,
    she investigates a mysterious train.  Albert Wesker shoots her in the
    chest, but she survives and escapes the mansion.
    Her status is currently active.
    
    1981
    Birth of Steve Burnside.  An immature but good-hearted child, he is
     held on the remote Rockfort Island with his father as a prisoner
    of Umbrella, Inc.
    
    July 27, 1981
    Wesker's Report II: Ten-year old Alexia Ashford is given permission
    to head up Umbrellas' remote Antarctic research station.  Her family's
     reputation is legendary (her father, Alexander Ashford first
    discovered the T-virus), although Alexander's son, Alfred, is
    useless.  Wesker vows to commence research on the laboratory's older
    workers, but Dr. William Birkin ins envious of Alexia and isn't
    mentally capable of helping Wesker.  An imprecise killing machine,
     name the Zombie, is created.  However its infection ration isn't
    perfect.  The "woman" still lives ,l and Wesker is surprised at
    how resilient she has become.
    
    1983
    
    January 30, 1983
    Alfred's Diary: Alfred Ashford, inside the secret Umbrella Antarctic
    base keeps a diary where he mentions a hidden passageway, accessible
    only by using three family brooches.  He cannot retrieve his father's
    brooch.
    
    February 17, 1983
    Alfred's Diary:  Alfred manages to secure the brooches and enter the
    sealed room.  He makes a shocking discovery-his DNA was spliced from
    a family ancestor and surrogate mother; both Alfred and Alexia are
    experiments.  Angry and jealous that his father chose Alexia (she
    exhibits genius intelligence, but Alfred does not), Alfred is determined
    to avenge his blundered birth.
    
    March 3, 1983
    Alfred's Diary: Alfred and Alexia begin to experiment using the
    T-Veronica Virus on a "human body" they find- most likely their
    father.  Alfred worries that the family butler will find out
    about this macabre experiment.
    
    April 22, 1983
    Alfred's Diary: Alexander Ashford is turned into a freakishly
    mutated being that comes to be known as "Nosferatu," and he's
    locked away in a secret basement room.  Alexia, meanwhile,
    continues to experiment on herself, and she informs Alfred that
    she needs to be frozen for 15 years before the T-Veronica Virus
    can completely consume her Alfred, now alone, mentally degenerates
    completely.
    
    December 31, 1983
    Wesker's Report II: Wesker hears that Alexia died after injecting
    herself with the T-Veronica Virus.  He can't rely on Alfred to
    help with research.  Wesker begins to wonder why Ozwell Spencer
    locate the laboratory here, especially as Wesker believes other
    species (both animal and vegetable) could be affected by the virus.
    He realizes that placing a base in the Antarctic wasn't so crazy
    after all.  The "failure" at the laboratory (the woman infected
    back in 1967) has been forgotten. Wesker's true intentions- that
     he's been planted in the Umbrella organization by another company 
    are still secret.
    
    
    1986
    Birth of Sherry Birkin, daughter of Umbrella scientists, Doctor
    William Birkin and Annette Birkin.  Sherry wears a small neck
    pendant that carries the G-virus.  Albert Wesker's forces may be
    holding her against her will.
    
    1987
    Residents of Raccoon City elect Michael Warren (the engineer who
    pioneered the town's cable car system) mayor of Raccoon City.
    Warren holds this position until the town is destroyed; he dies
    in the nuclear explosion.
    
    1988
    Wesker's Report II: Wesker can't believe Birkin is bringing life into
    the world when he works in such a place, especially as work has begun
    on the Tyrant, a genetically superior soldier.  However, very few
    "test subjects" could survive with the T-Virus inside them; most turn
    into Zombies.  Only 10 people in the United States have the correct
    DNA.  Hear the Umbrella France has recently started the Nemesis Project,
    Wesker requests appropriate samples, realizing that a tremendous
    soldier can now be created.   The Nemesis parasite has a short life
    expectancy outside of the host body, so Wesker resolves to plant
    the Nemesis parasite into the "woman."  The results are surprising 
    she devours the parasite and lives.  Wesker switches his research
    completely and begins to work on the "failure".
    
    1992
    After five years as mayor of Raccoon City, Michael Warren begins to
    rely heavily on Umbrella's "charitable" donations.  The money helps
    to build a hospital, a public utility works, a municipal building,
    and helps "keep the public peace."
    
    1993
    The newly appointed Raccoon City chief of police, Brian Irons, begins
    to take bribes from Umbrella, Inc. to ignore the disappearance of
    locals, Umbrella's "experimental" areas of the city, and other
    atrocities.  Chief Irons becomes more erratic.
    
    1995
    
    July 31, 1995
    Wesker's Report II: Wesker returns to the Arklay Laboratories after
    a four-year absence.  Birkin heads the G-Virus experiment that Wesker
    began.  The G-Virus continuously mutates its host, creating a creature
    that resurrects itself from the dead.  Spencer spends less and less time
    at the Raccoon facility.  A new lead researcher named John arrives,
    and the experiment on the "woman" begin to turn violent  she rips
    the faces off careless researchers and wears them on her hunched
    back.  She is destroyed, but Wesker wonders what Spencer has in
    store for Umbrella.
    
    1996
    While Mayor Warren and Police Chief Irons stonewall any protests,
    Umbrella, Inc. is permitted to construct the Arklay Laboratories
    near the old Spencer Mansion, away from the main business district,
    but still within Raccoon City Limits.
    
    1997
    Barry Burton leaves his job as S.W.A.T. team sergeant to become
    a full-time member of S.T.A.R.S. Burton recruits Chris Redfield,
    and both move to Raccoon City to revamp the S.T.A.R.S. team there.
    Ada Wong, a spy infiltrating the Umbrella organization to gain more
    information on their viral experiments, manages to become intimate
    with an Umbrella researcher named John. The Raccoon City Police
    Department moves into the disused Raccoon City Art Gallery.
    Artwork remains in the building during the move, but many more
    expensive paintings and statues arrive shortly afterward.  They
    belong to Chief Irons.
    
    1998
    
    April 25, 1998
    Manager's Diary: A technician is hired to manage Arklay Laboratories
    and "disposal" facility.  The lab is near the mansion, disguised as
    a factory.
    
    May 10, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: The keeper looks after a new specimen, which may be
    a Chimera.  The beast dismembers and disembowels its meat (a wild pig)
    before eating. Secretary's Diary: Chief Irons acquires another disgusting
    painting; a naked human, being hanged.
    
    May 11, 1998
    Keeper's Diary:  A T-Virus leak shuts down the Arklay Laboratories
     basement area.  The keep dons a haz-mat (hazardous materials) suit.
    
    May 12, 1998
    Keeper's Diary:  the Keeper feels "musty" and "itchy" after 24 hours
    in the haz-mat suit.
    
    May 13, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: The Keeper goes to the laboratory clinic when his
    itchy back becomes swollen.  He removes his haz-mat suit, and they
    bandage his back.
    Prisoner's Diary: On Rockfort Island, a prisoner complains that
    his cell "stinks of death." He shares a bunk bed with an
    "interesting" fellow named Bob.
    
    May 14, 1998
    Keeper's Diary:  A blister appears on the Keeper's foot; he
    hobbles to the dog pen.  Some of the hounds have escaped.
    Manager's Diary: Arklay Laboratories tests a special, but
    unstable, gas that decomposes living cells.
    
    May 15, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: An armed guard prevents the Keeper from leaving
    or making phone calls.
    
    May 16, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: A scientist is shot trying to escape from the
    secured Laboratory.  That night, a piece of rotting flesh falls off
    the Keeper's arm.
    Prisoner's Diary: Bob says that he was the assistant to Alfred
    Ashford, but was imprisoned over "a tiny little mistake."
    
    May 17, 1998
    The T-Virus accidentally saturates a laboratory plant in Arklay
    Laboratories, creating Plant 42.  An angry researcher floods the
    mansion's lower rooms, freeing sharks infected with the T-Virus.
    
    May 19, 1998
    Keeper's Diary: The T-Virus metamorphosis is almost complete.
    The Keeper attacks and eats the guard.
    
    May 20, 1998
    A female hiker is found on the bank of the Marble River.  The body
    shows signs of animal lacerations.
    Manager's Diary" Despite possessing a keycard, the Manager is accidentally
    locked inside a "treatment room" in the Arklay  Laboratories.
    Prisoner's Diary: Military personnel move Bob to a building from people
    never return.
    
    May 21, 1998
    Plant 42 Report: Umbrella researcher Henry Sarton writes about a mutating
    plant that attacks by crushing its victims in its vines or by bloodletting
    with its tendrils.  This monster has preyed on several scientists.
    
    May 27, 1998
    The Raccoon Times writes a report on the discovery of the dead hiker.
    The police think a grizzly bear attacked her.
    
    June 7, 1998
    Manager's Diary: Staff members are becoming unruly and will not correctly
    dispose of experimentations.
    
    June 8, 1998
    Researcher's Note: John, a researcher, tells his sweetheart how to correctly
    exit the Arklay Laboratories.  Pass codes are mentioned.
    
    June 16, 1998
    The Raccoon Weekly runs a story about strange "dog-like" creatures
    roaming the Arklay Mountains near the Spencer Mansion.  The paper
    urges people to try to photograph or capture a specimen.
    
    July 9, 1998
    The Raccoon Times: "Mystery in the Arklay Mountains" reports that
    local authorities closed the roads into the wilderness area; they
    summoned S.T.A.R.S. to help investigate.  Grotesque monsters are
    still in the area, and more families have vanished.
    
    July 16, 1998
    Manager's Diary: Bodies in the facility are still being dumped
    into exterior containers and not burned per instructions.  The
    plant disposal system cannot cope with "demand." The workers feel
    a little strange, they're taking medicine, but it isn't working.
    
    July 22, 1998
    White Umbrella: A clandestine organization give strict orders about
    an "X-Day." S.T.A.R.S. members are to be lured into a laboratory to
    battle the mutating experiments.
    Suicide Note: A researcher, writing to his wife, details a viral
    outbreak in the Arklay Laboratories.  He destroys his colleague
    with an ornate pistol and then hangs himself.
    
    
    July 23, 1998
    
    Raccoon City television runs a story about 10 families missing in
    the Arklay Mountains.  Human remains have been found in the area.
    A military police vehicle is discovered inside the Arklay Mountains.
    Rebecca Chambers reports that corpses of Military Police, plus an
    unidentified body, are uncovered near the vehicle.
    Alpha and Bravo S.T.A.R.S. teams are ordered to look for any survivors.
    The teams assemble on the evening of July 23rd. Bravo Team makes an
    initial sweep of the lower-lying forested areas.
    
    The BRAVO team's chopper is damaged during the flight and it crashes
    Rebecca finds a abandoned train and gets it running with the aid of
    Billy Coen, a fugitive. She and Billy make it to the umbrella labs
    and learn about Marcus, they fight their way out of the facility
    while its blown up by its automatic self destruct system. Rebecca
    vows not to tell anyone about Billy and files that Billy died in
    the incident.
    
    
    July 24th, 1998
    
    After contact is lost with the BRAVO team, Albert Wesker organizes
    the Alpha squad and they head out 1 day later to search for their
    missing partners, they find their downed chopper the team is
    attacked by undead monsters and they escape into a nearby mansion.
    Going through the puzzles of the mansion Chris and Jill discover
    that the mansion is Umbrella inc's property, they find a secret
    lab in the underground area's where its revealed that Wesker was
    a traitor all the time and he set the STARS up.
    
    But unfortunately Wesker is killed by his own creation, the tyrant
    and Chris, Jill, Barry, Rebecca and Brad are able to survive the
    horrific mansion incident and head back to Raccoon city
    
    
    July 25th, 1998
    
    The bruised and battered team arrives back at the raccoon city
    police department where they are welcomed back by their comrades
    but they go and confront the chief of police brian irons at once
    and they have a long arguement about that, after that the STARS
    speak of the events that happened in the mansion on public but
    they all think they're just bluffing and dont take them
    seriosuly, the STARS are hopeless.
    
    
    August 7th, 1998
    
    Jill valentine cant still get over her experience at the spencer
    mansion, she writes in her diary that her physical wounds may have
    been healed but her emotional wounds may never heal.
    
    August 13th, 1998
    
    Chris redfield causes a little commotion in the Police station
    and punches one of his co workers.
    
    August 15th, 1998
    
    Chris invites jill over to his appartment where he shows her
    some confidential pictures of a new umbrella virus in testing
    the G virus. jill cant believe what she see's.
    
    August 24th, 1998
    
    Chris and barry leave for the umbrella base in Europe, chris
    lasts the last note in his diary for his sister, jill elects
    to stay behind in case of any emergencies and she quits the
    RPD.
    
    
    
    September 28th, 1998
    
    Not long after the mansion incident, Raccoon city gets infected
    by the T virus and the residents of the city turn into mindless
    zombies. Jill Valentine is the only available STARS agent in
    that area, but she quit the force some time ago.
    
    Jill manages to escape the initial area's and gets in contact with
    some mercenaries sent by umbrella, but she is being stalked by a
    BOW monster called Nemesis who eventually infects Jill with a virus
    during their fight at the clock tower building and she faints.
    
    September 29th, 1998
    
    Leon S Kennedy and Claire Redfield enter Raccoon city from opposite
    directions at the same time, running into zombies they run into
    each other in the back of a diner and decide to help each other out.
    While on their way to the police precient they are attacked and
    separated, they both make their way to the Police station from
    opposite sides and meet up inside, unable to find her brother,
    Claire decides with Leon to get out of the city after finding
    some survivors.
    
    Claire finds a little girl named Sherry Birkin and escapes with
    her to the sewers, Leon runs into a mysterious woman Ada Wong
    who helps him into the sewers. Fighting mutated monsters both
    the groups make it to the huge labs under Raccoon city, here
    Leon discovers that Ada is a double agent and is searching for
    the G virus sample, but ada is shot by Annette Birkin, the wife
    of william Birkin, creator of the G virus and she falls down a
    huge chasm. Meanwhile Claire and Sherry find an emergency train
    and get it working while Leon fights the mutated William himself.
    
    After defeating him Leon makes it to the train just as the base
    start to explode behind him and they make it out of the town.
    
    September 30th, 1998
    
    claire and leon along with sherry escape the town but they run into an
    arguement and claire leaves to find her brother, leon is picked up by some
    strange men who give him an unknown offer, they also take sherry away from
    him.
    
    October 1st, 1998
    
    Jill finally awakes from the virus nemesis planted in her and continues
    her escape after Carlos finds the antivirus for her, going through an
    abandoned park and a disguised lab, Jill and Carlos make it to a control
    room where they catch the transmission of someone searching for Jill.
    After her last encounter with Nemesis, Jill and Carlos finally make it
    out of the city with none other then Barry Burton and his escape chopper.
    
    
    ?? November, 1998
    
    On another Island by the name of Sheena Island, a man wakes up after a
    chopper crash to discover he has no memory of his past life, he must
    regain information about himself while trying to discover the reason
    why all the citizens have turned into undead monsters. He makes it to
    the main city head quarters of Umbrella Inc where he learns about his
    heritage and the person who caused all this mess in the first place.
    
    Going through the city with two survivor children, he manages to make
    it to an abandoned lab where he fights a tyrant to death and escapes
    the island in a chopper before it explodes completely. Using the
    missiles on the chopper he disposes of the tyrant for good and heads
    for safe location with the children by his side.
    
    
    December 17th, 1998
    
    3 months after the raccoon city incident claire redfield finally gets a
    lead on his brother which leads him to the umbrella facility of Paris.
    Claire manages to infiltrate the base but inside she is spotted and some
    guards chase her down the halls. Suddenly a chopper comes right in front
    of her, she dodges it only to find herself face to face with a dozen
    troopers, getting rid of them with a sneaky move claire runs out of
    ammo and a guard captures here and she is taken to a prison.
    
    December 27th, 1998
    
    After waking up inside a prison, Claire manages to make it out of the
    island prison with help from a teenage boy named Steve Burnside who is
    also a prisoner, before escaping she manages to send a email to her
    brother Chris to come and help her, but before any replies from him
    arrive Claire and Steve manage to escape the island on a abandoned
    sea plane after fighting a terrifying monster which was let loose by
    the owner of the island, Alfred Ashford.
    
    The plane changes course automatically during flight and reaches
    Antarctica with Claire and Steve, they both go through the base where
    the plane landed and find Alfred Ashford there too, after disposing
    of another terrifying monster called the Nosferatu, Steve manages to
    shoot Alfred who falls down a huge chasm. Thinking they're home free
    Steve and Claire try to escape in a snow mobile. But Alfred manages
    to reach his frozen sister Alexia who awakens and destroys the snow
    mobile with her mind controlled tentacles.
    
    Meanwhile Chris redfield arrives on the island prison but finds that
    Claire is no longer there, but he runs into Albert Wesker who is now
    super human, finding a Jet plane Chris makes his way to antarctica.
    There he runs into wesker a few more times, but ends up finding Claire.
    They both then search for Steve but its already too late for him, Chris
    and Claire finally make it out of the base on the plane after fighting
    the monster form of Alexia. But Claire is captured by Wesker and he
    forces Chris to fight him in return of her safety, Chris agrees and
    Wesker releases Claire, a huge fight ensues between them and Chris ends
    up escaping with his life and Claire.
    
    
    During the flight
    
    Claire Redfield has a dream about herself and Steve fighting through
    the monsters of Rockfort island which became Survivor 2.
    
    
    Sometime in 2002
    
    Bruce McGivern, an american agent makes his way to an umbrella owned
    ship called the spencer rain. There he runs into a chinese agent by
    the name of Fong Ling and together they manage to blow up the ship
    and stop the virus contaminating the passengers.
    
    They then make it to an abandoned umbrella base on an island where
    they fight and defeat the person responsible for the ship incident.
    After defeating the guy, they both manage to survive and are saved
    by approaching choppers.
    
    
    
    
    ---------
    END TIMELINE
    
    
    
    
    
    
      *****************
      -----------------
    * WESKER's REPORT 1
      -----------------
      *****************
    
    
    
    My name is Albert Wesker.  I aspired to become a leading researcher
    at Umbrella Inc. A pharmaceutical enterprise who covertly conduction
    Bio Organic Weapons, better known as B.O.W., for development. But at
    the leader development training ground situated in Raccoon City, I met
    a brilliant and talented researcher who decided to take a different
    path - William Birkin.
    
    In time I shifted my position to S.T.A.R.S., a special forces unit of
    the Raccoon Police Department. Umbrella, for crisis management reasons
    of their illegal Bio Organic Weapons development had many of it's people
    working in the police department.
    
    I became the leader of S.T.A.R.S. and conducted all sorts of
    intelligence activities for Umbrella. As I continued to serve I devised
    my own plans and waited for the right moment to execute them.
    
    Then at last, opportunity knocked.
    
    July 1998
    
    The freak murder incidents had occurred in the forest near the mansion
    started it all. The mansion was Umbrella's secret BOW laboratory and it
    was clear that the in development T-Virus was the cause of the murder.
    Initially, Umbrella instructed me secretively to keep S.T.A.R.S. out
    of the case, but with the heightened emotions of the citizens S.T.A.R.S.
    had no choice but to move in.
    
    That was when my next order was given. Dispatch S.T.A.R.S. to the
    mansion, dispose of them, then report the situation to headquarters so
    that their combat with the B.O.W. could be used for data analysis
    allowing Umbrella a comprehensive portrait of the B.O.W.'s combat
    abilities.
    
    From the 2 S.T.A.R.S. teams I first pitched in the Bravo Team. As
    expected, the top elite of S.T.A.R.S. gave all they had and became
    useful sample data. Then following, I geared up the Alpha Team to
    search and rescue the lost Bravo Team. The members of the Alpha Team
    also proved their worth and as expected many died.
    
    There were 5 Survivors from the initial 11 S.T.A.R.S. members. From the
    Alpha Team were Chris Redfield, Jill Valentine, and Barry Burton. And
    from the Bravo Team were Rebecca Chambers and Enrico Marini. It was time
    to begin executing my plans. In the midst of the whole affair I
    could take Umbrella's ultimate Bio-Organic Weapon, the Tyrant, and join
    forces with an opposing corporation of Umbrella. To buy into that opposing
    corporation I would need the actual combat data of the Tyrant.
    
    The surviving privileged members of S.T.A.R.S. were just the perfect
    bait. I decided to have one of them play the Judas and draw them to the
    Tyrant. That Judas was Barry.
    
    Barry was the strong truth and justice kind and cherished his family
    more than anything. His type is easy to manipulate. I just took that
    most important thing away from him. My only miscalculation was the high
    potential of Chris and Jill. But with the family man Barry playing Judas
    the scheme went as planned. Then the winds turned unexpectedly.
    
    I had to eliminate Enrico who found out what was behind it all. I used
    Barry to get to him. After I successfully got rid of that nuisance I
    awaited the sample specimen that Barry would bring to me in the Tyrants
    room. I injected the virus I obtained from Birkin in advance. If I made
    Umbrella believe I was dead, it made it far more convenient to sell
    myself to the opposing corporation. According to Birkin the virus had
    profound effects. It would put my body in a state of temporary "death."
    It would then bring me back to life with super human powers. Therefor I
    unleashed an awesome Tyrant from its slumber and let it attack me.
    
    As my consciousness faded away I was certain that the whole scheme would
    end in success. Never did I imagine that S.T.A.R.S. could slay the evil
    creation. I lost the Tyrant and the plan I devised which cost me my
    humanity ended in failure. Now anything and anyone who stood in my way
    would be terminated. It's been that way for a long time and it always
    will be. At all costs I had to make S.T.A.R.S. pay.
    
    September 1998
    
    Two months had passed since the mansion incident. To regain everything I
    had lost in my new organization I joined hands with Ada Wong, a female
    agent who was also sent to spy on Umbrella.
    
    I knew in my bones that the key developer was William Birkin, but what
    he didn't know was that Umbrella did not play games... with anyone.
    Eventually, Birkin would be assassinated, and the G-Virus would be in
    the hands of Umbrella.
    
    But the salvage team led by Hunk was ahead of us. By the time they got
    to Birkin, he'd already injected himself with the G-Virus... he became
    his own creation, and decimated them. Soon after, the T-Virus carried by
    rats spread throughout Raccoon City, and Umbrella faced its worst scenario.
    
    September 28th
    
    The good citizens became zombies, and the city had headed for its
    devastating fate. Humans were no match against zombies. In the chaos,
    Umbrella Europe applied a new type B.O.W., called "Nemesis". The Nemesis
    would hunt down and destroy the surviving member of S.T.A.R.S., Jill.
    It became imperative that our organization would also obtain the Nemesis data.
    
    September 29th
    
    To cover up the whole affair, Umbrella jettisoned a Tyrant to take care
    of Leon and Claire, who were trying to unveil their secrets. Then, a
    new revelation. Birkin used to hide the findings of his studies in his
    daughter Sherry's pendant. It was very possible that the G-Virus
    was there. While Umbrella was busy with their cover up, we had to
    capture Sherry before they did. I sent Ada undercover to seek the
    location of Sherry. I, the "dead man" on the other hand, had to work in
    the shadows.
    
    A spy's obligation and priority is in the mission, to carry out the
    mission like a machine without any emotional interference. But through
    her interaction and involvement with Leon S. Kennedy, there'd been
    an affection growing inside her.
    
    My instincts sensed danger, something had to be done, quickly. My
    instincts did not disappoint me. Even though Ada almost had her hands on
    the G-Virus, which Leon had acquired from Sherry, that affection of hers
    drove her to her death. But she was still of some use. I had to save her
    life. My people hurried to retrieve the G-Virus that Leon threw away.
    But Hunk, the only survivor of Umbrella's salvage team, was there before
    us.
    
    September 30th
    
    Our only option left was to bring back Birkin, the monster, as the
    sample specimen and have him finish off Leon and Claire in order to
    obtain his combat data. Although Birkin lost the battle to Leon and
    Claire, we succeeded in gathering samples of the G-Virus from his dead
    body.
    
    October 1st
    
    In the morning the government bombed Raccoon City in an attempt to stop
    for the viral outbreak. This was, of course, their feigned reason.
    Later, Claire left for Europe to find her lost brother Chris, and
    Leon joined forces with a underground anti-Umbrella organization.
    Sherry is safe in our hands. I would never underestimate Birkin.
    
    There's something about this little girl...
    
    
    ----------
    EMD REPORT
    
    
    
    
      *****************
      -----------------
    * WESKER's REPORT 2
      -----------------
      *****************
    
    
    
    When I first visited that place, I was 18 and it was summer. Twenty
    years ago. I still remember the smell when the helicopter landed and
    the rotar caused the wind to stir. From the air, the mansion seemed
    normal but from ground level, something was different. Birkin, who
    was 2 years younger than I, seemed only interested in the research
    files he had as usual........
    
    1978 July 31(Monday)
    Two days ago, the two of us were assigned to that place. Everything
    could have been planned out from the beginning or it could have all
    been a coincidence. The only person to know the truth is most likely,
    Spencer. Spencer at that time was using the Arklay labs for the
    research on the t-virus.
    
    As soon as we got off the helicopter, the president of the lab
    stood in front of the elevator. I don't remember the guy's name.
    It didn't matter what was said officially, from that day on that
    lab was ours. We were assigned to be chief researchers at the
    facility. This of course, was Spencer's will. We were the chosen
    ones. The two of us ignored the president as we entered the elevator.
    We had already been briefed about the layout of the area as well
    as Birkin's, and with no bad intentions we ignored everyone as usual.
    
    Usually, when someone sees our actions, they would react quickly.
    But the president didn't react at all.
    
    At the time, I was only a youngster so it didn't bother the
    president. The president understood what Spencer was thinking
    and didn't take notice of someone like me. While the three of
    us were on the elevator, Birkin kept his eyes on the research
    files. The files contained information about a new firo-virus
    found 2 years ago in Africa called Ebora. Even now there are
    thousands of people researching the Ebora. But the people are
    always divided in half -- one group dedicated to saving people
    from the virus, and the other to kill people with it.
    
    It is known if a person is infected with the Ebora, that the
    chance of dying is 90%. It has the quality to destroy the physical
    structure within 10 days and even now, a cure hasn't been found.
    If used as a bio-weapon it would display incredible destruction.
    But because making a bio-weapon is against the law we would not
    use the virus as a weapon. But I'm certain that someone out there
    would use this as a weapon. So to prepare for a case of that
    nature it is good to do research on it now. But the line between
    finding a cure and making a bio-weapon is thin. This is because
    the actual research conducted do not differ at all between the two.
    So one could say that they are reseaching for a cure and be making
    a bio-weapon.
    
    But Birkin was not interested in either cause. He just wanted to
    research the Ebora itself. There was little known about the virus
    at the time. They did not know that the virus would die within a
    few days by itself, and would die instantly when hit by sunlight.
    They were also unaware of the speed that it would kill its host.
    It kills the host so quickly that there is virtually no time for
    the virus to infect another person. The virus has to physically
    touch another person in order to infect them and therefore can
    easily be quarantined. But that brings me to the following thought...
    
    
     What if a person that was infected with the Ebora virus could
    stand up and walk around? That infected person would have a disrupted
    chain of thought, and what if they could infect others that weren't
    infected? What if the DNA of the Ebora and the RNA had a direct
    impact on the DNA of a human? Due to those factors, would the
    person be harder to kill? The person would be dead from a human's
    point of view, but would still act as a bio-weapon spreading the
    virus.
    
    It is forunate that the Ebora had features like this. We would be
    the only ones to possess this knowledge.
    
    Umbrella, with Spencer as the head was a organization created to do
    research on viruses with these qualities. As a cover they tell the
    world that they are a company researching cures for these viruses.
    But the truth was that they are a bio-weapon development organization.
    The finding of the original virus which restructures the human
    DNA was the start of everything. Using the original virus as a
    base, an enhanced virus would be made to be a bio-weapon. This
    was the T-virus plan.
    
    The original virus was an RNA virus and would cause abnormalities
    that would enhance a person. Birkin planned on combining the two
    viruses to make an enhanced virus. The sample of the Ebora had
    already been brought to this reserach facility. We had gone through
    many elevators and had finally reached the destination. Upon
    entering, even Birkin was impressed by the sight. This was our
    first encounter with that woman.
    
    We were not told anything about that woman. Everything relating
    to her was kept top secret and the data was not to be leaked to
    the outside. Information obtained from records showed that she
    had been here since this lab was created. She was 25 years old
    at that time. But what her name is and why she is here is a
    mystery. She was a test subject for the research on the T-virus.
    The research began on November 10, 1967.
    
    For 11 years, she had gone through the tests with many viruses.
    
    I heard Birkin whisper something. Whether those words were cursing/
    swearing or praising I do not know. We had come to a place we could
    never leave. We didn't know whether we were to take the research to
    it's completion or if we would end up like her. For us we, only had
    one choice. The woman who lied on the pipebed had moved something
    within both of our minds. Is this also a part of Spencer's plan?
    
    
    On this day, a ten-year old girl was deployed to Umbrella's Arctic
    facility as a Head Researcher. Her name was Alexia Ashford. At that
    time, I was twenty-one and Birkin was nineteen. Ruefully, the rumor
    of "Alexia in the Arctic" occupied our topics at the Arkley Facility.
    The Ashford House was a legend among long-time employees.
    
    
     Whenever our research didn't go well, the unskilled old researchers
    would say, "If only Professor Edward were still alive..." Certainly,
    Edward Ashford was one of the founders of the "starting virus" and
    might be the greatest scientist ever since he established the T-virus
    plan. However, Edward died soon after Umbrella was founded. It has
    been thirteen years since his death. After all that time, I wondered
    what we expected from Ashford House.
    
    To tell the truth, the Arctic Facility that his son established, had
    not developed anything for thirteen years since Edward's death. His
    granddaugter Alexia's brain might not be good enough.
    
    However, after that day, our useless older scientists began to say
    instead "if only Alexia were here..." I believed these old men didn't
    have any future because they judged people solely on the name of their
    family or their blood. That's why they could not work without any direction
    and could not ever get promoted when they were old enough to have one leg
    in the coffin. However, I remained sensible.
    
    If I was too hot about this issue as a manager, the Arkley
    Facility's T-virus development would run late. Under these circumstances,
    if we didn't judge the situation calmly, we would not succeed. At that
    time, I thought that if I used these old men well, the results of our
    research would show progress. I also thought the scientists were suitable
    for the very dangerous experiments because they were so old. After all,
    If I didn't use my workers efficiently, I wouldn't be such a higher manager.
    
    However, Birkin was now a problem. His reaction to the Alexia rumors
    were miserable.
    
    Although Birkin would never admit it, he was proud of becoming the
    youngest manager at sixteen. However, a ten-year-old girl had just
    broken his pride completely. It was the first time Birkin had ever
    been defeated. He couldn't admit that a young girl from a famous family
    had defeated him. Indeed, he was just a child. Although Birkin had an
    immature mind we needed him to get over it, because our research had
    been in the second phase for three years.
    
    At this point of the T-virus development, the production of the
    "Human biological weapon" the so called "Zombie" was stable. There
    was not 100% virus infection to DNA. There are so many kinds of
    chemical differences among people. If a group of people reveived the
    infection from a "Zombie", ten percent of them would not get infected.
    We can't change this result even though we continuously studied the
    DNA. If 90% of people got the infection, this would be enough to be
    a weapon. However, Spencer's opinion was different. Our boss wanted
    an independent weapon that killed 100% of the people. However, for
    what?
    
     Originally, the advantage of biochemical weapons was that they were
    cheap to develop. However, our research into the "Human biological
    weapon" was getting expensive. If Spencer wanted to get money the
    ordinary way, he would not have chosen such a method. If he used
     this as an ordinary weapon system, he would get enough money. However,
    if he continued to study it as an independent weapon, it would be
    too expensive.
    
    Why does he continue this research even though it costs so much? I
    would understand if he aimed at a monopoly of all military industry
    to change the general idea of war. So I still don't know Spencer's
    real intention.
    
    Apart from Spencer's real intention, what Birkin considered an ideal
    "Human biological weapon" was what he attached as a weapons importance
    to the battle field of that time. He tried to create that weapon by
    not only changing the T-virus DNA but also incorporating other creature's
    DNA information. He devised a Human biological weapon for battle that
    destroys people who are armored or recieved a vaccination for the
    virus. This experiment was called the "Hunter" in later times. However,
    that experiment had to stop for a while to protect our main experiment.
    
    Birkin felt it meaningless to compete against Alexia. He began to act
    like losing was standard behavior. He stayed at the facility twenty-four
    hours a day and continuously experimented on casual ideas with no plan.
    I tried to use other researchers to extract as many biological samples
    as possible before the experiment bodies died. However, I could not catch
    up with the speed of Birkin's experiments. The facility head supplied
    new experiment bodies and acted like nothing was wrong. However, those
    bodies were dying continuously. That place was like hell. However,
    the "woman experiment's" body was the only one who survived that hell.
    
    She was already twenty-eight. That is, she has been in this facility
    for fourteen years. She might not have any thinking ability as a human
    since getting the "Starting virus". If she had her mind, her only hope
    would be death. However, she survived. I wondered why she was the only
    one who survived for such a long time because the data of her experiment
    was not any different from the other bodies we experimented on. Until
    we solved this mystery, we needed more time
    
    It has been the 6th winter since I worked at this Arklay facility.
    
    During the last two years, we had made no real progress with our
    research and time passed by. But this had come to an end. We had
    recieved word that Alexia had died. The reason was the virus that
    Alexia herself created, the (T-Veronica virus). It seemed like the
    12 year old Alexia was too young for such dangerous research.
    
    
     I had heard rumours that Alexia had injected the T-veronica virus
    in herself but this I could not believe. She probably couldn't handle
    her father's death one year ago and made a simple error in her research.
    
    Later, the research at the Antarctica facility was continued by Alexia's
    twin brother, but no one had expected anything from him. In the end,
    the Ashford family couldn't bring any results and would crumble down.
    
    Like I had stated earlier, the Ashford family was a legend and will
     stay as a legend only.
    
     With Alexia's death, Birkin had changed back to what he was before.
    Now there was no one who could surpass him, and all the researchers
    had to acknowledge him. But it was still a taboo to talk about Alexia
    infront of him. Even when I tried to get a sample of the T-veronica
    virus, he had strongly objected.
    
    I had to put aside finding out about the research that Alexia had done
    for now. Ihad come to realize Birkin had not changed at all, when
    everything around him had changed.  But I had a much bigger problem
    on my hands.
    
    Our facility was located in a very dense forest. I went out walking
    into the woods many times but because this facility was in the near
    center of the forest, we would never encounter any other humans. The
    only way to get here was by a helicopter. It was a needed precaution
    dealing with a bio-weapon. Since if by chance, the virus is leaked out,
    it would prevent the chances of spreading. But a bio-weapon isn't so
    simple. The virus can also affect non-human beings as well.
    
    A virus isn't always limited to affecting only one kind of organism.
    For example, the Influenza virus not only affects humans, but birds,
    pigs, horses and even seals. In each of these species, not all who
    come in contact with the virus are affected. Seagulls and chickens
    are, but all other birds are not. Also, the same virus may have
    different effects on different species. The problem lies in how the
    T-virus can affect many different life forms.
    
    During the time when Birkin made himself useless, I had done my
    own research on the T-virus. I had discovered that the T-virus
    can affect most life forms out there. Not only mammals but plants,
    bugs, and fish can also be affected. Everytime I walked in the woods,
    I always thought to myself, why did Spencer choose this place?t?
    
    There are many different forms of life in these woods. What would
    happen if the virus were to leak out? If only an insect were infected,
    it is small in size and probably would not go through a big mutation.
    But insects could spread the virus at an incredible rate. If this were
    to happen, how far would the T-virus spread? If it were a plant that
    was infected, the plant itself could not move and would seem safe. But
    what about the seeds the plants give out?
    
    It would be very dangerous for such a case to happen. Now that I think
    about it, it was a smart move for the Ashfords to locate their facility
    in Antarctica. But here it almost seems like someone wants the virus to
    spread. But that could not be possible. What is Spencer trying to make
    us do?
    
    This issue was far too great and I could not discuss this with any other
    researcher. The only one who I could talk to was Birkin, but he probably
    wouldn't be interested. I need more information. I had started to realize
    my limits as a simple researcher. To find out what Spencer was truly
    thinking, I needed to get to a position where I could obtain more information.
    
    For that I would throw away all my current positions. But I cannot
    do this quickly. I could not let Spencer notice my plans for if so,
    everything would be over.
    
    I had continued to do research with Birkin so that no one would detect
    my intentions. During that time, that 'woman test subject' was forgotten.
    A "failure" that just lived on. Until that day, 5 years later.....
    
    The 11th summer had come since we started working at this facility. I
    was 28 at the time. Birkin had become a father to a 2 year old girl.
    The wife was a also a researcher at the facility. It was natural that
    people who conducted research at the same facility fall in love and have
    children. But a normal person would not be able to continue research at
    this place. Everyone who is still here is crazy.
    
    We had gone into phase three of our plan in the ten years. A programmed
    life, to be used a soldier, a bio-weapon for combat. This bio-weapon
    was to be called the "Tyrant". But this project had a huge problem from
    the start. Finding a test subject for this Tyrant was easier said than
    done. There were very few who were qualified enough to become the Tyrant.
    
    This was due to the nature of the T-virus. Any human could be used to
    make a zombie or a hunter but their intelligence would be lost in the
    process. A certain amount of intelligence was needed to create a Tyrant.
    Birkin had created a different way of creating the Tyrant to compensate
    for this problem. But only a very small amount of people could be used
    for this different way. In the simulation, only 1 out of 100000000 mutated
    into a Tyrant, the rest became zombies.
    
    If our research continued, we could create a different kind of T-virus
    that was compatible with far more people. But for this to happen we
    needed another test subject. But even if we searched through all of
    America, we would only find ten or so people that were compatible.
    Other research facilities had encountered the same problem. We ran
    into a wall even before our research began.
    
    But we had recieved word that the Europe facility had devised a plan
    to conquer this problem in phase 3. This was the Nemesis project. I
    had urged Birkin to get a sample of the project to further our own
    research. Although Birkin had strongly opposed, I convinced him otherwise.
    Until we found a compatible host our research would not proceed forward,
    and Birkin had to accept this.
    
    We had received the package a few days later with a number of precautions
    written on it. The package brought to heliport was in a small box labeled
    "Nemesis Project". To gain this sample from the France facility required
    quite there effort, and credit for this accomplishment went to Spencer for
    backing us up. Birkin took no interest in the package till the end but had
    at least admitted to tests. The sample was new and was for test purposes.
    
    A biological life form created by manipualting DNA. That was the what
    the Nemesis was. The intelligence was the only thing enhanced and this
    lifeform alone, could not do anything. But once it finds a host, it
    becomes a parasite and would take over that host and would cause it
    to have incredible combat ability. The host for the weapon and the
    parasite would be made separately and later the intelligence of the
    parasite and the body of the host would be combined to create a bio-weapon.
    If this were to succeed it would overcome the problem of the intelligence
    and we could create a bio-weapon. But the problem was when the parasite
    takes over the host.
    
    In the research files, the only information recorded was the death of
    each host once taken over by the parasite sample. Within 5 minutes of
    the parasite taking over, the host would die. But we were already
    aware of the danger that lied in the prototype. If we could prolong
    the time the host would survive, we would gain the credit to the "Nemesis
    project". That was my plan. The host would be that women test subject.
    
    Her incredible life rate could survive longer against the Nemesis
    prototype. And even if it failed, nothing would change on our side.
    
    But the test had created a result I had not expected. The Nemesis
    prototype that tried to enter her brain had disappeared. At first,
    we could not tell what had happenned. We did not expect her to consume
    the Nemesis. That was the beginning. Something was happenning inside
    that failed experiment. We had decided to start research on her from
    scratch.
    
    In the past ten years, we had conducted every bit of research
    possible on her, but we had decided to throw all those files away.
    Within the 21 years that she lived, something was beginning to show.
    Only Birkin had begun to notice the change. Indeed, something had
    begun to change inside her.
    
    But that was something totally different from the T-virus project.
    Something new and would bring a new idea to us.
    
    The project which changed our destiny, the "G-virus project"
    
    it had been 17 years since I first came to this place. Every time I come
    here, I remember the smell of the wind from that day. The buildings and
    the surroundings all looked the same as before. On the heliport, I could
    see Birkin. It has been a long time since I've seen him. Four years have
    passed since I left Arklay labs.
    
    4 years ago, when Birkin's G-virus project was authorized, I requested
    to be transferred to the secret (intelligence) service. This was easily
    authorized. Most people saw it as a natural change, going from the research
    profession to another field. In reality, the research conducted on the
    G-virus was far above my level. Even if I wasn't out to discover what
    Spencer was truly thinking, I could feel my limits as a researcher had
    reached their peak.
    
    Even as the wind blew, Birkin didn't take his eyes off of his research
    files. He came to Arklay quite often, even though he was not employed
    here anymore. Not too long ago, an underground lab under Racoon City
    was built. This was the place that Birkin's G-virus project would take
    shape. To be honest, I didnt think that Spencer would authorize "G". I
    thought this because "G" was considered far from being a weapon, and
    had too many unknowns about it.
    
    "G" was slightly different from "T-virus" because the host would
    spontaneously react to the virus at a repetitive rate. It was very
    easy for a mutation to occur since the DNA would be open to a virus.
    But this is isolated to the virus itself and not the host's DNA. Even
    if the virus could cause some form of change, it would be rare for the
    host's DNA to become mutated. Enter an ouside force such as radiation,
    and it would be a different story. But in the case of "G" it was different.
    Even without an outside force the "G" would keep mutating the host until
    death.
    
    Something very similar in nature did exist within the T-virus though.
    When a bio-weapon is put in a specific area, the virus inside the host
    would cause some form of mutation. This has already been confirmed. But
    for this an ouside force was always needed. But the "G" has no need for
    such an element. No one can predict the pattern of the mutations. And
    even if we could think of a way to stop the mutation, the virus would
    just improvise.
    
    7 years ago Birkin discovered this in that woman. At first look the woman
    appeared to have no physical changes. But inside of her various mutations
    had occurred, each consuming every kind of virus we injected her with, and
    had continued to live on. Over a period of 21 years, it had mutated so
    much that it would even consume the Nemesis. The G-virus project was to
    take this mutation to highest point possible. But this could lead to the
    "Ultimate life form" or it could end in complete disaster
    
    .....could this be called a weapon?
    
    
    What was Spencer thinking when he authorized this project? Even when I
    moved to the secret intelligence service I could not find out anything
    about Spencer's train of thought during these 4 years. Spencer hasn't
    been to Arklay labs in a while now. Almost as if he is expecting something
    to happen there. Spencer was slowly drifting away from me, just as an oasis
    in a desert. But my chance will come soon enough. Thats if I can live until
    then.
    
    The elevator took Birkin and I to the highest level in the lab. To that
    place where we first saw that woman. There, we met the new research leader,
    John. He had come from a Chicago lab and was an excellent researcher, but he
    was too normal to work in a place like this. He had started to question the
    motives of the research, and had repeatedly questioned the superiors.
    
    This news reached my ears in the secret (intelligence) service. If information
    had been leaked out, he would be the first to go? This was the general
    opinion amongst the masses.
    
    We both ignored John and started the clean-up of that woman. We had
    to kill her. When she had consumed Nemesis she started to regain some
    intelligence and exhibited some preculiar behaviors. The behavior would
    worsen. She would ripped off another womans face and would wear it herself.
    According to the records she showed the same behaviors when she was first
    injected with the original virus. Recently three researchers had been
    killed as a result of her behavior, and this is what prompted her immediate
    termination. Because the "G project" was progressing so well, we had
    no use for her.
    
    Her death was confirmed over the course of 3 days, and her "dead body"
    was carried somewhere by the president. After all was said and done, no
    one knew who she was or why she was here. But this was also true of any
    of the other test subjects. If she had not been here the G-project would
    not have existed. Both Birkin and I would had be in completely different
    situations. I had this on my mind as I left the Arklay labs.
    
    How far was Spencer planning on taking this?
    (the "incident" would happen 3 years later)
    
    
    
    
    18.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
       _                    _            _                 
      | |__  ___ ______  __| |_ _ _ __ _| |_ ___ __ _ _  _ 
      | '_ \/ _ (_-<_-< (_-<  _| '_/ _` |  _/ -_) _` | || |
      |_.__/\___/__/__/ /__/\__|_| \__,_|\__\___\__, |\_, |
                                                |___/ |__/ 
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4018
    
    
    
    Here are the boss strategies listed separately for you to browse through,
    the main purpose of this section is to provide detailed boss fight methods
    for those who are going with the non spoiler walkthrough so that they dont
    have to look in the spoiler area to know about a particular boss.
    
    
    
    
                          FIRST BOSS : DEL LAGO
                          ---------------------
    
    First lets see what kinds of attack Lago can do to damage Leon, first
    off he would try to drag the entire boat along with itself into one
    of the big floating pieces of wood in the middle of the lake (who the
    hell put them there anyway) and if that happens Leon will immediately
    lose half of his life, and not only that but you will also fall down
    into the water and you will be forced to swim quickly back into the
    boat, the bad thing is that if your not pressing the action key fast
    enough then Del Lago will eventually come out and eat Leon whole.
    Thus ending the fight instantly, and we dont want that. To prevent Lago
    from ramming you into the wood, you should quickly steer your boat out
    of its path when its near. But be warned as you'll have to drop the
    harpoon since Leon cant swim and fight at the same time.
    
    Now lets talk about the fighting technique, Leon can only fight this
    battle with a harpoon in his hand, but the good thing is that you get
    infinite number of harpoons to fight the boss with. When you want to
    attack it, raise the harpoon by pressing the R button, you'll see
    Leon aim the harpoon and a small crosshair will appear on screen with
    it, now aim the crosshair directly at Lago and fire with the A button
    if you made a hit then you will see blood coming out of the contact
    point. The bad thing is that the harpoons can take a little time to
    "reload" so you dont want to miss that often.
    
    -----
    
    
    
                          SECOND FIGHT : EL GIGANTE
                          -------------------------
    
    El gigante, is a huge fricking mass of meat to say the least and
    it looks remarkably like the big troll from the Lord of the Rings
    movies if you have seen any of them, but unfortunately Gandalf
    won't be coming here to help you beat him so Leon will have to do
    the fight on his own. One thing I would like to ask you before
    the fight even begins is to make sure you have the stock for the
    TMP if it is available at this point in time and that your TMP
    and shotgun are both fully loaded and ready for some mayhem.
    
    Now lets get down to the actual killing method for the boss, the
    only thing you can do to kill it is keep shooting it with any
    weapon that you have until it bends over in pain and reveals the
    Los Plagas on its back, before that, the best method of weakening
    the boss is the quick weapony since there will be hell to pay if
    your caught while firing with a shotgun or rifle, the TMP works
    best here, since you can shoot a few rounds at the giant's head
    and run back as quickly as you can. Thats the trick you should use.
    
    Eventually you would have shot the giant enough and now the Plagas 
    is revealed on its back, the most efficient method of taking it out 
    is to climb gigante's back when he's bent over (The game will tell 
    you the buttons) and slash away with the knife when you have the 
    chance or use a powerful weapon like the shotgun to deal damage to 
    the Plagas. You can use stuff like flash grenades to make your life 
    a little easier during this battle as well.
    
    You'll have to repeat this process a couple of times before the
    boss fight is finally over and you will be rewarded with 15,000
    in cash. Woo Hooo...
    
    ---------
    
    
                          THIRD BOSS : BITORES MENDEZ
                          ---------------------------
    
    Now the first form of the boss isnt that hard to dodge either since
    most of its attacks are very slow and require you to be next to it
    but since its a slow moving boss you will have no trouble running
    away from it. You can circle around it and pop a few into his ass
    while he's turning to get you, or if your on the second floor of
    the place then he'll extend his arm and try to smack you down from
    there, a little dangerous but you can run fast enough to dodge his
    attacks up there too. Its easier to defeat the first form if you
    go up the southern ladder and wait for it to come near you then
    run to the northern end then shoot a couple of bullets into it before 
    it reaches your area, and repeat the process all over again. Like I 
    said before, the first form isnt that hard and you dont need to use 
    any thing else but your handgun for this one.
    
    Okey now its the second part of this fight thats a little more
    harder then the first one (duh). After you deal enough damage to
    the boss it will rip half of its torso apart and you will have
    to fight the upper half of Mendez hopping around on his arms.
    Right, sounds easy but im afraid its harder then the first form
    since he hops around faster this time you won't have as much time
    as before to fire a couple of shots into him, for this end of the
    fight if you happen to have plenty of TMP ammo or shotgun shells
    either will work fine, the TMP will deal quick but small damage
    and the shotgun is slow but good amount of damage.
    
    As soon as he starts hopping around, its much easier to finish
    this boss fight from the first floor this time around, unlike
    before the boss has no long range attacks so it has to be very
    close to you in order to attack you, so the perfect strategy for
    this fight is to run in opposite directions of the house, like
    run to the north end of the house and quick turn around, fire
    a couple of shots into the boss and when he hops uncomfertably
    close to you, run to the other end of the house, quick turn and
    shoot some more. Repeat this process and eventually Mendez will
    die out, and he leaves a key item behind and about 30 k peseta's.
    
    ---------
    
                          BOSS FIGHT : RIGHT HAND MAN
                          ---------------------------
    
    After the boss makes its initial appearance, he will attack you with 
    differnt kinds of attacks that incluse slashes or it will even some 
    times try a charging attack which you can dodge by pressing the proper
     dodge buttons that appear on the screen, once you've dodged a few of 
    its attack quickly head over to the nitrogen contains in this room and
    tip it over, this will cover the right hand man with nitrogen and it 
    will slow him down for a little while giving you a chance to run like 
    hell and find some cover, eventually the shutter will be removed and 
    you will be able to proceed back to the previous hall where there are 
    some more nitrogen canisters waiting to be dropped.
    
    The other method of this fight involves in us shooting the  living 
    daylights out of the boss and getting an item for it, most  of the 
    fight  procedure is the same but once you  knock  over  the  first 
    nitrogen canister and  the  boss  is  frozen,  take out the rocket 
    launcher or the next most  powerful  weapon you have (which should 
    be the broken butterfly)  and  start  smacking the boss while he's 
    frozen, you can  also  hurt  it  normally  but the bullets do more 
    damage when its frozen, if you happen to  have the rocket launcher 
    then it would be extremely easy for you  to kill it, otherwise tip 
    over the nitrogen canisters one  at  a  time and start pumping the 
    boss with any kind  of  powerful  weapon available. Eventually the
     boss should die and it  will drop a Crown Jewel after dying. This 
    method is really hard without  the rocket launcher and can take up
     a lot of ammo if you dont have powerful guns, if your a first timer 
    then its suggested that you try to run away from this boss.
    
    ----------
    
    
    
                          FOURTH BOSS  : RAMON SALAZAR
                          ----------------------------
    
    If you recall correctly I asked you not to use the broken butterfly
    at all and upgrade it every chance that you get, well if you manage
    to get it to full power and have all the ammo that we have found from
    the start then you should be good to go for this fight and it wouldnt
    take a lot of bullets to get this one over with. Still, it can be hard.
    
    First lets take a look at the attacks this bastard can do, as you will
    notice this boss comprises of three main tentacles, the central one of
    them being the one in the center, although the center one doesnt hit
    you that often, it has the most damaging attacks of all three, first it
    can slam the platform that your standing on to deal a heavy amount of
    damage, secondly it will try to swallow you in whole which is needless
    to say an instant death attack so its best that you get the hell out
    of the area when you see it attempting to eat Leon.
    
    Now lets come to the actual attacking part of this fight, the only
    real damage can be done after you've opened salazar's shell and are
    able to see the true form, to do that you will have to fire at the
    large eyeball thats on the central tentacle, you can use a single
    butterfly round and the eye will drop down for a while and salazar's
    shell will open revealing salazar for you to shoot at. But since you
    haven't got that much magnum rounds at this time and the tentacle with
    the eye ball moves a lot you should take out the TMP when your dealing
    with the eye since you should have plenty of ammo for that gun at this
    point in the game. As soon as the eye drops change your weaponry and
    take out the butterfly. Take aim at salazar and hit him as much as you
    can before the eye finally comes back up and you have to repeat the
    process. 
    
    --------
    
    
                          FIFTH BOSS  : IT
                          ----------------
    
    Now you should remember why i asked you to save all those magnum
    rounds, but sadly enough you dont want to use all the rounds in
    this fight alone as you'll need more in another coming boss fight
    the best thing to start off this fight however is to use one clip
    of your magnum ammo on the boss but leave the final bullet, we're
    gonna keep this final bullet until we upgrade the magnum at which
    time the merchant refills the guns themselves.
    
    IF you didnt have the magnum in this fight to begin with you will
    have a little trouble though since the initial magnum clip would
    have weakened the boss down already a whole lot, but there are
    other alternatives for you to deal quick damage to the boss, if
    you manage to spot the boss next to one of the explosive barrels
    then shoot it and the boss will sustain some quick damage, or you
    can lure the boss towards the lever operated gates and trap it in
    and shoot it from the safety of the gates while it tries to blow
    the gates open or before it burrows under the ground and makes it
    to where you are. In simple words, you have to hit it like hell.
    
    You can also use your occasional flash grenade to distract the
    boss for a little time also giving you enough time to pump the
    boss full of shotgun shells or TMP rounds, after you've dealt the
    boss enough damage it will fall down as if it is dead but unless
    you get a proper scene for its death you can be sure its not dead
    yet, so be aware when that happens as it will get back up in a
    little while, pretty soon after that if you keep up to your strategy
    the boss fight will be over and this hard ass boss will finally die.
    
    It drops a whopping 50,000 peseta's after its death.
    
    -----------
    
    
                          SIXTH BOSS : JACK KRAUSER
                          -------------------------
    
    As soon as you pick the Piece of the Holy Beast, Eagle. Krauser will
    come into view but you won't be fighting his normal self, instead at
    the start of the fight his Los Plagas will mutate and burst out of
    his body, now thats what your going to have to fight. As soon as it
    happens Krauser will immediately try to surprise you so keep your
    fingers on the dodge key during the scene to quickly respond, if he
    manages to knock you off the platform quickly tap the A button so
    Leon gets back up. Phew.
    
    If you happen to have a butterfly with plenty of ammo for it then
    you can finish this fight quicker since it only takes one bullet
    from the magnum to his knees to make him stagger after which you
    are free to pump him in the head. Besides that if you dont have a
    lot of spare ammo for the butterfly then you would have to switch
    weaponry which isnt nice. Take out the TMP here and aim for his legs
    and when he's down quickly take out the magnum and finish the rest.
    Though the shotgun sounds tempting for this battle its actually not
    a real good damage dealer for Krauser so try your best not to use it.
    
    If you dont have any magnum ammo at all then you would have to do
    this entire fight using your TMP or shotgun if you dont have enough
    TMP ammo either. Krauser has many different attacks but thankfully
    most of them can be dodged by pressing the L and R buttons together.
    Krauser will flip backwards after doing an attack or after you dodge
    one of his attacks and when he stops he will most certainly leave
    his head and chest open for a few seconds for you to take aim and
    fire some pot shots at. So take this time to do that as well.
    
    
    ------
    
    
                          BOSS FIGHT : LORD SADDLER
                          -------------------------
    
    The area where your fighting on has three main sections where
    you can fight from, first is the middle section where you are
    starting the fight from, you shouldn't stay here that often since
    its an open area and it gives Saddler enough room to easily pound
    you from all directions. Besides that there are two other smaller
    platforms as well which are connected to the central area by a
    set of small moving bridges which dont work well. They will move
    a lot and if they move while your on them then you will quickly
    have to press the dodge keys to make Leon jump and hang to the
    other side where you would then have to tap the action key like
    mad to make him climb up quickly.
    
    Now when it comes to actually fighting the monster head on you
    will have to be slightly more creative, you will have to first
    hit the monster's popping eyes through out his bodies and when
    you manage to hit one of them it will crash on the ground and
    THEN you will be able to hit the big eye to cause some serious
    damage to the boss, the best weapon to use here is the TMP as
    you only need to hit any eye with 1 bullet to make Saddler go
    down for the count, but after that you should take out something
    powerful. The best method to do this is to wait for when Saddler
    is charging towards you then take aim at Saddler with the TMP
    and wait for one of the eyes to pop out before shooting it.
    
    When it comes to hitting the eye I would ask you to use nothing
    else but the broken butterfly as its a very powerful gun and you
    can easily shoot the eye a couple of times before it finally goes
    back inside and Saddler gets up. Besides that like Gigante you
    can also climb up on Saddler and use the knife to hit his eye
    in a heroic but stupid manner.
    
    After you've cause enough damage to the central eye of Saddler
    you will have a small scene where Ada will drop off a rocket
    launcher on one of the platforms. Deje vu anyone ?!.
    
    
    
    
    
    
    19.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                               _            
                   _ _ _____ _(_)_____ __ __
                  | '_/ -_) V / / -_) V  V /
                  |_| \___|\_/|_\___|\_/\_/ 
    
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4019
    
    
    Rather then sit down and write a complete review for the damn
    game I'll just state a few Pro's and Con's for the game in my
    view. Since this damn guide is getting too big already.
    
    Pro's.
    ------
    
    - The Graphics are a absolute Pro, best ever i've seen in a
      survival horror game.
    - The voice acting is superb compared to other RE games.
    - The game length is also much bigger then other RE's.
    - The game is set in Full 3D thats a plus in itself.
    - The atmosphere's and playing arena's are well animated
      and very big, more exploring equals more fun.
    - The bosses are very nice, some require real thought.
    - The cut scenes obviously deserve a round of applause.
    - The Krauser Leon fight scene in itself is worth applauding.
    - Ashley's boob size is too XD.
    
    Con's.
    -----
    
    - Too different from a RE game, some people might not like that
    - Ashley.. you get what im talking about.
    - Too much pressure on tapping the action key especially in some
      later area's like Krauser fight and laser room.
    - Every second enemy looks alike lol.
    - No wesker :(.
    - Ada's should have appeared more often.
    
    
    END SECTION.
    
    
    20.
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
                     _                  _ 
                    | |   ___ __ _ __ _| |
                    | |__/ -_) _` / _` | |
                    |____\___\__, \__,_|_|
                             |___/        
    
    !*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'. .').').')*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
    re4020
    
    This guide was made only for the purpose of helping other people, 
    and i dont intend to use it for profit, and i would really really 
    appreciate it if no one else does it too. This guide is as free 
    as everyone of us is. Use it nicely. The following sites have are 
    the special sites who this guide belongs too in full right...  (
                                                                    
    ( PS ... this doesnt mean that other sites cant use the guide, any 
    site which i want this guide to go to and any site which tells me 
    before using it shall be allowed )))
                                                                    
                                                                    
    www.planetdreamcast.com/residentevil
    www.rebiohazard.com
    www.gamefaqs.com
    faqs.ign.com
    www.neoseeker.com
    www.gamerhelp.com
    www.cheathappens.com
    www.capcom-central.com
    www.bio-hq.com
    www.thegenie.net
    www.gamesxtreme.net 
    
    
                                                                    
    And any other site which take my permit first...
                                                                    
    Any other site can also use this guide as long as they keep it to 
    themselves and inform me about my guide being used, and i really 
    wouldnt like it if anyone uses it for money  PLEASE TELL ME BEFORE 
    YOU USE MY GUIDE.
                                                                    
    This guide was made by Adnan Javed , better known as ChandooG on the
    Gamefaqs message boards, i made this guide just for the people for 
    free to be used as a source of making your game easy and enjoyable... 
    or if you dont understand in those words or you think of using this 
    guide for profiticle purposes then know this that I have a very 
    qualified lawyer in my family :) get the picture.
                                                                    
    Resident Evil all its characters and all the logo's are copyright 
    of capcom co. I am in no associated with capcom and this guide is 
    an uffocial work. Resident Evil/Biohazard is a regestered trademark 
    of capcom co. CAPCOM ARE LIKE GODS. RESPECT THEm.
                                                                    
    (c)Capcom Co., Ltd. 2005 (c)Capcom U.S.A., Inc. 2005 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. 
    RESIDENT EVIL, CAPCOM and the CAPCOM LOGO are registered trademarks of 
    Capcom Co., Ltd. Nintendo, Nintendo GameCube theofficial seal are 
    trademarks of Nintendo.Theratings iconis a registered trademark of the 
    Entertainment Software Association. All other trademarks are owned by 
    their respective owners. 
                                                                         
    On another note i dont think i need to mention that this guide is also
    protected by the international copyright laws and that makes it about
    as illegal as any bad thing for anyone to plagrize it, i ask everyone
    to keep there eyes open and if they ever see this guide being used for
    the wrong reasons then please dont hesitate to contact me and i shall
    see what i can do about it, dont think of this as a joke because
    plagrism is not that uncommon nowadays, several great authors works
    are plagrized for money and thats.. very VERY bad..
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * CONTACTING INFORMATION
      ----------------------
                                                                    
                                                                    
    Want to drop an email to me ?! please make sure of the following things
    before sending me an email
                                                                    
    * look in the walkthrough for any puzzle or boss related questions
      first.. dont find it there.. mail me.
                                                                    
    * If you have any strategy or any simpler method against the bosses
      then dont hesitate in mailing them to me, you shall be credited if
      i put them in this walkthrough
                                                                    
    God any question about the game ?
    use this address : Returnofthemaniac(AT)hotmail.com
                       or adnanj(AT)gmail.com
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
    * CREDITS AND THANKS
      ------------------
                                                                    
    * God of course for making the whole world like it is today
      and a special thanks for making me lol ;-)
    
    * My hands, i can say without a doubt that i may be one of
      the fastest typers alive, since i wrote this enter thing
      out in about less then 2 days. I RULE !
    
    * GameFaqs.com , for allowing people such as me to show off
      their writing skills, or even learn that common men can
      also make walkthrough's for games, i mean three years ago
      i didnt know what a FAQ was.
    
    * All the people who use this walkthrough for making their
      game easy, not for their profitable gains, a special
      thanks to the websites who use it by asking my permission
      first , and keeping it in its original unedited .txt format.
    
    * Credit to Steve Kostadinovich for giving me the tip on how
      to make the krauser fight easier in assignment ada.
                                                                    
    * HUGE amount of credits go out to Outbreak for letting me
      use the garden map in my FAQ, he's a very awesome guy :D
                                                                    
                                                                    
                                                                    
    BYE.                                                                
    CHANDOO G SIGNING OFF.